AVONDALE INDUSTRIES INC
10-K, 1999-02-23
SHIP & BOAT BUILDING & REPAIRING
Previous: WEXFORD TRUST/PA, 24F-2NT, 1999-02-23
Next: AVONDALE INDUSTRIES INC, 8-K, 1999-02-23



                                  UNITED STATES
                       SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION
                             Washington, D.C. 20549

                                    Form 10-K

(Mark One)
|X|      Annual  report  pursuant  to  Section  13  or  15(d)  of the Securities
         Exchange Act of 1934 for the fiscal year ended December 31, 1998
| |      Transition  report pursuant  to Section  13 or 15(d)  of the Securities
         Exchange Act of 1934

                         Commission File Number 0-16572

                            Avondale Industries, Inc.
             (Exact name of registrant as specified in its charter)

                                    
          Louisiana                                      39-1097012
(State or other jurisdiction of             (I.R.S. Employer Identification No.)
 incorporation or organization)
                                   
                      
5100 River Road, Avondale, Louisiana                        70094
(Address of principal executive offices)                 (Zip Code)

                                 (504) 436-2121
                         (Registrant's telephone number,
                              including area code)

         Securities  registered  pursuant to Section 12(b) of the Act:

                                      None

         Securities  registered  pursuant to Section 12(g) of the Act:

                     Common Stock, $1.00 par value per share
                                (Title of Class)

         Indicate by check mark whether the registrant (1) has filed all reports
required to be filed by Section 13 or 15(d) of the  Securities  Exchange  Act of
1934  during  the  preceding  12 months  (or for such  shorter  period  that the
registrant  was required to file such  reports) and (2) has been subject to such
filing requirements for the past 90 days. Yes X No

         Indicate by check mark if disclosure of delinquent  filers  pursuant to
Item 405 of Regulation S-K is not contained  herein,  and will not be contained,
to the best of  registrant's  knowledge,  in  definitive  proxy  or  information
statements  incorporated  by  reference  in Part  III of this  Form  10-K or any
amendment to this Form 10-K. |X|

         The aggregate  market value of the voting stock held by  non-affiliates
(affiliates being directors,  executive  officers and holders of more than 5% of
the  Company's  common  stock)  of the  Registrant  at  December  31,  1998  was
approximately $331,156,568.

         The number of shares of the Registrant's  common stock, $1.00 par value
per share, outstanding at December 31, 1998 was 13,254,066.

                       DOCUMENTS INCORPORATED BY REFERENCE

         Portions  of the  Registrant's  Proxy  Statement  for its  1999  Annual
Meeting have been incorporated by reference into Part III of this Form 10-K.
<PAGE>
                                     PART I

Item 1.           Business.

Overview

      Avondale  Industries,  Inc.  ("Avondale"  or the  "Company") is one of the
largest  shipbuilders  in  the  United  States,   specializing  in  the  design,
construction,   conversion,   repair  and  modernization  of  various  types  of
ocean-going  vessels for the  military  and  commercial  markets.  A majority of
Avondale's  contracts in recent years has been for the construction of U.S. Navy
surface ships,  although it secured its largest ever commercial contract in 1997
from ARCO  Marine,  Inc.  for the  construction  of two 125,000 Dead Weight Tons
("DWT")  crude oil  carriers  for the Jones Act Trade.  Management  believes the
Company's low cost structure,  experienced and skilled work force, technological
capabilities,  sophisticated  construction processes and extensive experience in
building a variety of military and commercial  vessels,  position the Company as
one of the most cost-efficient and versatile  shipbuilders in the United States.
At December 31, 1998, the Company's  shipbuilding  backlog (the "firm  backlog")
was  approximately  $2.0  billion  (including  estimated  contract  escalation),
exclusive of unexercised options aggregating  approximately $490 million held by
the U.S. Navy (including  estimated contract  escalation) and approximately $330
million held by a commercial customer for additional ship orders.

      In  December  1996,  an  alliance  led by the  Company  was awarded a $641
million  contract to construct  the initial ship in the U.S.  Navy's LPD program
(see glossary of selected  industry terms).  The original  contract provided for
options  exercisable by the U.S. Navy for two additional LPD vessels.  The first
of these options was exercised in December 1998.  For additional  information on
the LPD-17 award, see "-U.S. Government." Also, in June 1997, the Company signed
a  $332  million  contract  with  ARCO  Marine,   Inc.("ARCO")  of  Long  Beach,
California,  for the  construction of two 125,000 DWT crude oil carriers for the
Jones Act Trade.  These  vessels are to be built with double hulls in compliance
with  the  Oil  Pollution  Act of 1990  (see  "-Commercial  Shipbuilding").  The
contract,  which is the largest  commercial  contract in the Company's  history,
also  provided  for  options  valued  at  approximately  $500  million  that are
exercisable by ARCO for three  additional  ships. The first option was exercised
in September 1998.  Management believes that securing the LPD and ARCO contracts
has conferred several immediate and substantial benefits upon the Company. Among
other  things,  the Company  has  substantially  bolstered  its  visibility  and
competitive  posture by  demonstrating  the ability to compete  successfully for
contracts  based on the high level of its technical,  engineering and production
skills, as well as its competitive prices. In addition, the backlog created from
these contract awards  provides a strong  foundation that will allow the Company
to compete aggressively for future shipbuilding opportunities.
<PAGE>
      On  January  19,  1999,  Avondale  announced  a  proposed  merger  with  a
subsidiary  of Newport  News  Shipbuilding  Inc.  which would result in Avondale
becoming a  subsidiary  of Newport  News.  The  proposed  merger  would create a
broad-based  shipbuilding company capable of designing,  building and maintining
every type of ship used in the U. S. Navy, Coast Guard,  and commercial  fleets.
The  proposed  merger  is  structured  as  a stock-for-stock  transaction and is
subject to regulatory  and  shareholder  approval.   Upon  consummation  of  the
proposed  merger,  each  Avondale share would be exchanged for a maximum of 1.25
and  a  minimum of  1.15 of Newport News  Shipbuilding Inc.  shares based on the
average closing  price  of  Newport  News shares during the fifteen day  trading
period ending on the  fourth  trading  day prior to  the  shareholder  vote.  If
such  average  closing  price  is  $28.40 or less,  Avondale shareholders  would
receive  1.25  Newport  News  shares  for  each Avondale share. If such price is
$30.87 or more,  Avondale  shareholders  would receive 1.15  Newport News shares
for each Avondale share.  If such price is between $28.40 and $30.87,   Avondale
shareholders  would  receive  that  number of Newport News shares determined  by
dividing  $35.50 by such price,  or  between  1.25 and 1.15 Newport News shares.
Avondale  and Newport News  expect to finalize the transaction during the second
quarter of 1999.

      On  February 22,  1999,  Avondale  and  Newport News  announced that their
proposed  merger  had been  cleared by the Department of Justice under the Hart-
Scott-Rodino  Antitrust  Improvements  Act  of 1976.   The  antitrust  clearance
satisfies  an  important  condition  to  the  closing of the transaction,  which
remains subject to the approval of the shareholders of both companies and to the
consent of the Administrator of the Maritime Administration of the Department of
Transportation.

      In addition, on February 18,  1999, the Company announced that it had been
advised by Newport News that Newport News had received an unsolicited offer from
General Dynamics Corporation ("General Dynamics") proposing  to  acquire Newport
News  for  $38.50  per  share in cash,  subject to due diligence and  regulatory
clearance.  Although the General Dynamics offer did not specifically ask Newport
News to terminate its agreement with Avondale, the offer  did state that Newport
News'  proposed  merger  with  Avondale  would  create  antitrust  problems in a
combination of General Dynamics and Newport News.

      Newport  News  has  advised  General  Dynamics  that it is not prepared to
evaluate  the General Dynamics proposal until it obtains reliable assurance that
a combination  of General Dynamics and Newport News  would not be opposed by the
Department of Defense and Department of Justice.  To that end, Newport News made
a request to  the  Department  of  Defense seeking a prompt  indication  of  the
Department's  position  on  the General Dynamics proposal.   At the date of this
Form 10-K,  the  Department of Defense has not responded  to  the  Newport  News
request.  Pending any such determination, Newport News and the Company have each
publicly expressed their full commitment to the Newport News-Avondale merger.

<PAGE>
      Historical Information. Avondale is a versatile shipyard that has been the
successful bidder for a variety of marine  construction  projects.  Organized in
1938, Avondale first began building ocean-going ships in the 1950s. From 1959 to
1985, the Company operated as a subsidiary of Ogden  Corporation,  a diversified
New York Stock  Exchange  listed  company  headquartered  in New York, New York.
Prior to the 1980s,  Avondale  built both military and  commercial  vessels.  In
addition to the construction of 27 destroyer escorts for the U.S. Navy, Avondale
successfully  completed a variety of  construction  projects during that period,
including  general  cargo  and  multi-product  carriers,  such as LASH  vessels,
container vessels,  crude oil tankers and product carriers.  In the early 1980s,
however,  several measures were implemented that changed the marine construction
industry  significantly.  The termination of the U.S.  construction-differential
subsidy program in 1981 significantly curtailed the ability of U.S. shipyards to
compete successfully for international  commercial  shipbuilding  contracts with
foreign  shipyards,  many of which are heavily  subsidized by their governments.
The effects of the elimination of these subsidies were largely offset,  however,
by  the  initiative  to  expand  the  U.S.  Navy  fleet  to 600  ships,  thereby
significantly  increasing the U.S. Navy shipbuilding  opportunities available to
Avondale.

      Initially,   Avondale   capitalized   on  the   U.S.   Navy   shipbuilding
opportunities  through its  construction of five auxiliary oilers ("AOs") during
the early 1980s.  Since AOs are essentially oil tankers modified to meet certain
military  requirements,  they  were a  natural  extension  of the types of ships
previously built by Avondale.

      During  the  remainder  of the 1980s and the  first  part of this  decade,
Avondale steadily expanded the range of vessels that it built for the U.S. Navy.
The  Company   principally  focused  on  those  vessels  that  were  related  to
predecessor  vessels  constructed  by  Avondale,  where the  Company  could best
capitalize on its prior experience and proven capabilities.  Among the U.S. Navy
vessels built or under construction  during this period were sixteen T-AOs, five
LSDs, four LSD-CVs,  five AOJs (which constituted  conversions of AOs previously
built by  Avondale),  one  T-AGS  45,  fifteen  LCACs,  four MHCs and three SL 7
conversions.  The  Company's  workload in the second half of the 1990's has been
dominated by the Sealift, ARCO, and LPD vessels.

      With  the  end of the  Cold  War  and  the  pressure  of  domestic  budget
constraints,  spending  for new vessel  construction  by the U.S.  Navy has been
reduced  substantially,  with the rate of new  vessel  construction  reduced  to
approximately  50% of that in the 1980s.  However,  in January  1999,  President
Clinton  announced a plan to increase the budget for military  spending over the
next  six  fiscal  years  thereby   increasing   the  U.  S.  Navy's  budget  by
approximately  $2.7  billion  for fiscal  year 2000.  Management  believes  that
Avondale's  versatility will continue to  be a significant factor in its ongoing
<PAGE>
efforts  to   obtain  shipbuilding  contracts,  which  efforts  have  also  been
bolstered  by  Avondale's  experience  in  building  vessels comparable to those
currently in demand.

      U.S.  Government.  In addition to the contract  award by the U.S.  Navy to
build the first LPD ship, the alliance was awarded  options,  exercisable by the
U.S.  Navy, for two  additional  ships of the LPD class,  the first of which was
exercised in December  1998. It is expected that a total of twelve ships will be
built  under the LPD  program.  The  members  of the  alliance,  Bath Iron Works
("Bath"),  Raytheon Company  ("Raytheon") and the Company  submitted a joint bid
with the  Company  as the prime  contractor.  Under  the  terms of an  agreement
between the alliance  members,  the Company will build the vessel covered by the
December 1996 contract  and  the December 1998 option that was exercised,  while
Bath would construct the third of the three LPD  vessels  if  exercised  by  the
Navy.  Raytheon  will be responsible for total  ship integration.  The  alliance
will  use  an  advanced  three-dimensional  ship  design  and  product  modeling
technology for the design and manufacture of these ships.

      The first  three  vessels of the LPD program  will be built  pursuant to a
cost-plus-award  fee  contract,  with the Company,  Raytheon and Bath each being
entitled to reimbursement  for its respective  allowable costs in performing the
contracts as such costs are incurred.  The contract  provides for the payment of
an award fee to the members of the  alliance,  the amount of which is  dependent
upon the results of periodic  evaluations  of contract  performance  and will be
paid incrementally upon completion of each periodic evaluation.  Pursuant to the
subcontracting agreements between the Company and each of Bath and Raytheon, any
award fees earned by the alliance will be distributed to the alliance members in
proportion to each member's performance and participation in the construction of
the  vessel  during  the  period  for which the award was  granted.  Unlike  the
Company's  other principal  shipbuilding  contracts where profits are recognized
under the percentage-of-completion method of accounting, the Company will record
profits  on the LPD  contract  as the  incremental  awards  are  determined.  In
addition,  although  the LPD  contract is on a  cost-plus-award  fee basis,  the
ability of Avondale to realize any  incremental  award fee is dependent not only
upon  its  ability  to  perform  its   contractual   obligations  but  also  the
satisfactory performance by other members of the alliance.

      In  accordance  with  the  U.S.   Navy's   requirement  of  a  streamlined
contractual  relationship,  the alliance's  agreement  provides that the Company
will act as the prime contractor for all three vessels, and as such, the Company
will be responsible for submitting invoices for not only its own costs, but also
any costs incurred by Bath and Raytheon.  Accordingly, all such amounts relating
to contract  performance by alliance members Bath and Raytheon will be reflected
as sales and cost of sales in the Company's consolidated financial statements.

      The Company's LPD backlog at December 31, 1998 includes approximately $910
million,  which amount is the  aggregate of the  estimated  cost to complete the
LPD-17  and the  LPD-18  plus the  maximum  award fee that  could be  payable to
Avondale  and the  alliance.  However,  a  substantial  portion of the  reported
backlog  for the first  vessel is related to work to be  performed  by the other
alliance  members.  To the extent  that the  Company's  revenues  include  costs
incurred by and award fees paid to the other  alliance  members,  such  revenues
will be recorded with no corresponding operating profit margin.
<PAGE>
      If the U.S.  Navy  proceeds  with its  previously  announced  intention to
construct  additional  LPD ships  beyond  the  original  contract,  the  Company
anticipates  that future  contracts for such vessels may provide for alternative
pricing  arrangements,  such as  fixed-price  incentive or  fixed-price  (see "-
Government Contracting").

      The U.S. Navy has stated its  expectation  that the LPD vessels will be an
important  element in its  amphibious  operations  over the next three  decades,
replacing  more  than  36  ships  nearing  the end of  their  useful  lives  and
approaching  decommissioning.  In 1995, Congress appropriated $974.0 million for
the  construction  of the first of an  anticipated  twelve  ships  under the LPD
program.  During 1998, the Company was awarded a contract for approximately $391
million for the LPD-18.  In addition,  the President's  initial fiscal year 2000
budget provides funding for both the LPD-19 and LPD-20. Management believes that
the award to the  Company-led  alliance of the contract to construct the initial
LPD  ship  and  the  subsequent  exercise  of the  option  for the  second  ship
significantly enhance the competitive position of the alliance in its pursuit of
the  remaining  nine LPD ships.  Should the U.S.  Navy  award  contracts  to the
alliance to construct all twelve ships,  the Company would construct eight ships
and Bath would construct four ships.

      Also  included in the current firm backlog for the military are  contracts
to construct six Sealift ships with a remaining  backlog of  approximately  $669
million (including  estimated contract  escalation).  The Sealift ships, each of
which contains approximately 400,000 square feet of cargo space, are designed to
assist  in the  rapid  transportation  and  deployment  of  military  personnel,
equipment and supplies,  and are comparable to other vessels,  such as auxiliary
and amphibious support ships that have been previously  delivered by Avondale to
the  military.  The first Sealift ship was delivered in 1998 with the final ship
scheduled for delivery in 2001.

      While it represents only $30.9 million of the funded backlog, the contract
to construct  the  Icebreaker,  which is scheduled for delivery in the middle of
1999, will occupy a significant  portion of  management's  time and resources in
the first half of the year.  The  Icebreaker is a research  vessel for the U. S.
Coast  Guard  that will be able to  operate in polar  regions.  The fixed  price
incentive contract for this vessel was awarded in 1993.

      Although  no  significant   new  U.S.  Navy   shipbuilding   programs  are
anticipated to be contracted  during 1999, it is expected that  additional  U.S.
Navy  shipbuilding  opportunities,  including a series of ADC(X) vessels and the
Joint  Command  and  Control  Ship  (JCC(X))  will  become   available   shortly
thereafter.  The ADC(X) is a new class of auxiliary  vessels designed to deliver
food, ammunition and other supplies to the U.S. Navy fleet. It has been reported
that the Navy has a projected  need for ten to twelve of these  vessels with the
first vessel expected to be awarded in 2000 and enter service in 2006.

      The  JCC(X)  is  envisioned  as a new  class  of ships  designed  to house
sophisticated  and unified command and control  capabilities that coordinate the
operational  activities  of all of the  military  branches.  It is believed that
improved coordination of the services' command and control functions is possible
because of improvements in communication  technology.  It has been reported that
the Navy has a projected  need for four of these  vessels  with the first vessel
expected to be awarded in the 2004-2005 timeframe.
<PAGE>
      Finally,  during  August 1998,  the  Avondale  Deepwater  Alliance,  which
includes Avondale as the prime contractor,  Boeing,  DAI, Inc., John J. McMullen
Associates, Inc. and Raytheon Systems Company, was one of three teams which were
selected to proceed  with a Phase I study  related to the Coast Guard Deep Water
project.  This funded  contract  is  designed to assist the U.S.  Coast Guard in
developing  a  strategy  to acquire  30-40  multi-purpose  ships to replace  its
existing high and medium endurance  cutters,  as well as aircraft,  patrol boats
and  certain  command and control  systems.  The total value of this  program is
estimated at approximately $8 billion.  Upon completion of the Phase I study, it
is  anticipated  that the U.S. Coast Guard will move into Phase II, during which
the remaining team or teams will refine their proposals.  Phase III will involve
the  selection of one team for  procurement.  It is  anticipated  that the first
construction contract will be awarded to the successful bidder during 2002.

      Commercial  Shipbuilding.  Two  legislative  enactments in the early 1990s
enhanced U.S.  commercial  shipbuilding  opportunities.  In late 1993,  Congress
amended the loan  guarantee  program under Title XI of the Merchant  Marine Act,
1936, to permit the U.S.  government to guarantee  loan  obligations  of foreign
vessel  owners for  foreign-flagged  vessels  that are built in U.S.  shipyards.
Title XI authorizes  MARAD to guarantee debt with a term of up to 25 years in an
amount up to 87.5% of the vessel cost,  thereby  enabling  shipowners  to obtain
financing  on more  favorable  terms  than  those  currently  offered  by  other
countries having guarantee or subsidy programs for foreign  nationals similar to
Title XI. These 1993  amendments  expanded Title XI in a manner that has created
commercial shipbuilding opportunities for U.S. shipyards.

      The Oil Pollution Act of 1990, which requires the phased-in  transition of
single-hulled  tankers and product carriers to double-hulled  vessels  beginning
January 1, 1995,  created a demand for the retro-fitting of existing tankers and
the construction of new double-hulled  tankers,  as oil and energy companies and
other ship  operators  upgrade  their  fleets to comply  with this  legislation.
Industry  analysts  believe that other countries may pass laws comparable to the
Oil Pollution Act of 1990,  which would further  increase  worldwide  demand for
double-hulled product carriers.

      The demand for  double-hulled  tonnage  manifested  itself for Avondale in
1997  when  the  Company  signed  a $332  million  contract  with  ARCO  for the
construction of two double-hulled crude oil carriers. This contract, the largest
commercial  contract  ever  signed  by  Avondale,   also  provided  for  options
exercisable by the customer for three additional  ships. In September 1998, ARCO
exercised the first of these options for a third  vessel.  The Company  believes
that the  receipt  of these  commercial  contracts  was  assisted  by its  prior
experience in constructing three  double-hulled T-AOs on behalf of the U.S. Navy
and the $143.9 million  contract  completed in 1997 to retrofit four single hull
tankers with double-hulled  forebodies for a U.S. shipping company.  The options
for the fourth and fifth vessels under the 1997 contract expire June 1, 1999 and
January 1, 2000,  respectively.  With the  depressed  state of crude oil prices,
ARCO announced plans to reduce costs and capital spending. To this end, ARCO and
the Company agreed to delay the deliveries of the three vessels  currently under
contract by up to 16 months and the  customer  has agreed to pay the Company its
estimated  out-of-pocket  expenses  for  completing  the vessels in a later time
frame.  There can be no assurance that ARCO will exercise its remaining  options
given its cost and spending reduction plans.

      Prior to 1997,  legislation was introduced in the U.S. Congress that would
implement a December 1994 trade agreement among the United States,  the European
Union, Finland, Japan, Korea, Norway and Sweden (which collectively control over
<PAGE>                                 
75% of the market share for worldwide vessel construction)  negotiated under the
auspices of the Organization for Economic Cooperation and Development (the "OECD
Agreement").  The OECD Agreement and related  accords seek,  among other things,
to  eliminate  government subsidies  provided to commercial  shipbuilders and to
adopt a uniform standard of government credit assistance for foreign  nationals.
Under these multilateral  accords,  each  participating  nation  agreed  not  to
provide credit assistance  to foreign  nationals  in excess of 80% of the vessel
construction  price,  and  to  limit credit  assistance  to a term not to exceed
twelve years.  Congress failed to adopt or ratify the OECD Agreement in 1997 and
in 1998.  Proponents of the OECD Agreement may seek to have it  reconsidered  in
1999 and, if such  legislation were enacted by Congress in its current form, the
Title XI guarantee  program  would be modified to be in accord  with the uniform
credit   assistance  standards  mandated  under  the  OECD  Agreement,   thereby
eliminating  the  advantages available to U.S. shipyards under the 1993 Title XI
amendments.

      Avondale is currently  unable to assess whether  legislation  implementing
the OECD Agreement will be enacted by Congress or the ultimate  impact that such
legislation may have on its prospects for additional  commercial work.  Although
the OECD  Agreement  promotes the goal of  eliminating  commercial  shipbuilding
subsidies  by  signatory  nations,  there  can  be  no  assurance  that  certain
safeguards  in the  agreement  will not be  circumvented  or will be  adequately
enforced.  In addition,  Avondale  cannot predict whether  worldwide  commercial
shipbuilding opportunities will continue to flow to foreign shipyards located in
signatory nations (which may have developed structural competitive advantages as
a result of their  long  histories  of  subsidization)  or will be  diverted  to
non-signatory  nations.  If the  competitive  advantages of the current Title XI
guarantee  program are eliminated  and the OECD  Agreement  fails to achieve its
objectives,   Avondale's   ability  to  compete  for  international   commercial
shipbuilding  contracts will be further limited,  notwithstanding  the increased
opportunities  that are expected to arise as vessels of the worldwide tanker and
product carrier fleet approach the end of their useful lives.

      Legislative  initiatives  seeking to rescind or  substantially  modify the
provisions of the Jones Act, which  mandates the use of U.S.-built  ships for U.
S.  coastwise  trade,  are  introduced  in Congress  from time to time,  and are
expected to be  introduced  in the future.  Although  management  believes it is
unlikely  the  Jones  Act  will  be  rescinded  or  materially  modified  in the
foreseeable future, there can be no assurance to this effect with respect to the
Jones Act or any other law or regulation benefitting U.S. shipbuilders.

      Although  current  Jones Act  opportunities  have been  diminished  as the
continued low prices of oil and natural gas have caused exploration companies to
cut their capital  budgets,  the Company  believes that, if oil prices  recover,
significant   domestic  commercial   shipbuilding   opportunities  could  become
available during the next five years.  Future commercial  opportunities  include
the retrofitting of existing tankers or product carriers and construction of new
double-hulled  tankers  or product  carriers  for the Jones Act Trade to replace
vessels  taken  out of  service  pursuant  to the  Oil  Pollution  Act of  1990.
Management  believes a significant volume of such work as described herein could
become  available  before 2005, with orders being placed during the next several
years.

      Technological Innovations.   To assure that its shipyard remains among the
most  modern  in  the  world,  Avondale  regularly  reviews  and  assesses   its
construction and production processes.  In this regard,  Avondale often consults
<PAGE>
with  other  highly  successful  shipbuilding  companies  concerning advances in
shipbuilding  technology.   In the early 1980s,  the Company was among the first
of U.S.  shipyards  to  successfully  implement modular construction  techniques
that  had  been  previously  perfected  by  Japanese  shipbuilders.   Management
believes  these  techniques  were a major  factor  in  Japan's  dominance of the
commercial  shipbuilding  market during the 1970s and 1980s.   Avondale obtained
its modular  construction  capabilities and "know-how" pursuant to an  agreement
with  Ishikawajima-Harima  Heavy  Industries Co., Ltd., one  of Japan's  largest
shipbuilders,  which worked with Avondale to change its manufacturing and design
processes and  to train  Avondale's  employees.   Modular construction  afforded
Avondale  significant  production  efficiencies  in   the  installation  of ship
systems,  largely  due  to  the  greater  ease  with which such systems could be
installed in open modules  rather than  closed-in  hulls.  As a result of  these
efforts,  Avondale realized substantial improvements in labor productivity.

      In  addition,  in 1994  the  Company  entered  into a  technology  sharing
agreement  with  AESA  of  Spain,  regarded  as  an  innovative  and  successful
world-class shipyard. After an on-site review of Avondale's shipyard by AESA, as
well as a  review  by  Avondale  of  current  shipbuilding  technology  in other
countries,  Avondale invested  approximately $20 million in capital improvements
designed to increase efficiency by improving production flow. In particular, the
Company   integrated   certain   assembly-line   techniques   with  its  modular
construction  processes.  To that end, the Company built a covered facility that
houses  production  lines  dedicated  to both  military  and  commercial  ships.
Avondale  believes  that  the  sheltering  of the  production  process  and  the
introduction  of  assembly  line   procedures  have  both  enhanced   production
efficiencies and lowered unit production costs.

      Because the construction of commercial  vessels,  particularly the product
carriers  that  Avondale has  traditionally  built,  places an emphasis on steel
fabrication rather than the complex  technological  outfitting  involved in U.S.
naval  construction,  Avondale's  ability to compete  effectively for additional
commercial work has been enhanced by this new assembly-line process.

      An important  element in the  Company's  success in  obtaining  the LPD-17
contract  award was the  Company's  enhanced  computer-aided  design and product
modeling  capabilities.  The enhancement was made possible through a cooperative
endeavor between the Company, the University of New Orleans (the "University" or
"UNO"), the University of New Orleans Research and Technology  Foundation,  Inc.
(the "Foundation") and the State of Louisiana.  Pursuant to the terms of various
agreements,  the  Foundation  has  purchased  hardware and software  required to
implement the extensive  three-dimensional  ship design and  Integrated  Product
Data  Environment  ("IPDE")  technology.   This  technology  also  provides  for
sophisticated  storage,  management  and retrieval of data for future  projects.
Among its other features,  the technology  permits  engineering,  production and
material  procurement  tasks to be performed  cooperatively,  thus enhancing the
efficiency  of the design  phase.  The IPDE  captures  data in  digital  form at
creation and then organizes, integrates, maintains and makes available such data
to all program  participants.  The  Foundation  has also  constructed  a 200,000
square foot  building  on property  donated to the  University  by the  Company,
adjacent  to  the  Company's  main  shipyard.   This  facility,   known  as  the
"UNO/Avondale  Maritime  Technology  Center  of  Excellence,"  houses  this  new
technology  and is an integral part of the Company's  efforts to design the lead
ship in the LPD program. In addition to the amounts expected to be funded by the
State,  the Foundation,  at the Company's  request,  is incurring  approximately
$15.5 million  in additional costs  to enhance the integration and functionality
<PAGE>
of  the  ship  design  and IPDE  technology.   The  Company  is  reimbursing the
Foundation for these  additional  amounts as incurred and will capitalize  these
costs and amortize them over their estimated useful lives in accordance with the
Company's  stated  policies  (See  Note 1 of the Notes to Consolidated Financial
Statements).

Shipbuilding

      The  Company  is  predominantly  engaged  in  the  design,   construction,
conversion, repair and modernization of various types of military and commercial
ships.

      The main  shipyard  facility,  which is located on a 270-acre  site on the
Mississippi  River near New  Orleans,  includes  multiple  building  ways,  side
launching facilities,  a 900-foot floating dry dock/launch platform that permits
construction of vessels up to 1,000 feet in length,  and a 650-foot floating dry
dock  principally  used for ship repair.  The main shipyard is equipped to build
almost any type of vessel  other than  nuclear-powered  submarines  and aircraft
carriers and surface vessels of the largest classes,  such as ultra-large  crude
carriers. Avondale also operates several other facilities in the vicinity of the
main  shipyard,  including  its  Westwego,  La.  shipyard,  which  has been used
primarily for boat construction and repair, and its Algiers, La. shipyard, which
is used  primarily  for the repair  and  overhaul  of  ocean-going  vessels.  In
addition,  the Company  operates  marine  fabrication  facilities  in  Gulfport,
Mississippi, and Tallulah,  Louisiana, which are currently being used to support
marine construction activities.

      The Company  continues to be materially  dependent on the U.S. Navy's ship
construction  and  conversion  programs.  The  following  table  sets  forth the
distribution of marine  construction and repair  activities during the last five
years  based on  contract  billings.  As the  table  indicates,  a  majority  of
Avondale's  work in the  year  ended  December  31,  1998 was  comprised  of new
military construction.

               Distribution of Marine Construction and Repair Work
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                    Years Ended December 31,                       
                                               1998           1997            1996           1995           1994 
                                               ----           ----            ----           ----           ----
<S>                                            <C>            <C>             <C>            <C>            <C>
U.S. MILITARY:
  New construction                              78%            86%             81%            80%            81%

COMMERCIAL:
  New construction                              21%            12%             17%            16%            11%
  Repair, overhaul and
    conversion                                   1%             2%              2%             4%             8%
                                               ----           ----            ----           ----           ----
       TOTAL                                   100%           100%            100%           100%           100%
                                               ====           ====            ====           ====           ====
</TABLE>

      The percentage of new construction has remained  relatively constant since
1994. New commercial  construction  decreased and new U.S. military construction
correspondingly  increased  in 1997 as  compared to 1996 and 1995 as the Company
substantially completed the double-hulled forebodies and the river hopper barges
in early 1997.  In addition,  new commercial construction increased and new U.S.
<PAGE>
military  construction  correspondingly  decreased in 1998  as compared to prior
years as the Company began construction of the ARCO crude carriers in late 1997.
Also,  the  percentage  of  commercial  repair,  overhaul  and  conversion  work
decreased in recent years as compared to 1994 as the Company's  work on  several
contracts with a private contractor for the repair of existing Sealift ships was
completed. See "-Other Operations - Repair Operations."

      Government  Contracting.  Avondale's principal U.S. government business is
currently being performed under  fixed-price  incentive  contracts  although the
recent LPD-17 contract is a cost- plus-award fee contract. Fixed-price incentive
contracts  provide for sharing between the government and the contractor of cost
savings and cost overruns based  primarily on a specified  formula that compares
the contract  target cost with actual cost. In addition,  fixed-price  incentive
contracts  generally  provide  for  payment  of  escalation  of  costs  based on
published  indices  relating to the  shipbuilding  industry.  Although  all cost
savings are shared  under  fixed-price  incentive  contracts,  cost  overruns in
excess of a specified  amount  must be borne  entirely  by the  contractor.  The
Sealift vessels and the Icebreaker are each being  constructed under fixed-price
incentive  contracts.  The LPD-17 contract provides for the payment of all costs
that are reimbursable under government  contracts.  In addition, an award fee is
payable  periodically after the Navy's evaluation of the alliance's  performance
in  executing  the  contract's  performance  goals and  objectives.  See "- U.S.
Government."

      Contracts  for the  construction  and  conversion of U.S. Navy vessels are
typically   subject   to   competitive   bidding.   As   a   safeguard   against
anti-competitive  bidding  practices,  the U.S. Navy has employed the concept of
"cost realism,"  which requires that each bidder submit  information on pricing,
estimated costs of completion and anticipated profit margins. The U.S. Navy uses
this and other data to  determine an  estimated  cost for each bidder.  The U.S.
Navy may then  re-evaluate  a bid by using the greater of either the bidder's or
the U.S. Navy's cost estimates.

      Under government  regulations,  certain costs, including certain financing
costs,  portions of research  and  development  costs and certain  lobbying  and
marketing expenses, are not allowable costs under fixed-price incentive and cost
reimbursable  contracts.  The  government  also  regulates  the methods by which
overhead costs are allocated to government contracts.

      U.S.  government  contracts are subject to  termination  by the government
either for its convenience or upon default by the contractor. If the termination
is  for  the  government's convenience, the contracts  provide for payment  upon
termination for items  delivered to and accepted by the  government,  payment of
the contractor's  costs incurred plus the costs of settling and paying claims by
terminated  subcontractors,  other settlement  expenses and a reasonable profit.
However, if a contract  termination results from the contractor's  default,  the
contractor is paid such amount as may be agreed upon for completed and partially
completed  products and services  accepted by the government.  The government is
not liable for the  contractor's  costs with respect to unaccepted  items and is
entitled to repayment of advance payments and progress payments, if any, related
to the terminated portions of the contract.  In addition,  the contractor may be
liable for excess costs  incurred by the  government  in  procuring  undelivered
items from another source.

      The continuation of any U.S. Navy  shipbuilding  program is dependent upon
the continuing availability of Congressional appropriations for that program. It
is customary for the U.S.  Navy to award  contracts to build one or more vessels
of  a  program  to  a contractor together with options (exercisable  by the U.S.
<PAGE>
Navy) to purchase  additional  vessels in the program.  Generally, contracts  to
build  vessels are not awarded  until funds to pay the full contract  have  been
appropriated.  However, because Congress  usually appropriates funds on a fiscal
year basis,  funds may never be appropriated to permit the U.S. Navy to exercise
options that have been  awarded.  In addition, even if funds  are  appropriated,
the U.S. Navy is not required to exercise such options.

      Because  its U.S.  Navy  contracts  require  the Company to have access to
classified  information,  Avondale  must  maintain a security  clearance for its
facility. Among other things,  facilities with such clearances must restrict the
access of non-U.S.  citizens  to  classified  information.  If in the future the
percentage of foreign  ownership of the Company's common stock is increased to a
level that could result in foreign  dominance or control of its activities,  the
Company  would be  required  to  implement  additional  measures  to insure that
classified  material  would not be  compromised or risk the loss of its security
clearance.

      Due to the complexity of government contracts and applicable  regulations,
contract  disputes with the government  may occur in the ordinary  course of the
Company's  business.  Based upon management's  analysis of each such dispute and
advice of  counsel,  the Company  records,  if  appropriate,  an estimate of the
amount  recoverable  upon  resolution  of  such  disputes.  Although  management
believes its estimates are based upon a reasonable analysis of such disputes, no
assurance  can be given  that its  estimates  will be  accurate,  and  variances
between such estimates and actual results can be material.  The Company believes
that adequate  provision has been made in its financial  statements for this and
other normal uncertainties incident to its business with the U.S. Government.

      The Company  currently has an issue with the U. S. Navy related to certain
materials  purchased  from a  subcontractor  for  use in the  Strategic  Sealift
program.   The   materials   were   purchased   based   on   government-provided
specifications  which have  proven to be  defective.  In  addition  to delay and
disruption costs, the Company has incurred approximately $12.5 million in direct
costs through December 31, 1998 related to this issue. The Company believes that
it is entitled to recovery from the U. S. Navy of these costs and has recorded a
receivable  for the  amount of the  direct  costs  incurred  to date.  While the
Company hopes to resolve this issue through negotiation, the Company has engaged
legal counsel to assist in the development of a claim.

      There is significant  oversight of defense contractors to prevent waste in
the defense procurement  process.  Areas of contract dispute are reviewed by the
government  for evidence of criminal  misconduct  such as  mischarging,  product
substitution and false certification of pricing and other data. In the event the
government  alleges a  violation  of its  procurement  regulations,  it may seek
compensatory, treble or punitive damages in substantial amounts and indictments,
fines,  penalties and forfeitures.  In addition, the government has the right to
suspend  or debar a  contractor  from  government  contracting  for  significant
violations  of  government  procurement  regulations.  Avondale  has never  been
subject to suspension or debarment.

      Vessel  Deliveries  and Backlog.  At December 31, 1998,  the Company had a
firm backlog of shipbuilding  contracts of approximately $2.0 billion (exclusive
of unexercised options  aggregating  approximately $490 million held by the U.S.
Navy (including  estimated  contract  escalation) and approximately $330 million
held  by a  commercial customer  for additional ship  orders) compared with firm
<PAGE>
backlogs approximating $1.8 billion at December 31, 1997 and 1996, respectively.
The   Company's  firm  backlog  at  December  31,  1998  primarily consisted  of
approximately    $669   million  to  complete  the  remaining six Sealift ships,
approximately    $910   million    related   to   the  LPD-17  and  LPD-18,  and
approximately  $365 million to complete the 125,000 DWT double-hulled  crude oil
carriers.

      Vessel  deliveries in 1998 and 1997 included one MHC minehunter,  the last
of four single- hulled  commercial  tankers  retrofitted  with double hulls, the
remainder  of the  river  hopper  barges,  one  LSD-CV,  and the  first of seven
Strategic Sealift ships.  Vessel  deliveries  expected in 1999 include the Coast
Guard Icebreaker and the second and third Strategic Sealift vessels. The Company
plans  to  continue  to  actively  pursue  other  government   construction  and
conversion opportunities,  as well as commercial  opportunities,  as they become
available.

      The   Company  has  been   actively   pursuing   commercial   shipbuilding
opportunities but has focused its efforts on the Jones Act market. International
commercial  shipbuilding  opportunities  remain limited because  shipbuilders in
foreign countries are often subsidized by their governments, which allow them to
sell  their  ships  for  prices  below  their   construction   costs.   Domestic
shipbuilding  opportunities that are not affected by foreign subsidies therefore
offer  better  possibilities  for  the  Company.  See  "-Overview  -  Commercial
Shipbuilding."

      In connection  with the bids and proposals  that the Company has submitted
or plans to submit to various commercial and government customers,  no assurance
can be given that the Company will be the successful  bidder or that the vessels
bid on will actually be built.

Other Operations

      Overview.  Although the Company has from time to time, on a limited basis,
pursued  opportunities to diversify its business,  management  strongly believes
that  the   Company's   resources  are  most   profitably   employed  in  marine
construction.  In the past,  the  Company  sold or  discontinued  certain of its
non-core  operations  in order to focus on its core  shipbuilding  business  and
improve   liquidity.   The  Company   will   continue   to   evaluate   suitable
diversification  opportunities,  principally  those that would not detract  from
Avondale's  core  business  but  that  would  utilize  the  Company's   existing
facilities and complement the Company's current business activities.

      Modular  Construction.  The  Company  has been able to apply  its  modular
construction methods to a variety of non-marine industrial fabrication projects,
including a sulphur  recovery plant that was shipped to Saudi Arabia for on-site
assembly and  installation,  two cryogenic  gas  separation  systems,  two waste
disposal units, six gas turbine-driven compressors, six gas turbine- driven salt
water injection  pumps,  six condenser  modules for inclusion in a nuclear power
plant, and two sled and receiver modules for sub-sea pipeline  connections.  The
Company has also  fabricated  steel bridge  components,  a  hydroelectric  power
plant,  and an 800-bed  floating  detention  facility that is 625 feet long, 125
feet wide,  and five stories  high.  Sales by this  division to unrelated  third
parties  for the years  ended  December  31,  1998,  1997,  and 1996 were  $10.3
million, $10.5 million, and $8.5 million, respectively.
<PAGE>
      Boat  Division.   The  Company   leases  a  facility   equipped  for  boat
construction  at its  Westwego,  Louisiana  shipyard that is capable of building
vessels  up  to  450  feet  in  length,  as  well  as a  facility  in  Gulfport,
Mississippi.  In 1994 and 1995, the Boat Division delivered three gaming vessels
ranging  from 210 to 350 feet in  length.  In 1996 and 1997,  the  division  was
primarily  engaged in the  construction  of river hopper barges under a contract
signed in 1995. The Boat Division is actively pursuing other projects  involving
the  construction  of additional  gaming boats as well as passenger  vessels and
ferries,  towboats,  offshore supply boats and other vessels. While the division
had no active  contracts  in 1998,  sales by this  division to  unrelated  third
parties for the years  ended  December  31, 1997 and 1996 were $6.0  million and
$10.2 million, respectively.

      Steel Operations.  Through its Steel Sales operation, Avondale sells steel
plate and  structural  steel to the  marine and  industrial  markets in the Gulf
Coast region of the United  States.  Sales by this  division to unrelated  third
parties for the years ended December 31, 1998, 1997 and 1996 were  approximately
$45.8 million, $42.8 million, and $40.1 million,  respectively. The higher sales
in 1998 reflect  principally  the  increased  construction  activity in the Gulf
South driven by a resurgence in the oil and gas industry. However,  particularly
in the second half of 1998,  oil and gas  construction  activity  slowed and the
devaluation  of most Far East  currencies  resulted in a flood of foreign  steel
into the U.S.  These  factors  resulted  in an  oversupply  of steel and pricing
pressure.  As a result, in December 1998, management reviewed the carrying value
of its Steel Sales  inventory  and  recorded a $2.2  million  pre-tax  charge to
reduce its carrying value to market prices.

      Repair Operations. At its main shipyard and the Algiers shipyard, Avondale
engages in the repair,  overhaul and conversion of ocean-going vessels. With the
900 and 650 foot drydocks located at the Company's main shipyard, the Company is
capable of offering a complete  range of vessel  repairs and overhaul  services.
The  Algiers  shipyard  is  operated  under a  long-term  lease and is  designed
primarily  for the topside  repair and  overhaul of large  ocean-going  vessels.
Although  historically  Avondale  has engaged in the repair and overhaul of U.S.
Navy vessels, these opportunities have been curtailed by the U.S. Navy's current
policy of  requiring  such work to be  conducted  at or near the  vessels'  home
ports.  Sales by this  division to unrelated  third  parties for the years ended
December  31, 1998,  1997 and 1996 were $8.5  million,  $10.3  million and $13.5
million, respectively.

Competition

      The  shipbuilding  industry is divided  into two  distinct  markets,  U.S.
government  contracts,  which is dominated by contracts for the U.S.  Navy,  and
domestic and international  shipbuilding contracts for commercial customers. The
reduced level of shipbuilding  activity by the U.S.  government  during the past
decade has significantly intensified competition. With respect to the market for
U.S.  military  contracts,  there are  principally  six private U.S.  shipyards,
including  Avondale,  that  compete for  contracts  to  construct or convert the
largest surface vessels and submarines.  Within certain of the product lines for
which it  competes,  Avondale  also faces  competition  from a number of smaller
shipyards.  Three of the principal competitors are subsidiaries of a much larger
corporation with  substantially  greater resources than Avondale.  The fourth is
likewise a subsidiary  of a much larger  corporation  with  diverse  defense and
non-defense product lines. In January 1999, the Company announced that its Board
of Directors had unanimously  approved the execution of an Agreement and Plan of
Merger  with  Newport  News  Shipbuilding  Inc.  which  would  combine  the  two
<PAGE>
remaining independent shipyards into a single  entity.  It is believed that this
strategic  combination  will enhance the  operating  efficiencies  and  increase
value for the U.S.  Navy by creating a broad-based shipbuilding  company capable
of  designing,  building,  and maintaining every type of ship in the Navy, Coast
Guard and commercial fleets.

      A recent trend in certain  government  contracts is the concept of several
shipbuilders and a weapon systems integrator forming an alliance to bid on major
procurements.  This is  evidenced by the bidding  process for the recent  LPD-17
program where a Company-led alliance which includes Bath Iron Works and Raytheon
was awarded the contract against competition which included an alliance of other
major shipbuilders and a weapon systems integrator.  This trend continued in the
DD-21  program  and Coast  Guard Deep  Water  project.  For the ADC(X)  program,
Congress  has  required  that the  construction  of the ships be performed by at
least two shipyards.  Management believes that the most cost-effective means for
the Navy to accomplish  this mandate is to award the contract for the design and
construction  of the ADC(X) to a  shipbuilding  team  consisting  of two or more
shipyards.  The Company's  success in participating in future Navy programs such
as the  ADC(X)  and  the  JCC(X)  may be  influenced  by its  ability  to form a
competitive bidding team.

      With  respect to  commercial  vessels that must be  constructed  by a U.S.
shipyard under the Jones Act, there are approximately 20 private U.S.  shipyards
that can accommodate the  construction of vessels up to 400 feet in length,  ten
of  which  Avondale  considers  to be  its  direct  competitors  for  commercial
contracts.  Because of the current  overcapacity at U.S. shipyards,  the current
small volume of commercial work available,  and the fact that most contracts are
awarded on the basis of competitive  bidding,  price competition is particularly
intense.  With  respect to the  international  commercial  shipbuilding  market,
Avondale competes with numerous  shipyards in several  countries,  many of which
are heavily subsidized by their governments. See "- Commercial Shipbuilding."

      The Company has been  successful  recently in securing  competitively  bid
contracts in large part because the Company  submitted  the most  cost-effective
bids for the available  contracts.  However,  the Company also believes that its
receipt of the LPD and ARCO  contract  awards has  demonstrated  its  ability to
successfully  bid for shipbuilding  work based on its technical  capabilities as
well as its cost efficient production methods. The Company believes that it will
continue to be  competitive  in bidding for selected  U.S.  Navy and  commercial
shipbuilding  contracts in the future.  However,  no assurance can be given that
the Company will be the  successful  bidder on any future  contracts or that, if
successful, it will realize profits on such contracts.

Marketing

      The Company's  marketing effort is decentralized and conducted  separately
by each division.  Generally,  the Company and its  competitors are all aware of
the  shipbuilding,  repair  and  conversion  plans  of the  U.S.  Navy  and most
prospective commercial customers, and are invited to bid on all major projects.

      The  Company's  boat  building and repair  operations  are marketed by the
sales and business development  personnel of the appropriate divisions primarily
through direct, personal sales calls.  The services of the Steel Sales operation
<PAGE>
are  marketed  through  industry  advertising,  personal  sales  calls and prior
business relationships.

Materials and Supplies

      The principal  materials used by Avondale in its shipbuilding,  conversion
and repair  business are standard  steel  shapes,  steel plate and paint.  Other
materials used in large quantities  include  aluminum,  copper-nickel  and steel
pipe, electrical cable and fittings.  The Company also purchases component parts
such as propulsion  systems,  boilers,  generators and other  equipment.  All of
these  materials  and parts are  currently  available  in  adequate  supply from
domestic and foreign sources.  Generally,  for all its long-term contracts,  the
Company obtains price  quotations for its materials  requirements  from multiple
suppliers  to  ensure  competitive  pricing.  In  addition,   through  the  cost
escalation  provisions contained in its U.S. military contracts,  the Company is
protected from increases in its materials costs to the extent that the increases
in the Company's costs are in line with industry indices.

      In connection  with its government  contracts,  the Company is required to
procure certain  materials and component  parts from supply sources  approved by
the  U.S.  Government.   Although  certain  components  and  sub-assemblies  are
manufactured by  subcontractors,  the Company's  reliance on subcontractors  has
been and is expected by management to continue to be limited. The Company is not
dependent  upon any one supply source and believes  that its supply  sources are
adequate to meet its future needs.

Insurance

      The Company  maintains  insurance  against property damage caused by fire,
explosion and similar  catastrophic events that may result in physical damage or
destruction to the Company's premises and properties. The Company also maintains
general  liability  insurance in amounts it deems  appropriate for its business.
The Company is self-insured for workers'  compensation  liability and employees'
health insurance except for losses in excess of $1.0 million per occurrence, for
which the Company maintains insurance in amounts it deems appropriate.

Environmental and Safety Matters

      General.  Avondale  is subject to federal,  state and local  environmental
laws and regulations that impose limitations on the discharge of pollutants into
the environment and establish standards for the treatment,  storage and disposal
of toxic and hazardous wastes.  Stringent fines and penalties may be imposed for
non-compliance   with  these  laws  and   regulations.   In  addition,   certain
environmental  laws impose joint and several "strict  liability" for remediation
of spills and  releases  of oil and  hazardous  substances,  rendering  a person
liable for  environmental  damage  without  regard to negligence or fault on the
part of such  person.  Such laws and  regulations  may  expose  the  Company  to
liability for the conduct of or conditions  caused by others, or for acts of the
Company which are or were in  compliance  with all  applicable  laws at the time
such acts were  performed.  The Company is covered  under its various  insurance
policies for some, but not all, potential environmental liabilities. See Note 10
of the Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements.
<PAGE>
      The Company is also subject to the federal  Occupational Safety and Health
Act ("OSHA") and similar state statutes. The Company has an extensive health and
safety program and employs a staff of safety  inspectors and industrial  hygiene
technicians,  whose primary  functions are to develop Company policies that meet
or exceed the safety  standards set by OSHA,  train  supervisors  and make daily
inspections  of  safety  procedures  to insure  their  compliance  with  Company
policies on safety and  industrial  hygiene.  All  supervisors  are  required to
attend safety training  meetings at which the importance of full compliance with
safety procedures is emphasized.

      During  the  fourth   quarter  of  1998,   the  Company   consented  to  a
comprehensive  inspection of its main facility by OSHA. It is believed that this
inspection  was based on a  complaint  filed by the  union  that is  seeking  to
organize  certain of the Company's  employees.  At the conclusion of the initial
inspection,  representatives  of  OSHA  sought  judicial  authority  for a  more
thorough  review of  substantially  all of the Company's  medical  records.  The
Company  proposed to the court and the court ordered the Company to provide OSHA
access to the Company's records on Company property.  The results of the initial
review and the review of the medical  records are not known at this time but are
not expected to have a material  adverse  effect on the  Company's  consolidated
financial statements.

      Waste  Disposal.   Avondale's  operations  produce  a  limited  amount  of
industrial  waste  products  and  certain  hazardous  materials.  The  Company's
industrial  waste  products,  which consist  principally of residual  petroleum,
other combustibles and blasting  abrasives,  are shipped to third party disposal
sites that are licensed to handle such materials.

Employees

      At December 31, 1998, Avondale had approximately 5,550 employees,  many of
whom have been  employed  by the  Company  for many  years.  None of  Avondale's
employees is currently covered by any collective bargaining agreement.  However,
on June 23, 1993 an election was conducted to determine  whether  certain of the
New Orleans  area  employees  desired to have union  representation.  A total of
3,914 workers cast votes,  of which  approximately  850 votes were challenged by
the National Labor Relations Board ("NLRB") and union organizers on a variety of
grounds. The Company filed objections with the NLRB seeking to have the election
set aside. In February 1997, the NLRB decided that certain of the disputed votes
should be counted and that the Company's  objections  to the election  should be
rejected.  The NLRB then  counted the disputed  votes,  resulting in a favorable
outcome for the union,  and certified the union.  The final vote count  included
1,950  votes for  forming  a union,  1,632  votes  against  forming a union,  59
disputed votes,  with 273 ballots  remaining  sealed.  The Company  continues to
believe  that it has  substantive  and  meritorious  bases for  overturning  the
decision  of the NLRB and has  appealed  the  decision.  In October  1998,  oral
arguments  were made  before the 5th  Circuit  Court of Appeals  and the Company
expects the 5th Circuit's  decision in 1999. If the NLRB's  certification of the
union is enforced as a result of the proceedings, the Company  would be required
under the federal labor laws to bargain in good faith with the union on  matters
such as wages,  hours and working  conditions.  Even though Avondale will  agree
only  to   bargaining  demands  that  can  be   economically  justified,   union
certification  may result in an  increased  risk that the union  will  engage in
potentially  disruptive  activities  such as strikes or  picketing,  or that the
Company may incur higher labor and operating costs.
<PAGE>
      The union has also filed numerous  unfair labor practice  charges with the
NLRB  alleging  that  Avondale  has  committed  a variety of  violations  of the
National Labor  Relations Act principally  involving  claims that employees were
wrongfully  disciplined or discharged.  In February 1998, an administrative  law
judge ordered the Company to reinstate  twenty-six  fired  workers,  and rescind
disciplinary  actions  taken  against  another  fifteen.  Although  the  Company
disputes these claims and is currently  appealing the decision,  if the decision
is upheld, the respective  employees would be entitled to back pay from the time
of his or her claim until the resolution of the case. However,  even if there is
a finding in favor of some of the  claimants  with respect to one or more of the
unfair labor practice  claims,  management  believes that any judgment would not
have a material impact on Avondale's consolidated financial statements.
<PAGE>
GLOSSARY OF SELECTED INDUSTRY TERMS

ADC(X)            A class of  auxiliary  vessels  designed  to  deliver a steady
                  stream of fuel,  ammunition and stores to the U.S. Navy fleet.
                  It is  currently  envisioned  that  these  vessels  will  have
                  "Refuel at Sea" capabilities  similar to the T-AOs constructed
                  by Avondale.

AO                An  auxiliary  oil  tanker constructed  for the U. S. Navy and
                  crewed  by  U. S.  Navy  personnel.  Avondale  has  built  and
                  delivered five AOs.

AOJ               An  AO  which  has  been  "jumboized"  (i.e. lenghtened by the
                  Company   by   inserting   a  108 foot midbody).  Avondale has
                  converted five AOs to AOJs.

DD-21             "Surface  Combatant  21st  Century,"  the  next  generation of
                  surface combatant to be built for the U.S. Navy.

Icebreaker        WAGB-20 Polar  Icebreaker,  currently  under  construction  at
                  Avondale,  was  ordered by the U.S.  Coast Guard for its polar
                  operations.

IPDE              An Integrated  Product Data Environment which captures data in
                  digital  format at the point of creation  and then  organizes,
                  integrates,  maintains and makes the information  available to
                  all program participants.

JCC(X)            A class of auxiliary  vessels  that would house  sophisticated
                  communications  and computerized  packages designed to enhance
                  coordination  among the various  branches of the  military and
                  combine the  strengths  of all the  services  within a unified
                  framework   in   order   to   make    interchangeability   and
                  interoperability options possible.

Jones Act         Merchant  Marine  Act  of  1920,  as  amended.  The  principal
                  requirements  of  the act are  that ships engaged in coastwise
                  trade must be owned by a U.S. company, crewed by U.S. citizens
                  and built by a U.S. shipbuilder.

LCAC              "Landing  craft  air  cushion,"  a  surface  vessel  that  was
                  constructed  at  the  Company's   previously   owned  Gulfport
                  facility. Avondale has built and delivered fifteen LCACs.

LPD               The  newest  class  of  amphibious transport ship for the U.S.
                  Navy.   Avondale was awarded a contract,  with options for two
                  ships, for the design, construction and support of the initial
                  LPD  ships.   The  first  of  these  options  was exercised in
                  December 1998.

LSD               "Landing ship dock,"  designed to carry troops,  materials and
                  up to four LCACs. Avondale has built five LSDs.

LSD-CV            An LSD with a "cargo  variant"  design  allowing  for carrying
                  more  cargo  and only 2 LCACs.  Avondale  has  delivered  four
                  LSD-CVs and delivered a fifth during 1998.

MARAD             United   States   Maritime   Administration,   Department   of
                  Transportation.
<PAGE>
MHC               MHC-51  class  fiberglass  coastal  minehunter.  Avondale  has
                  constructed and delivered four MHCs to the U. S. Navy.

Sealift           TAKR 300 Class Sealift vessels are transport vessels built for
                  the U.S. Navy.  Avondale has contracts to build  seven Sealift
                  vessels.

T-AGS 45          An oceanographic research vessel constructed by  Avondale  and
                  delivered to the U.S. Navy in May 1993.

T-AO              Same as an "AO" but operated by the Military  Sealift  Command
                  and  crewed by a civilian  crew.  Avondale  has built  sixteen
                  T-AOs.
<PAGE>
Cautionary  Statement  for  Purposes of "Safe Harbor"  Provisions of the Private
Securities Litigation Reform Act of 1995

      Certain statements, other than statements of historical fact, contained in
this  Annual  Report  on  Form  10-K  are  forward-looking   statements.   These
forward-looking  statements are generally  accompanied by such terms and phrases
as "anticipates,"  "estimates,"  "expects,"  "believes,"  "should,"  "projects,"
"scheduled,"  or similar  statements.  Although  the Company  believes  that the
expectations reflected in such forward-looking statements are reasonable, it can
give no  assurance  that such  expectations  will  prove to have  been  correct.
Important  factors that could cause the Company's  results to differ  materially
from the  results  discussed  in such  forward-looking  statements  include  the
Company's  reliance on U.S. Navy  contracts,  including its ability to replenish
its  backlog  by  securing  additional  contracts  from  the U.S.  Navy,  profit
recognition  on government  contracts,  the outcome of the Company's  litigation
involving  efforts  to  unionize  the  Company's   production  workers  and  the
competitive  impact of a resolution  in favor of the union,  the  importance  of
obtaining commercial contracts,  the Company's ability to complete its contracts
within its cost  estimates,  intense  competition  for government and commercial
contracts,  labor,  regulatory  and other risks in the  shipbuilding  and marine
construction  industries and other unanticipated  events affecting the Company's
efforts  and  the  efforts  of  its  suppliers,  subcontractors,  and  customers
(including  the U. S. Navy) to timely  correct  Year 2000  problems  inherent in
essential computer systems,  which could impair the Company's  operations or the
ability of its customers to timely pay for products and services  provided.  All
forward-looking  statements in this Form 10-K are  expressly  qualified in their
entirety by the  cautionary  statements  in this  paragraph  and the matters set
forth below:

Labor Matters

      As  discussed  in  "Business  -  Employees",  the Company is involved in a
dispute  involving the NLRB's  certification of a union to represent  certain of
the Company's New Orleans area employees.  The Company continues to believe that
it has  substantive  and  meritorious  bases for overturning the decision of the
NLRB and has appealed the decision.  In October 1998,  oral  arguments were made
before  the 5th  Circuit  Court  of  Appeals  and the  Company  expects  the 5th
Circuit's decision in 1999. If the NLRB's certification of the union is enforced
by subsequent  judicial  proceedings,  the Company  would be required  under the
federal  labor laws to  bargain in good faith with the union on matters  such as
wages,  hours and working  conditions.  Even though  Avondale will agree only to
bargaining demands that can be economically  justified,  union certification may
result in an increased risk that the union will engage in potentially disruptive
activities  such as strikes or  picketing,  or that the Company may incur higher
labor and operating costs.

      The union has also filed numerous  unfair labor practice  charges with the
NLRB  alleging  that  Avondale  has  committed  a variety of  violations  of the
National Labor  Relations Act principally  involving  claims that employees were
wrongfully  disciplined or discharged.  In February 1998, an administrative  law
judge ordered the Company to reinstate  twenty-six  fired  workers,  and rescind
disciplinary  actions  taken  against  another  fifteen.  Although  the  Company
disputes these claims and is currently  appealing the decision,  if the decision
is upheld, the respective  employees would be entitled to back pay from the time
of his or her claim until the resolution of the case.
See "Business - Employees."

      The Company is also subject to the federal  Occupational Safety and Health
Act ("OSHA") and similar state statutes. The Company has an extensive health and
<PAGE>
safety program  and employs a staff of safety inspectors and industrial  hygiene
technicians, whose primary functions are to develop Company policies  that  meet
or exceed  the  safety standards set by OSHA,  train  supervisors and make daily
inspections  of  safety  procedures  to insure  their  compliance  with  Company
policies  on safety and industrial  hygiene.  All  supervisors  are  required to
attend safety training meetings at which the importance of full compliance  with
safety procedures is emphasized.

During the fourth  quarter of 1998,  the Company  consented  to a  comprehensive
inspection of its main facility by OSHA.  Avondale believes that this inspection
was based on a complaint filed by the union that is seeking to organize  certain
of the Company's  employees.  At  the  conclusion  of  the  initial  inspection,
representatives  of OSHA sought judicial authority for a more thorough review of
substantially all of the Company's medical records.  The Company proposed to the
court and the court  ordered the Company to provide OSHA access to the Company's
records on Company property. The results of the initial review and the review of
the medical  records  are not known at this time but are not  expected to have a
material adverse effect on the Company's consolidated financial statements.

Reliance on Major Customer

      Avondale's  business is primarily dependent upon the ship construction and
conversion  programs of the U.S. Navy and other  branches of the military,  with
over 80% of its $2.0 billion firm  backlog at December  31, 1998  consisting  of
contracts to build vessels for the U.S. Navy and U.S. Coast Guard.  There can be
no assurance that the shipbuilding and conversion programs currently in progress
will continue to be funded, or that those planned in the future by the U.S. Navy
and other branches of the U.S.  military will be  implemented.  Any  significant
reduction in the level of congressional appropriations for shipbuilding programs
would have a material adverse effect on Avondale.

      The prospects of U.S. shipyards,  including the Company, can be materially
affected by their success in securing  significant  contract awards.  Although a
contract for the first two of an  anticipated  12 vessels  under the LPD program
was awarded to an alliance  led by the Company,  there can be no assurance  that
the U.S. Navy will exercise its option for the remaining  ship under the initial
LPD contract or that Congress will  appropriate  funds for the anticipated  nine
additional ships not in the original contract. It is also possible that the U.S.
Navy may hold a competition  for the  additional  vessels,  or that it may delay
implementation of the construction program. In addition, while Avondale believes
that it should be a viable  competitor for the ADC(X),  JCC(X),  and Coast Guard
Deepwater  programs,  no assurance can be given that  sufficient  monies will be
appropriated to fund these programs,  that the timing of the appropriations will
permit the award of construction  contracts in the time frame currently planned,
or that the Company will be the successful bidder. With a substantial portion of
Avondale's  current firm backlog scheduled for completion by the end of 2001, it
is important that Avondale,  or an alliance including Avondale,  be a successful
bidder for all or a  substantial  portion of the  remaining LPD vessels or other
U.S.  Navy  or  commercial  work  if it is to  maintain  its  current  level  of
shipbuilding activity beyond 2001.

Commercial Contracts

      Although  the LPD  contract is expected to provide,  assuming the award of
additional ships by the U.S. Navy, a substantial base of work continuing  beyond
the year 2000,  the Company has  significant  fixed  costs  associated  with its
operations.  As a  result,  in  order  for  the  Company  to  achieve  desirable
operational  efficiencies and profit levels during that period,  it is important
<PAGE>
that  the  Company  complement  its  firm  backlog  with additional shipbuilding
orders.  Other  than  the follow-on LPD ships,  the ADC(X)  program,  the JCC(X)
program and the Coast Guard Deepwater program,  the  Company is  unaware  of any
significant  relevant  military  shipbuilding  initiatives  that  are  likely to
commence  before  2005.  If  the  Company  is unsuccessful at securing additonal
military  contracts,  it  will  be  important that the Company secure additional
commercial shipbuilding orders.  Although for the  reasons  discussed  elsewhere
herein,   the   Company   believes  that  significant   commercial  shipbuilding
opportunities will become available  during the next five years, competition for
such work is expected to be intense,  and  there  can  be  no assurance that the
Company will be successful in obtaining such work, or if awarded,   that it will
complete such work profitably.  In  addition, the current low level of crude oil
prices  has  resulted  in  many  of  the  major oil companies  reducing  capital
spending.  No assurance can be given that this reduced spending will  not  delay
or  eliminate  the  purchase  of additional  crude oil tankers.  See "Business -
Overview - U.S. Government" and "Business - Overview - Commercial Shipbuilding."

Profit Recognition - Government Contracting

      Similar to other companies  principally engaged in long-term  construction
projects,  Avondale recognizes profits under the percentage of completion method
of  accounting,  with profit  recognition  commencing  when  progress  under the
contract is  sufficient  to estimate  final  results with  reasonable  accuracy.
Because contract profit  recognition is dependent upon reliable estimates of the
costs to complete  such  contract,  profits  recognized  upon  completion of the
contract may be significantly less than anticipated,  or the Company may incur a
loss with respect to such contract,  if it proves  necessary to revise such cost
estimates.  Moreover,  much of  Avondale's  principal  construction  activity is
currently being performed under fixed-price or fixed-price  incentive contracts,
which wholly or partially shift the risk to Avondale of construction  costs that
exceed the  contract  price.

      In  addition,   although  the  LPD-17   contract   award  was  made  on  a
cost-plus-award  fee basis,  the ability of Avondale to realize its award fee is
dependent not only upon its ability to perform its  contractual  obligations but
also the satisfactory performance by other members of the alliance.

      In certain  circumstances,  the Company may submit Requests for  Equitable
Adjustment ("REAs") to the U.S. Navy seeking adjustments to the contract  prices
to compensate the Company when it incurs costs for which it does not believe  it
is  responsible.  As  discussed  in  "Business - Government  Contracting,"   the
Company  has  identified  an issue which,   if  unresolved,  will  result in the
Company filing a claim or REA.  Although the Company  pursues REAs and all other
contractual disputes vigorously,  there is no assurance that the U.S.  Navy will
resolve  REAs  or any of these  disputes in  a manner  favorable to the Company.
See "Business - Shipbuilding."

      There is significant  oversight of defense contractors to prevent waste in
the defense procurement  process.  Areas of contract dispute are reviewed by the
government  for evidence of criminal  misconduct  such as  mischarging,  product
substitution and false certification of pricing and other data. In the event the
government  alleges a  violation  of its  procurement  regulations,  it may seek
compensatory, treble or punitive damages in substantial amounts and indictments,
fines,  penalties and forfeitures.  In addition, the government has the right to
suspend  or debar a  contractor  from  government  contracting  for  significant
violations  of  government  procurement  regulations.  Avondale  has never  been
subject to suspension or debarment.
<PAGE>
Competition and Regulation

      The reduced level of shipbuilding  activity by the U.S.  government during
the past decade has  increased  competition  significantly.  With respect to the
market for U.S.  military  contracts,  there are  principally  six private  U.S.
shipyards,  including  Avondale,  that  compete for  contracts  to  construct or
convert vessels for the U.S. Navy. Within certain of the product lines for which
it competes, Avondale also faces competition from a number of smaller shipyards.
Three of these  companies  are  subsidiaries  of a single  corporation  that has
substantially greater resources than Avondale.  Another is likewise a subsidiary
of a larger  corporation  with diverse defense and commercial lines of business.
The remaining  shipyard,  Newport News Shipbuilding Inc., is independent but has
annual  revenues of more than twice those of the Company.  No  assurance  can be
given that the superior  corporate  resources  and critical mass of these larger
companies will not put the Company at a competitive disadvantage for future U.S.
Government  programs.  As a result,  as  described  elsewhere,  the  Company has
proposed to merge with Newport News Shipbuilding Inc.

      With  respect  to  commercial  vessels  that must be constructed by a U.S.
shipyard under the Jones Act, there are approximately 20 private U.S.  shipyards
that can accommodate the construction  of vessels up to 400 feet in length,  ten
of  which   Avondale  considers  to   be  its  direct competitors for commercial
contracts.   With  respect  to the international commercial shipbuilding market,
Avondale competes with numerous shipyards in several countries.  See "Business -
Competition."

      The termination of the U.S.  construction-differential  subsidy program in
1981   significantly   curtailed  the  ability  of  U.S.  shipyards  to  compete
successfully for international  commercial  shipbuilding  contracts with foreign
shipyards, many of which are heavily subsidized by their governments. Currently,
Avondale's  commercial  shipbuilding  opportunities are materially  dependent on
certain U.S. laws and  regulations,  including (1) the Jones Act, which requires
that all vessels transporting products between U.S. ports be constructed by U.S.
shipyards,  (2) the Oil  Pollution  Act of 1990,  which  requires the  phased-in
transition  of  single-hulled  tankers  and product  carriers  to  double-hulled
vessels  beginning  January 1,  1995,  and (3) the 1993  amendments  to the loan
guarantee  program under Title XI of the Merchant Marine Act, 1936, which permit
the U.S.  government to guarantee loan  obligations of foreign vessel owners for
foreign-flagged vessels built in U.S. shipyards. In connection with U.S. efforts
to  implement  a 1994  multilateral  agreement  designed  in part  to  eliminate
government subsidies to commercial shipbuilders, legislation has been introduced
each of the last several  years in the U.S.  Congress  that would  eliminate the
competitive  advantages  afforded to U.S. shipyards under the 1993 amendments to
the Title XI guarantee program although each year Congress has adjourned without
adopting or ratifying the agreements. In addition,  legislative bills seeking to
rescind or  substantially  modify the  provisions of the Jones Act mandating the
use of U.S.-built  ships for coastwise  trade are introduced  from time to time,
and are expected to be introduced in the future. Although management believes it
is  unlikely  the Jones Act will be  rescinded  or  materially  modified  in the
foreseeable future, there can be no assurance to this effect with respect to the
Jones Act or any other law or  regulation  benefitting  U.S.  shipbuilders.  See
"Business - Overview - Commercial Shipbuilding."

Environmental Matters

      The Company is subject to various federal,  state and local  environmental
laws and regulations that impose limitations on the discharge of pollutants into
the  environment  and establish  standards for the  transportation,  storage and
disposal  of  toxic  and  hazardous wastes. Stringent fines and penalties may be
<PAGE>
imposed  for  non-compliance.   In addition,  certain environmental laws  impose
joint and several  "strict liability" for remediation of spills and releases  of
oil  and  hazardous  substances  rendering  a  person  liable  for environmental
damage,  without regard to negligence or fault on the part of such person.  Such
laws and  regulations  may expose the Company to liability for the conduct of or
conditions  caused  by  others,  or for acts of the Company which are or were in
compliance with all applicable laws at the time such acts were performed.
<PAGE>
Item 2.           Properties.

      The Company's corporate  headquarters and main shipyard are located on the
west bank of the  Mississippi  River at Avondale,  Louisiana,  approximately  15
miles from downtown New Orleans. That facility includes  approximately 229 acres
of Company-owned  land with 174 buildings  enclosing  approximately  2.0 million
square feet of space, approximately 41 acres of leased land, a 900-foot floating
dry  dock/launch  platform  that permits  construction,  conversion or repair of
vessels up to approximately  1,000 feet in length,  and a 650-foot  floating dry
dock  principally  used for ship  repair  and  multiple  building  ways and side
launching  facilities.  The main shipyard includes  approximately  5,800 feet of
wharves, 1,200 feet of launch ways and 2,900 feet of unimproved waterfront along
the Mississippi  River. The Company's  shipyard  facilities have the capacity to
build  virtually any type of vessel other than  nuclear-powered  submarines  and
aircraft  carriers  and  surface  vessels  of  the  largest  classes,   such  as
ultra-large crude carriers.

      The  Company's  900-foot  floating  drydock  was  constructed  in 1975 and
financed  pursuant to Title XI of the  Merchant  Marine Act,  1936,  as amended.
These  mortgage  bonds were  refinanced in February 1995 with mortgage  bonds of
approximately $4.3 million. The 900-foot drydock is currently subject to a Title
XI  mortgage  of  approximately  $1.6  million  (see  Note  4 of  the  Notes  to
Consolidated Financial Statements).

      The  Company's  650-foot  floating  drydock  and support  facilities  were
constructed in 1982 and financed with $36.3 million of industrial revenue bonds.
The 650-foot  drydock is currently  subject to $34.4 million of these industrial
revenue bonds (see Note 4 of the Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements).

      As part of its program to  significantly  improve its efficiency,  in 1995
the  Company  completed  a capital  expenditure  program  of  approximately  $20
million,  financed principally through $17.8 million of bonds issued in February
1995  utilizing a Title XI  guarantee.  The  modernization  program is currently
subject to a Title XI mortgage of approximately $14.2 million (see Note 4 of the
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements).  The modernization program included
construction  of a covered  facility,  which  allows for  productivity  gains by
eliminating  weather-related  problems, and adoption of a more automated process
for building the various modules which are assembled into a completed vessel.

      The Company has also made significant capital  improvements,  particularly
enhancing its computer-aided design and product modeling  capabilities.  In this
effort,  the Company teamed with the University of New Orleans (the "University"
or "UNO"),  the University of New Orleans  Research and  Technology  Foundation,
Inc.  (the  "Foundation")  and the State of Louisiana in a  cooperative  effort.
Pursuant to the terms of various agreements,  the Foundation  purchased hardware
and software required to implement the extensive  three-dimensional  ship design
and Integrated  Product Data  Environment  technology and  constructed a 200,000
square foot  building on property  donated to the  University by the Company and
located  adjacent to the Company's main shipyard.  This facility is complete and
is  currently  an  integral  part of the  design of the first  vessel in the LPD
class.  This  investment  in new  technology  and the  facility are known as the
"UNO/Avondale  Maritime Technology Center of Excellence" (the "Center"),  and is
being  financed by the  Foundation  using third party debt and lease  financing,
both of which are guaranteed by the Company. In 1997, the Company entered into a
fifty-year lease for the  Center requiring a nominal annual lease  payment.  The
<PAGE>
Company will provide access to the  University for  its use in  research and the
development of  educational  curricula related to naval architecture  and marine
engineering. In addition to the amounts expected to be funded by the State,  the
Foundation, at the Company's request, is incurring  approximately $15.5  million
in additional costs to  enhance  the integration  and functionality  of the ship
design and IPDE technology.  The Company is reimbursing the Foundation for these
additional amounts as incurred and will capitalize these costs and amortize them
over  their  estimated  useful  lives  in  accordance with the Company's  stated
policies (See Note 1 of the Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements.)

      The Company also operates  several other facilities in the vicinity of the
main shipyard.  The Westwego Yard is located five miles down-river from the main
shipyard on 16.6 acres of land leased through June 2001 and includes  facilities
for the  construction  or repair of boats and  vessels up to 450 feet in length.
The Algiers  Yard is located 19 miles  down-river  from the main  shipyard on 22
acres of land leased through December 1999 and includes construction  facilities
used predominantly for the repair and overhaul of large ocean-going vessels. The
Steel Sales operation is located on Company-owned property in Harvey, Louisiana,
where a steel  warehouse  is  located.  The  location  has direct  access to the
Mississippi  River via the Harvey  Canal.  The Modular  Construction  operation,
located  in  an  approximately   70,000  square  foot  facility  on  a  58  acre
Company-owned  site a few miles up-river from the main  shipyard,  consists of a
complete machine shop with steel fabricating facilities.

      The  Avondale   Enterprises,   Inc.  ("AEI")  facility  is  located  on  a
Company-owned  121.5  acre  site near  Gulfport,  Mississippi  on an  industrial
seaway. The facility includes a 263,447 square foot manufacturing facility and a
6,300 square foot  administration  building.  This facility was acquired in 1989
for construction of the Minehunters ("MHC") for the U.S. Navy. AEI has pledged a
portion of the  facility to secure a $3 million  loan it entered into in 1991 to
finance a portion of its 1989  acquisition  debt.  This  facility  is  currently
subject to $1.7 million of general  obligation  industrial  bonds (see Note 4 of
the Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements).  Upon the transfer of the final
MHC hull to the main  shipyard in December  1994,  this  facility  became  idle.
During 1996 and 1997,  the Company  utilized the facility for the  completion of
the river hopper barge contract. The Company is currently utilizing the facility
to support shipbuilding activities.

      Finally,  in June 1998,  the  Company,  in  conjunction  with the State of
Louisiana announced the opening of a new steel fabrication facility in Tallulah,
Louisiana.  The state funded certain repairs and improvements to a site owned by
the Port of Madison  Parish in north  Louisiana  on which a 100,000  square foot
facility is being leased to the Company. The Company is in the process of hiring
100  employees to fabricate  steel  subassemblies  needed at the main  shipyard.
These  subassemblies will be transported to the main yard and joined together to
form  units,  or  modules,  that are the  building  blocks  in  Avondale's  ship
construction process.

      The  Company  believes  that  its  core  marine  construction  and  repair
facilities  provide  it with  sufficient  capacity  to handle  any  business  it
reasonably  expects  to  obtain  in the  foreseeable  future.  In  general,  the
Company's productive capacity is limited less by physical facilities than by the
number of employees the Company can effectively  supervise.  Management believes
that the Company would be operating at full capacity  with  approximately  8,000
employees.  The Company's core business  currently  operates with  approximately
5,550 employees.
<PAGE>
Item 3.           Legal Proceedings.

      Environmental  Proceedings.  Various governmental and private parties have
from time to time alleged that the Company is a  potentially  responsible  party
("PRP") with respect to certain  hazardous waste sites,  including,  among other
things, the site listed below.

      In January 1986, the Louisiana Department of Environmental Quality ("DEQ")
advised the Company  that it could be a PRP with  respect to an oil  reclamation
site operated by an unaffiliated  company in Walker, La. The Company sold to the
operator  a  substantial  portion  of the  waste oil that was  processed  at the
reclamation  site during the period 1978 through 1982.  The Company's  potential
liability,  if any, for cleanup of this site will be based on the  Comprehensive
Environmental Response, Compensation and Liability Act of 1980 ("CERCLA") or the
Louisiana  Environmental  Quality Act. Under these  statutes,  such liability is
presumptively  joint  and  several,  but  is  typically  apportioned  among  the
responsible  parties  based on the volume of material  sent by each to the waste
site.  The  Company  has  cooperated  with  other  PRPs to study  the  potential
aggregate liability under these statutes.  Moreover, the Company believes it has
substantial  defenses  against  liability and defenses  that could  mitigate the
portion of liability, if any, that would otherwise be attributable to it.

      To date,  the Company and certain of the other PRPs (the "Funding  Group")
for the site have funded the site's  remediation  expenses,  PRP  identification
expenses and related  costs for the  participating  parties.  As of December 31,
1998, such costs totaled  approximately  $19.5 million, of which the Company has
funded approximately $4.0 million. Since 1988, the Funding Group filed petitions
to add a number  of  companies  as  third-party  defendants  with  regard to the
remedial  action.  The Funding  Group has agreed to settle with the  majority of
these  companies.  All funds collected  through these  settlements are placed in
escrow to fund future expenses.  At December 31, 1998, the balance of the escrow
was  approximately  $9.9  million,  which  is to be  used to  fund  any  ongoing
remediation expenses.  The Company will not owe any future assessments until the
balance in escrow is depleted. There are additional settlements being negotiated
which should add to the balance in escrow.

      Additional  remedial work  scheduled  for the site includes  completion of
studies and if required by the results of these studies, subsequent remediation.
Following  completion of any such required  additional  remediation,  it will be
necessary to obtain Environmental  Protection Agency approval to close the site,
which consent may require subsequent post-closure activities such as groundwater
monitoring  and site  maintenance  for many  years.  The  Company is not able to
estimate the final costs for any such  additional  remedial work or post-closure
costs that may be required; however, the Company believes that its proportionate
share of expenditures for any additional work will not have a material impact on
the Company's consolidated financial statements. In addition, the members of the
Funding Group have entered into a final cost sharing  agreement  under which all
parties have agreed that there would be no re-allocation of previous remediation
costs,  but that future  remediation  costs would be  established  by a formula.
Under this agreement,  the Company's share of future costs will not exceed 17.5%
for any additional costs.

      Furthermore,  the Company has initiated litigation against its insurer for
a declaration of coverage of the liability, if any, that may arise in connection
with the  remediation of the  site referred  to above.  The court has ruled that
<PAGE>
the  insurer  has  the duty to defend the  Company,  but  has not yet  ruled  on
whether  the  carrier  has a duty to  indemnify the  Company if any liability is
ultimately  assessed against it. After consultation with counsel, the Company is
unable to predict the eventual outcome of this litigation or the degree to which
such potential liability would be indemnified by its insurance carrier.

      In  addition to the above,  the  Company is also named as a  defendant  in
other lawsuits and proceedings arising in the ordinary course of business,  some
of which involve substantial claims.

      The Company has  established  accruals as  appropriate  for certain of the
matters discussed above.  While the ultimate outcome of lawsuits and proceedings
against the Company cannot be predicted  with  certainty,  management  believes,
based on current facts and circumstances and after review with counsel, that the
eventual  resolution of these matters is not expected to have a material adverse
effect on the Company's consolidated financial statements.


Item 4.           Submission of Matters to a Vote of Security Holders.

      The  Company  did not submit any  matters  to a vote of  security  holders
during the fourth quarter of its fiscal year ended December 31, 1998.
<PAGE>
                                     PART II

Item 5.           Market for  Registrant's Common Equity and Related Stockholder
                  Matters.

      The Company's  common stock trades on the Nasdaq National Market under the
symbol AVDL. The following  table sets forth the range of high and low per share
sales prices, as reported by Nasdaq, for the periods indicated.
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
Fiscal Year Ended December 31,              High              Low
      <S>                                   <C>               <C>
      1997

         First Quarter                      $23 1/2           $17

         Second Quarter                     $21 3/8           $16 1/4

         Third Quarter                      $29               $20 5/8

         Fourth Quarter                     $30               $24 3/4

      1998

         First Quarter                      $29 7/8           $25

         Second Quarter                     $29 3/4           $25

         Third Quarter                      $29 1/4           $23 3/16

         Fourth Quarter                     $30               $22 1/4
</TABLE>
      At December  31, 1998,  there were 585 holders of record of the  Company's
Common Stock.

      The Company does not  currently  pay  dividends on its Common Stock and no
dividends  were paid on the  Company's  Common  Stock during the two years ended
December 31, 1998. As discussed in Note 4 of the Notes to Consolidated Financial
Statements,  the terms of the Company's  revolving credit agreement require bank
approval for the payment of cash dividends over a specified amount.
<PAGE>
Item 6.           Selected Consolidated Financial Data.

      The following table contains selected consolidated  financial data for the
Company  and its  subsidiaries  for each of the  fiscal  years in the  five-year
period ended  December  31,  1998.  The data for each of the fiscal years in the
five-year  period  ended  December  31, 1998 are derived  from the  consolidated
financial  statements  of the Company  and its  subsidiaries.  The  consolidated
financial statements as of December 31, 1998 and 1997, and for each of the years
in the  three-year  period ended December 31, 1998, and the report of Deloitte &
Touche LLP thereon, have been included in this Form 10-K.
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                          Years Ended December 31,                      
                                                                (in thousands, except per share data)
                                                    1998         1997(1)       1996(1)       1995          1994
                                               -----------   -----------   -----------  -----------    ----------
<S>                                            <C>           <C>           <C>          <C>            <C>   
INCOME STATEMENT DATA:
Continuing operations:
   Sales ...................................   $   748,936   $   613,993   $  624,929   $   576,308    $  475,810
   Gross profit.............................        84,361        75,478       81,827        58,671        47,485
   Income from operations...................        46,900        43,593       36,790        26,548        16,949
   Income from continuing operations........        38,991        26,833       30,795        28,180        13,075
Loss from discontinued operations...........         --            --           --            --           (4,552)
Cumulative effect of accounting change(2)...        (2,046)        --           --            --            --
Net income(3)...............................        36,945        26,833       30,795        28,180         8,523
Income/(loss) per share of common stock:
   BASIC:
   Continuing operations....................   $      2.83   $      1.85   $     2.13   $      1.95    $     0.90
   Discontinued operations..................          --           --           --            --            (0.31)
   Cumulative effect of accounting change...         (0.15)        --           --            --            --
   Total ...................................   $      2.68   $      1.85   $     2.13   $      1.95    $     0.59
   DILUTED:
   Continuing operations....................   $      2.82   $      1.85   $     2.13   $      1.95    $     0.90
   Discontinued operations..................          --           --           --            --            (0.31)
   Cumulative effect of accounting change...         (0.15)        --           --            --            --
   Total ...................................   $      2.67   $      1.85   $     2.13   $      1.95    $     0.59

BALANCE SHEET DATA:
Working capital.............................   $   122,269   $   145,224   $  119,475   $    80,988    $   34,836
Total assets................................       397,202       375,615      362,872       316,727       273,503
Long-term debt..............................        48,682        51,819       54,866        60,593        45,875
Shareholders' equity........................       210,415       208,977      181,853       151,058       122,878
CASH FLOW DATA:
Net cash provided by operating activities...   $    37,173   $    50,557   $   26,470   $    27,995    $   69,128
Net cash used for investing activities......       (27,544)      (13,083)     (10,449)      (16,799)      (11,931)
Net cash (used for) provided by
   financing activities.....................       (39,119)       (4,666)      (5,601)       11,914       (44,978)
OTHER FINANCIAL DATA:
EBITDA(4)...................................   $    55,834   $    54,052   $   47,599   $    36,367    $   28,501
OPERATIONAL DATA:
Firm backlog(5).............................   $ 1,988,000   $1,802,000     $1,766,000   $1,413,000    $1,424,000
- --------------------
</TABLE>
<PAGE>
(1)      See " Management's  Discussion and Analysis of Financial  Condition and
         Results  of  Operations"  and  the  Notes  to  Consolidated   Financial
         Statements  relating to, among other things, the impact of revisions of
         estimated  profits on previously  completed  shipbuilding  contracts in
         1998, 1997 and 1996.
(2)      See  "Management's  Discussion and Analysis of Financial  Condition and
         Results  of  Operations"  and  the  Notes  to  Consolidated   Financial
         Statements relating to, among other things, the impact of the Company's
         early   adoption  of  the  American   Institute  of  Certified   Public
         Accountants' Statement of Position 97-3.
(3)      Net income for the years ended December 31,1998, 1996 and 1995 includes
         income tax  benefits of $9.6  million  ($.69 per  share-diluted),  $9.0
         million ($.62 per share - diluted), and $13.0 million ($.90 per share -
         diluted),  respectively,  attributable  to certain net  operating  loss
         carry forwards, tax credits and certain prior year tax deductions.
(4)      As  used  herein,   EBITDA  is  income  (loss)  from   operations  plus
         depreciation and amortization.  EBITDA is frequently used by securities
         analysts and is presented here to provide additional  information about
         the  Company's  operations.  EBITDA  should  not  be  considered  as an
         alternative  to  net  income  (loss)  as a  measure  of  the  Company's
         operating  performance  or as an alternative to cash flows as a measure
         of the  Company's  liquidity  and may not be  comparable  to  similarly
         titled measures of other companies.
(5)      As used herein,  firm backlog  represents the total dollar value of all
         contracts  (including  estimated  contract  escalation)  net  of  costs
         incurred  and  profits  recorded  for  which  the  Company  has  signed
         contracts  with its  customers  but  exclusive of  unexercised  options
         (including the respective  estimated contract  escalation) within those
         contracts.
<PAGE>
Item 7.            Management's  Discussion and Analysis of Financial  Condition
                   and Results of Operations.

      The  following  discussion  should be read in  conjunction  with  Avondale
Industries,   Inc.'s  (the  "Company"  or  "Avondale")   Consolidated  Financial
Statements and Notes thereto included elswhere in this Form 10-K.


Overview

      The improvement in the Company's  operating  results continued during 1998
with the Company  reporting  record  income  from  operations  of $46.9  million
compared to Avondale's previous high of $43.6 million in 1997.  Further,  income
from  operations  increased  8% above the level of the prior year  while  income
before income taxes increased 13% compared to 1997.

      The  Company's  firm backlog at December 31, 1998 was  approximately  $2.0
billion  (including  estimated  contract  escalation)  exclusive of  unexercised
options  aggregating  approximately  $490  million  held by the U.S.  Navy  (the
"Navy") (including estimated contract escalation) and approximately $330 million
held by a commercial  customer  for  additional  ship  orders.  The firm backlog
includes two Navy vessels  awarded in 1998,  the first of which was the exercise
of a  previously  awarded  option to construct  an  additional  Sealift ship for
approximately  $240  million  (including  estimated  contract  escalation).  The
exercise of this option  represents  the seventh ship which the Company has been
awarded in the Sealift  program,  the first of which was delivered  during 1998.
The six  Strategic  Sealift  ships  remaining to be delivered  have a backlog of
approximately  $669  million  (including  estimated  contract  escalation).  The
Company anticipates delivering two of the Sealift ships during 1999.

      As  previously  disclosed,  in December  1996 the U.S. Navy awarded a $641
million  contract to a  Company-led  alliance,  which  includes  Bath Iron Works
("Bath") and Raytheon Company ("Raytheon"), to design and construct the first of
an anticipated twelve ships under the Navy's LPD program.  The original contract
provided  for  options  exercisable  by the Navy for two  additional  LPD ships.
During  1998,  the U. S. Navy  exercised  the first  such  option for the second
vessel  of the  program,  LPD-18,  at a  contract  price of  approximately  $391
million.  Under the terms of an  agreement  between the  alliance  members,  the
Company will build the ships  covered  under the December 1996 and December 1998
contracts,  and, if the Navy  exercises  the remaining  option,  Bath Iron Works
would  construct  the third of the three LPD ships to be built under the initial
contract. Raytheon is responsible for total ship integration and the alliance is
using an advanced  three-dimensional ship design and product modeling technology
for the design and  manufacture of the ship. As the prime  contractor  under the
LPD-17 contract, the Company is required to report in its consolidated financial
statements as sales and cost of sales the entire contract amount for each vessel
in the  LPD  program  constructed  by the  alliance.  Under  the  subcontracting
agreements  entered into between the Company and each of Bath and Raytheon,  the
award fees that can be earned under the LPD contract are distributable among the
alliance members in proportion to each member's performance and participation in
the  construction  of the  vessel  during  the  period  for  which the award was
granted. To the extent that the Company's revenues include  costs  incurred  and
<PAGE>
award  fees  paid to the other  alliance members, such revenues will be recorded
with  no corresponding  operating profit margin.  For additional  information on
the terms of the LPD-17  contract award, the relationship between the members of
the alliance and certain accounting considerations, see "Business - Overview."

      Also included in the firm backlog is the largest commercial  contract ever
awarded to  Avondale.  In June 1997,  the  Company  was  awarded a $332  million
contract  for the  construction  of two 125,000 DWT crude oil  carriers  for the
Jones  Act  Trade to be built  with  double  hulls  in  compliance  with the Oil
Pollution  Act  of  1990.  The  original  contract  also  provided  for  options
exercisable by the customer for three additional  ships, and, in September 1998,
the customer  exercised  the first such  option,  valued at  approximately  $164
million.  The first ship is scheduled for delivery in 2000. With the current low
level of crude oil  prices,  ARCO  announced  plans to reduce  costs and capital
spending.  To this end, ARCO and the Company  agreed to delay the  deliveries of
the three vessels  currently  under contract by up to 16 months and the customer
has  agreed  to  pay  the  Company  its  estimated  out-of-pocket  expenses  for
completing  the vessels in a later time frame.  There can be no  assurance  that
ARCO will exercise its remaining  options given its cost and spending  reduction
plans.

      Vessel  deliveries in 1998 and 1997 included one MHC minehunter,  the last
of four double-  hulled  commercial  tankers,  the remainder of the river hopper
barges,  one LSD-CV,  and the first of seven  Strategic  Sealift  ships.  Vessel
deliveries  expected in 1999 include the Coast Guard  Icebreaker  and the second
and third Strategic Sealift vessels.

      The Company's  operating  results for 1999 are expected to be  principally
related to the Strategic  Sealift,  the Icebreaker,  the ARCO tanker and the LPD
contracts. Except for the LPD contracts for which the Company records award fees
as earned, the Company records profits under the percentage-of-completion method
of accounting based on direct labor charges. See "Business - Overview". Although
the Company  generally does not begin to record  profits on its contracts  until
contract  performance  is sufficient to estimate  final results with  reasonable
accuracy, actual profits taken with respect to such contracts may be affected if
the  Company is  required  in the future to revise its  estimate  of the cost to
complete of one or more of such contracts.
<PAGE>
      On  January  19,  1999,  Avondale  announced  a  proposed  merger  with  a
subsidiary  of Newport  News  Shipbuilding  Inc.  which would result in Avondale
becoming a  subsidiary  of Newport  News.  The  proposed  merger  would create a
broad-based  shipbuilding company capable of designing, building and maintaining
every type of ship used in the U. S. Navy, Coast Guard,  and commercial  fleets.
The  proposed  merger  is  structured  as  a stock-for-stock  transaction and is
subject  to  regulatory  and  shareholder  approval.   Upon  consummation of the
proposed merger,  each Avondale  share  would be exchanged for a maximum of 1.25
and  a  minimum of 1.15 of Newport News  Shipbuilding  Inc.  shares based on the
average closing  price of Newport  News shares  during the  fifteen  day trading
period ending on the fourth trading day prior to the shareholder  vote.  If such
average closing price is $28.40  or less,  Avondale shareholders  would  receive
1.25 Newport News shares for each  Avondale  share.   If such price is $30.87 or
more, Avondale  shareholders  would  receive  1.15  Newport News shares for each
Avondale  share.   If  such  price  is  between  $28.40  and  $30.87,   Avondale
shareholders  would  receive  that  number  of Newport News shares determined by
dividing  $35.50  by  such price,  or between 1.25 and 1.15 Newport News shares.
Avondale  and  Newport News expect to finalize the transaction during the second
quarter of 1999.

      On  February 22,  1999,  Avondale  and  Newport News  announced that their
proposed  merger  had been  cleared by the Department of Justice under the Hart-
Scott-Rodino  Antitrust  Improvements  Act  of 1976.   The  antitrust  clearance
satisfies  an  important  condition  to  the  closing of the transaction,  which
remains subject to the approval of the shareholders of both companies and to the
consent of the Administrator of the Maritime Administration of the Department of
Transportation.

      In addition, on February 18, 1999,  the Company announced that it had been
advised by Newport News that Newport News had received an unsolicited offer from
General Dynamics Corporation ("General Dynamics") proposing  to acquire  Newport
News  for  $38.50  per share in cash,  subject  to due diligence and  regulatory
clearance.  Although the General Dynamics offer did not specifically ask Newport
News to terminate its agreement with Avondale,  the offer did state that Newport
News'  proposed  merger  with  Avondale  would  create  antitrust  problems in a
combination of General Dynamics and Newport News.

      Newport  News  has  advised  General  Dynamics  that it is not prepared to
evaluate  the General Dynamics proposal until it obtains reliable assurance that
a combination  of General Dynamics and Newport News  would not be opposed by the
Department of Defense and Department of Justice.  To that end, Newport News made
a request to  the  Department  of  Defense seeking a prompt  indication  of  the
Department's  position  on  the General Dynamics proposal.   At the date of this
Form 10-K,  the  Department of Defense has not responded  to  the  Newport  News
request.  Pending any such determination, Newport News and the Company have each
publicly expressed their full commitment to the Newport News-Avondale merger.
<PAGE>
Results of Operations

      1998 vs. 1997. The Company recorded net income of $36.9 million,  or $2.67
per diluted  share,  for 1998  compared to $26.8  million,  or $1.85 per diluted
share, in 1997 and operating income increased 7.5% over the year-earlier period.
Net income for 1998 included  income tax benefits of $9.6 million,  or $0.69 per
diluted  share,  to  recognize  for  financial  statement  purposes  adjustments
associated  with certain prior year tax  deductions  and income tax credits.  No
similar benefit was recorded in 1997. In addition, 1998 net income reflected the
impact of the Company's  adoption of the American  Institute of Certified Public
Accountants'  Statement  of  Position  97-3.  The  adoption  of this SOP,  which
prescribes  accounting  treatment for entities  which are subject to assessments
related  to  insurance   activities,   resulted  in  an   after-tax   charge  of
approximately  $2.0  million,  or  $0.15  per  diluted  share.  (See  additional
discussion  in  Note  1 of  the  Notes  to  Consolidated  Financial  Statements,
contained elsewhere in this Form 10-K.)

      The  improvement in the Company's  operating  results for 1998 compared to
the  same  period  of  the  prior  year  primarily  reflects  operating  profits
recognized on the contracts to construct the seven Strategic  Sealift ships, the
Icebreaker and the LSD-CV 52 as substantial  progress  toward  completion of all
these  contracts was achieved in 1998.  Also  contributing  to the improved 1998
operating  results were operating  profits  recorded by the Company's  wholesale
steel, modular construction and marine repair operations.  However, particularly
in the second half of 1998,  the  Company's  wholesale  steel  sales  division's
operating profits were adversely  impacted as oil and gas construction  activity
slowed and the  depressed  economic  conditions  in the Far East  resulted  in a
significant  increase in the importation of low cost foreign steel into the U.S,
resulting in an  oversupply  of steel and  significant  pricing  pressure.  As a
result, at year end,  management  reviewed the carrying value of its Steel Sales
inventory  and  recorded a $2.2  million  pre-tax  charge to reduce its carrying
value to market prices. Nevertheless, total 1998 operating income increased $3.3
million, or 7.6% over the year-earlier period.

      Sales in 1998 increased $134.9 million, or 22%, to $748.9 million compared
to $614.0  million in 1997.  The increase in sales in 1998 is primarily a result
of  increased  costs   associated  with  contracts  in  the  initial  stages  of
construction.  In 1998, the Company recorded increased sales on the contracts to
construct the three 125,000 DWT double-hulled  crude oil carriers,  (the last of
which is scheduled for delivery in 2002),  the six remaining  Strategic  Sealift
ships (the last of which is expected to be  delivered  in 2001),  and the LPD-17
(expected to be delivered in 2002). The double-hulled crude oil carriers and LPD
contracts are in the initial  stages of  construction  resulting in  significant
engineering  design and material  acquisition  costs.  The increases noted above
were  partially  offset by decreased  sales recorded on contracts that are at or
near  completion.  The  Company  recorded  decreased  sales on the  contract  to
retrofit four  single-hulled  commercial tankers with new double hulls (the last
of which was  delivered in September  1997) and the  contracts to construct  the
Icebreaker  (expected  to be  delivered  in the third  quarter  of 1999) and the
LSD-CV 52 (delivered in February 1998). Also, the Company recognized revenues in
1997 on contracts to construct  the 100 river hopper barges and the four coastal
<PAGE>
MHCs all of which were delivered in 1997.

      Gross profit for 1998  increased $8.9 million,  or 12%,  compared to 1997.
However,  the gross profit margin  percentage  decreased  approximately  1.0% as
compared to the prior year.  The decrease in gross profit  margin  percentage is
primarily  attributable  to three factors.  First,  as noted above,  the Company
recorded a $2.2 million write down of the carrying value of the inventory of its
wholesale steel sales operation.  Second,  the LPD and ARCO contracts are in the
initial stages of contract  performance which result in significant  engineering
design and  material  acquisition  costs  recorded  as sales  with  little or no
corresponding  gross profit. The Company does not begin profit recognition until
final results can be estimated with reasonable accuracy. (Refer to Note 1 of the
Notes to Consolidated  Financial  Statements,  contained  elsewhere in this Form
10-K,  for a discussion of the  Company's  policies and  procedures  for revenue
recognition.) Finally, as stated above, the Company includes in its consolidated
financial  statements costs incurred and award fees paid to other members of the
alliance  in the LPD  program as sales and cost of sales  with no  corresponding
gross profit margin.

      The Company  currently has an issue with the U. S. Navy related to certain
materials  purchased  from a  subcontractor  for  use in the  Strategic  Sealift
program.   The   materials   were   purchased   based   on   government-provided
specifications  which have  proven to be  defective.  In  addition  to delay and
disruption costs, the Company has incurred approximately $12.5 million in direct
costs through December 31, 1998 related to this issue. The Company believes that
it is entitled to recovery from the U. S. Navy of these costs and has recorded a
receivable  for the  amount of the  direct  costs  incurred  to date.  While the
Company hopes to resolve this issue through negotiation, the Company has engaged
legal counsel to assist in the development of a claim.

      Selling,  general and  administrative  ("SG&A")  expenses  increased  $5.6
million, or 17%, during 1998. The increase in SG&A expenses was due primarily to
an increase in proposal preparation and related costs in 1998 in connection with
U.S.  Government and commercial  shipbuilding  opportunities  and the rental and
maintenance  of advanced  technology in connection  with the Company's  focus on
enhancing overall efficiency.

      Other  income  increased  $0.9  million,  or 27%, in 1998,  reflecting  an
increase in interest income  resulting from  significantly  higher cash and cash
equivalents  available for investment  during the period preceding the June 1998
stock repurchase.

      1997 vs. 1996. The Company recorded net income of $26.8 million,  or $1.85
per diluted  share,  for 1997  compared to $30.8  million,  or $2.13 per diluted
share,  for 1996.  Net income for 1996  included  an income tax  benefit of $9.0
million,  or $0.62 per diluted share, which recognized,  for financial reporting
purposes,  the benefit of certain net operating loss carry forwards available to
offset estimated future earnings. No similar benefit was recorded in 1997.

      Income from operations for 1997 increased $6.8 million,  or 18%,  compared
with  1996.  This  improvement  is  primarily  reflected  by  operating  profits
recognized on the contracts to construct the six  Strategic  Sealift  ships, the
<PAGE>
Icebreaker and the LSD-CV 52.  Profit recognition began in 1996 for the  Sealift
and 1997 for the  Icebreaker  as contract  progress was not sufficient  to begin
profit  recognition   until  that  time.  Also  contributing   to  the  improved
operating results during 1997 were operating  profits of $7.8 million  generated
by  the  Company's  marine  repair,  modular  construction  and  wholesale steel
operations.

      These operating profits were offset, in part, by operating losses recorded
on two commercial marine construction contracts.  During 1997, Avondale recorded
additional losses of $4.3 million on the contract to retrofit four single-hulled
commercial  tankers with new  double-hulls  (the last of which was  delivered in
September  1997),  and an  additional  $1.5  million  loss  on the  contract  to
construct  100 river hopper  barges (the last of which was delivered in November
1997).  These losses  resulted  primarily from increases in the estimated  labor
needed to complete the contracts.

      Sales for 1997 decreased $10.9 million,  or 2%, to $614.0 million compared
to $624.9  million for 1996.  The decrease in 1997 sales was due  primarily to a
reduction in production  activity  associated with contracts that are at or near
completion.  The Company  recorded  decreased  sales on the contract to retrofit
four single-hulled commercial tankers with new double hulls and the contracts to
construct  the seven T-AOs (the last of which was  delivered  in May 1996),  the
four MHCs (the last of which was  delivered  in  January  1997),  the  LSD-CV 52
(expected to be delivered in February  1998) and the three  LSD-CVs (the last of
which was delivered in March 1996).  These  decreases were  partially  offset by
increased sales recorded on the contracts to construct the six Strategic Sealift
ships (the  first of which is  expected  to be  delivered  in 1998),  the LPD-17
(expected to be delivered in 2002),  the  Icebreaker  (scheduled for delivery in
1999) and the two  125,000 DWT  double-hulled  crude oil  carriers  (the last of
which is scheduled  for delivery in 2000).  The  contracts to construct  the six
Strategic  Sealift ships, the LPD-17,  the Icebreaker and the two  double-hulled
crude oil carriers collectively accounted for 75% of the Company's 1997 sales.

      Gross profit for 1997  decreased  $6.3 million,  or 8%,  compared to 1996.
This decrease is primarily  attributable  to the early stages of construction of
the majority of the Company's contracts in progress.  The Company does not begin
profit  recognition  until  final  results  can  be  estimated  with  reasonable
accuracy.  Refer to Note 1 of the Notes to  Consolidated  Financial  Statements,
contained  elsewhere  in this  Form  10-K,  for a  discussion  of the  Company's
policies and procedures for revenue recognition. In addition, the LPD-17 and the
two  double-hulled  crude oil  carriers  are in the  initial  stages of contract
performance  which  result  in  significant   engineering  design  and  material
acquisition costs recognized without any operating  margins.  As a result of the
factors  discussed  herein,  contracts  which  account  for a  majority  of  the
Company's 1997 net sales have little or no operating margins recognized.

      Selling,  general and  administrative  ("SG&A")  expenses  decreased $13.2
million,  or 29%,  for 1997  compared  to 1996.  The  overall  decrease  in SG&A
expenses  was due  primarily to a decrease in proposal  preparation  and related
costs compared with those recorded in 1996 in connection with the preparation of
the successful LPD-17 proposal.
<PAGE>
Recent Accounting Pronouncements

      Statement of  Financial  Accounting  Standards  No. 123,  "Accounting  for
Stock-Based Compensation" ("SFAS 123") encourages but does not require companies
to record compensation cost for stock-based employee  compensation plans at fair
value.   The  Company  has  chosen  to  continue  to  account  for   stock-based
compensation   using  the  intrinsic  value  method   prescribed  in  Accounting
Principles Board Opinion No. 25, "Accounting for Stock Issued to Employees," and
related  Interpretations and has adopted the disclosure-only  provisions of SFAS
123.  Implementation of the provisions of SFAS 123 had no material effect on the
financial statements.  See disclosure-only  provisions in Note 9 of the Notes to
Consolidated Financial Statements, contained elsewhere in this Form 10-K.

      During 1997, the Financial  Accounting  Standards  Board  ("FASB")  issued
Statement of Financial  Accounting  Standards No. 130, "Reporting  Comprehensive
Income"  ("SFAS 130") and Statement of Financial  Accounting  Standards No. 131,
"Disclosures  about  Segments of an Enterprise and Related  Information"  ("SFAS
131"). The Company has adopted SFAS 130 and has included the required Statements
of Comprehensive  Income within its consolidated  financial  statements with the
same prominence as its other consolidated financial statements. In addition, the
Company has  considered the  implications  of SFAS 131 and has concluded that no
additional disclosure is required at this time. (Refer to Note 1 of the Notes to
Consolidated Financial Statements,  contained elsewhere in this Form 10-K, for a
discussion of SFAS 130 and SFAS 131.)

      In December 1997, the American  Institute of Certified Public  Accountants
promulgated  Statement of Position  97-3,  "Accounting  by  Insurance  and Other
Enterprises  for   Insurance-related   Assessements"   ("SOP  97-3").  SOP  97-3
prescribes  certain  accounting  treatment  for  entities  that are subject to a
variety of assessments related to insurance activities, including assessments by
workers'  compensation  second-injury  funds.  SOP 97-3 requires that  companies
estimate  and  record  the  entity's   future   liabilities   related  to  these
assessments.  Although SOP 97-3 is not  effective  until fiscal years  beginning
after  December  15,  1998,  it does  encourage  entities  to  early  adopt  its
requirements.  As Avondale has ceded certain workers'  compensation  claims to a
second injury fund  administered by the U.S.  Department of Labor and is subject
to annual  assessement,  the Company  has elected to adopt SOP 97-3 early.  As a
result,  the Company has recorded as a liability the estimated  present value of
its future  assessments.  Thus,  in  accordance  with SOP 97-3,  the Company has
recorded the after-tax  impact of the early adoption of SOP 97-3 as a cumulative
effect of  accounting  change within the  Company's  Consolidated  Statements of
Operations.

      In  February  1998,  the  Financial   Accounting  Standards  Board  issued
Statement of Financial  Accounting  Standards No. 132,  "Employers'  Disclosures
about Pensions and Other Postretirement Benefits" ("SFAS 132"). SFAS 132 revises
the standards for disclosure of pension and other  postretirement  benefit plans
by standardizing the disclosure  requirements,  requiring additional information
on  changes in the  benefit  obligations  and fair  values of plan  assets,  and
eliminating  certain disclosure  requirements no longer considered to be useful.
These new disclosure  requirements are designed to improve the understandability
of benefit disclosures for financial  analysis.  The Company, in accordance with
SFAS 132, has adopted this standard in 1998. (See additional  disclosure in Note
7 of the Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements, contained elsewhere in this
Form 10-K.)
<PAGE>
      In June 1998, the Financial Accounting Standards Board issued Statement of
Financial Accounting  Standards No. 133, "Accounting for Derivative  Instruments
and Hedging Activities" ("SFAS 133") which establishes  accounting and reporting
standards for derivative  instruments  and hedging  activities.  The Company has
considered   the   implications   of  SFAS  133  and  has  concluded   that  its
implementation  will not have a material  effect on the  Company's  consolidated
financial statements.

Year 2000

      In accordance with the U.S. Securities and Exchange  Commission's  ("SEC")
Staff Legal Bulletin No. 5 and the SEC's subsequent  interpretive  release,  the
Company has assessed both the cost of addressing and the cost or the consequence
of  incomplete  or  untimely  resolution  of the Year 2000 issue.  This  process
includes:   (a)  the  development  of  Year  2000  ("Y2K")   awareness,   (b)  a
comprehensive  review to  identify  systems  that could be  affected  by the Y2K
issue, (c) an assessment of potential risk factors  (including  noncompliance by
the Company's suppliers, subcontractors and customers, including the U.S. Navy),
(d) the allocation of required  resources,  (e) a determination of the extent of
remediation  work required,  (f) the development of an  implementation  plan and
timetable, and (g) the development of contingency plans.

      In  response  to the Y2K  issue,  Avondale  established  its own team as a
collaborative effort involving key Company personnel.  In addition,  the Company
commissioned  an outside  consultant to make inquiries and provide  observations
relating to the Company's plan for  identifying  and resolving Y2K issues within
its  information   technology  ("IT")  systems.  The  consultant  discussed  its
observations  with  members of senior  management.  A major  observation  of the
consultant  identified some segments of the Company's overall  accounting system
as non-compliant.  As a result,  management  considered several alternatives for
remediating  non-compliant  systems  including:  repairing/modifying  only those
systems,  replacing  only  those  systems  or  developing  a more  comprehensive
solution. After a thorough review of all options, the Company decided to replace
its entire accounting  systems software.  The acquisition and  implementation of
this  replacement  software  is  projected  to cost  approximately  $6.0 to $7.0
million.

      The Company has established a two-phased  approach for its solution of the
Y2K issue which  includes:  assessment of each system's  compliance with the Y2K
issue, and the testing and  modification/replacement  of non-compliant  systems.
The  Company's  remediation  plan  focuses  on both IT systems as well as non-IT
systems  which are integral to the Company's  operating  and support  functions.
This plan includes both replacement and upgrades of these systems or equipment.

      The Company is incurring  both internal  staff costs as well as consulting
and other  expenses  relating to these issues.  All costs related to remediating
the Y2K  issue  will  be  funded  with  cash on  hand.  Expenditures,  including
consulting  fees and other  expenses,  have totaled  approximately  $1.7 million
since the inception of the Company's Y2K effort.  Approximately $1.6 million has
been expended in 1998 and total  aggregate  expenditures  for both IT and non-IT
systems  remediation and testing are projected to be approximately  $7.0 to $9.0
million,  including the business systems software  discussed above much of which
is not required for remediation of the Company's Y2K issue.  The Company expects
<PAGE>
to  complete  its  remediation  of  non-compliance  systems during the first six
months of 1999.

      In addition,  the Company is in the process of  initiating  communications
with its  significant  suppliers,  large  customers  (including the U.S.  Navy),
subcontractors  and  others to  determine  the  extent to which the  Company  is
vulnerable to these third  parties'  failure to remediate  their own Y2K issues.
The Company  can give no  assurance  that the systems of these third  parties on
which the Company relies will be remediated on time or that failure to remediate
by them would not have a material adverse effect on the Company.

      If the Company is unable to timely  resolve Y2K issues  inherent in its IT
and non-IT  systems or any of the Company's  significant  suppliers,  customers,
subcontractors  and others are  unsuccessful in resolving Y2K issues inherent in
their own  systems and  existent  in  machinery,  equipment,  and other  systems
supplied to the Company,  the Company may experience some operating  disruption.
However,  although the Company cannot give assurance on the Y2K issue,  based on
current  information,  the Company does not expect such disruptions to be severe
and  therefore  does not expect  unsatisfactory  resolution of Y2K issues by the
Company or its significant  suppliers,  customers,  subcontractors and others to
have  a  material  adverse  impact  on  the  Company's   consolidated  financial
statements.

      The  Company  believes  that  it  will  successfully   implement  its  Y2K
remediation  plan on schedule and will be Y2K compliant  before the end of 1999.
However,  management  believes that there is a risk that significant  suppliers,
customers,  subcontractors,  and  others  on whom  the  Company's  finances  and
operations  largely  depend may  experience  their own Y2K  problems  that could
affect the Company's  operations or financial  position.  Such risks include but
are not limited to: the inability of the Company to retain  qualified  personnel
and outside  consultants to successfully  remediate Y2K issues and implement the
new business  system as demand for their services rises due to other  companies'
unanticipated  or more  severe Y2K  problems;  the  inability  of the  Company's
customers,  including the U. S. Navy, to accurately and timely pay invoices; the
inability  of the  Company to access  necessary  capital  from  lenders or other
sources when required; and the inability of the Company's significant suppliers,
customers,  subcontractors  and  others  to  provide  the  necessary  materials,
services, or systems required to run the Company's business.

      If  the  Company  does  experience  severe  Y2K  financial  and  operating
difficulties, notwithstanding its efforts to avoid or mitigate Y2K issues in its
own systems or adverse  effects of Y2K issues  experienced  by third  parties on
whom  the  Company  relies,  the  Company  is in the  process  of  developing  a
contingency  plan for  dealing  with  the  most  reasonably  likely  worst  case
scenario.  The  development  of  this  plan  is  the  current  focus  of  senior
management.

      The Company  will  continue to review its plan for  solution of Y2K issues
for effectiveness. As such, the Company can give no assurance that the estimated
costs  herein  for  solving  its own Y2K issues or the  estimated  impact of Y2K
issues on the Company's financial condition, operations, and cash flows will not
be revised as a result of the facts that become known to the Company.
<PAGE>
Liquidity and Capital Resources

      The Company's cash and cash equivalents  totaled $52.3 million at December
31, 1998 as  compared  to $81.8  million at December  31,  1997.  The  Company's
operations  generated  approximately  $37.2  million of cash  during  1998.  The
Company's  primary  use of cash during  1998 was the  purchase  of 1.25  million
shares of the Company's common stock for  approximately  $36.3 million through a
self-tender  offer executed in the second quarter of 1998. Other uses of cash in
the year  included  capital  expenditures  of  approximately  $27.7  million and
principal payments on long-term borrowings of approximately $3.0 million.

      As  discussed  above,  during the  second  quarter  of 1998,  the  Company
completed a tender offer  purchasing  1.25 million shares of its common stock at
$28 7/8 per  share.  Under the  terms of the  offer,  the  Company  invited  its
shareholders  to tender their  shares at prices  ranging from $26 1/2 to $29 per
share as  specified  by each  shareholder.  The  total  cost to the  Company  of
completing the tender offer was  approximately  $36.3 million,  including legal,
consulting and other professional fees. The total shares repurchased represented
approximately  8.6% of the  outstanding  shares at that date,  and following the
tender offer,  the Company had  approximately  13.2 million shares of its common
stock outstanding. The transaction was funded using existing cash balances.

      Capital  expenditures  in 1998  increased  $14.1  million to $27.7 million
compared to $13.6 million during 1997.  This increase is primarily  attributable
to certain  plant and  facilities  improvements  required to construct  the ARCO
vessels. In addition,  1998 capital spending includes approximately $2.0 million
of the approximately $7.0 million expected to be invested in connection with the
acquisition and implementation of new integrated business systems software.  The
remainder  of the  1998  capital  spending  represents  plant  improvements  and
equipment  additions  which are  designed  to improve  the  Company's  operating
efficiency.   The  Company  continues  to  evaluate  investment   opportunities,
particularly productivity and technology-focused capital expenditures,  in order
to enhance the Company's overall  efficiency and provide for future growth. As a
result, the Company expects capital spending in 1999 to approximate the level in
1998.

      The Company's $65 million  revolving  credit  agreement (the  "agreement")
provides  liquidity  for working  capital  purposes,  capital  expenditures  and
letters of credit. At December 31, 1998, there were approximately  $11.3 million
of letters of credit issued against the agreement  leaving  approximately  $53.7
million of liquidity  available to Avondale for operations  and other  purposes.
There have been no borrowings  under the agreement  since its inception in 1994.
Continuing  access to the agreement is conditioned upon the Company remaining in
compliance  with the  covenants  contained  therein.  At December 31, 1998,  the
Company was in compliance  with such  covenants.  The Company  believes that its
capital   resources  will  be  sufficient  to  finance   current  and  projected
operations, existing debt service requirements and planned capital expenditures.

      In order to comply  with the terms of the LPD  contract,  the  Company was
required to make  significant  capital  improvements,  including  enhancing  its
computer-aided  design  and  product  modeling  capabilities.  As a result,  the
Company teamed with the University of New Orleans (the  "University"  or "UNO"),
the  University of New Orleans  Research and  Technology  Foundation,  Inc. (the
"Foundation")  and the State of Louisiana in a cooperative  effort.  Pursuant to
terms of various agreements,  the Foundation is purchasing hardware and software
required to implement the extensive three-dimensional ship design and Integrated
Product Data Environment  teaming  technology  and  constructed a 200,000 square
<PAGE>
foot building on property donated to the University  by the Company  and located
adjacent  to the  Company's  main shipyard.  This facility was completed  during
the second  quarter of 1998.   The  initial  $40 million  investment in this new
technology and facility, which is known as the "UNO/Avondale Maritime Technology
Center of Excellence" (the "Center"),  is being financed by the Foundation using
third-party  debt  and  lease  financing,  both  of  which are guaranteed by the
Company. The Company has entered into a long-term lease for the Center requiring
a nominal  annual lease payment.   The Company provides access to the technology
and a portion of the Center to the  University for its  use in  research and the
development of educational  curricula related to naval architecture  and  marine
engineering. In addition to the amounts expected to be funded by the State,  the
Foundation, at the Company's request, is incurring  approximately $15.5  million
in  additional  costs to enhance the integration and  functionality  of the ship
design and IPDE technology.  The Company is reimbursing the Foundation for these
additional amounts as incurred and will capitalize these costs and amortize them
over their  estimated  useful lives in accordance with the Company's stated
policies. (See Note 1 of the Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements).

      The Foundation is the borrower on all  indebtedness  incurred to construct
and equip the Center. Under the terms of a Cooperative  Endeavor Agreement,  the
State of Louisiana  made a non-binding  commitment to  appropriate  $40 million,
plus interest, in installments over a period from 1997 through 2007 for donation
to the  Foundation  for  purposes  of  funding  the  Center.  Avondale  and  the
Foundation  anticipate that  appropriations  by the State will be sufficient for
the Foundation to service its debt. However,  if the State's  appropriations are
insufficient,  Avondale will ultimately be required to repay any remaining debt.
The Company's  guarantee is unsecured.  As of December 31, 1998,  the Foundation
had  incurred  $39.7  million of costs to  construct  and equip the  Center.  In
connection with its non-binding commitment, the State appropriated and paid $3.7
million  during  1997 and $6.3  million  in 1998,  representing  the  first  two
installments to the Foundation.

      The Company's  estimated income tax credit carry forward was $10.3 million
at December 31, 1998. This amount,  plus $9.0 million of alternative minimum tax
credits  will be used to reduce the income  tax  liabilities  for 1999 and later
years. The $9.2 million of cash paid in 1998 for income taxes reflects  payments
for alternative  minimum tax. The income tax credit carry forward will expire in
years 2000  through  2013.  The  alternative  minimum tax credits may be carried
forward indefinitely.

Item 7A.          Quantitative and Qualitative Disclosures About Market Risk.

                  Not applicable.

Item 8.           Financial Statements and Supplementary Data.

                  See next consecutive numbered page.
<PAGE>
INDEPENDENT AUDITORS' REPORT

To the Board of Directors and Shareholders
  of Avondale Industries, Inc.:

We have  audited  the  accompanying  consolidated  balance  sheets  of  Avondale
Industries,  Inc. and  subsidiaries  as of December  31, 1998 and 1997,  and the
related   consolidated   statements   of   operations,   comprehensive   income,
shareholders'  equity,  and cash flows for each of the three years in the period
ended December 31, 1998. These financial  statements are the  responsibility  of
the Company's  management.  Our responsibility is to express an opinion on these
financial statements based on our audits.

We  conducted  our  audits  in  accordance  with  generally   accepted  auditing
standards.  Those standards require that we plan and perform the audit to obtain
reasonable assurance about whether the financial statements are free of material
misstatement.  An audit includes examining, on a test basis, evidence supporting
the amounts and disclosures in the financial statements.  An audit also includes
assessing the  accounting  principles  used and  significant  estimates  made by
management,  as well as evaluating the overall financial statement presentation.
We believe that our audits provide a reasonable basis for our opinion.

In our opinion,  such consolidated  financial  statements present fairly, in all
material  respects,  the  financial  position of Avondale  Industries,  Inc. and
subsidiaries at December 31, 1998 and 1997, and the results of their  operations
and their cash flows for each of the three  years in the period  ended  December
31, 1998 in conformity with generally accepted accounting principles.

As  discussed  in Note 1 of the  Notes  to  Consolidated  Financial  Statements,
effective  January 1, 1998,  the Company  changed its method of  accounting  for
certain insurance-related assessments.



/s/ DELOITTE & TOUCHE LLP
New Orleans, Louisiana
February 22, 1999
<PAGE>
                                    AVONDALE INDUSTRIES, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
                                            CONSOLIDATED BALANCE SHEETS
                                              (dollars in thousands)
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                                           December 31,           
                                                                                      1998                1997    
                                                                                 -------------       -------------
<S>                                                                              <C>                 <C>
ASSETS

Current Assets:
Cash and cash equivalents....................................................    $      52,262       $      81,752
Receivables (Note 2).........................................................          125,917             101,746
Inventories (Note 3).........................................................           33,603              23,226
Deferred tax assets (Note 6).................................................           17,029              23,253
Prepaid expenses and other current assets ...................................            3,310               2,891
                                                                                 -------------       -------------
Total current assets.........................................................          232,121             232,868
                                                                                 -------------       -------------

Property, Plant and Equipment (Note 4):
Land.........................................................................            8,227               7,843
Buildings and improvements...................................................           68,880              55,917
Machinery and equipment......................................................          213,068             200,777
                                                                                 -------------       -------------
Total........................................................................          290,175             264,537
Less accumulated depreciation................................................         (141,249)           (134,481)
                                                                                 -------------       -------------
Property, plant and equipment - net..........................................          148,926             130,056
                                                                                 -------------       -------------
Goodwill - net...............................................................            4,961               5,357
Other assets.................................................................           11,194               7,334
                                                                                 -------------       -------------
TOTAL ASSETS.................................................................    $     397,202       $     375,615
                                                                                 =============       =============
<PAGE>
LIABILITIES AND SHAREHOLDERS' EQUITY

Current Liabilities:
Current maturities of long-term debt (Note 4)................................    $       3,137       $       3,047
Accounts payable.............................................................           79,876              59,548
Accrued employee compensation................................................           14,950              13,198
Other........................................................................           11,889              11,851
                                                                                 -------------       -------------
Total current liabilities....................................................          109,852              87,644
Long-term debt (Note 4)......................................................           48,682              51,819
Deferred income taxes (Note 6)...............................................            1,487              13,400
Other accrued employee compensation..........................................           26,766              13,775
                                                                                 -------------       -------------
Total liabilities............................................................          186,787             166,638
                                                                                 -------------       -------------

Commitments and Contingencies (Notes 5 and 10)

Shareholders' equity (Note 9):
Common stock, $1.00 par value; authorized - 30,000,000 shares; issued -
    15,967,082 shares in 1998 and 15,956,227 shares in 1997..................           15,967              15,956
Additional paid-in capital...................................................          376,512             374,173
Accumulated deficit..........................................................         (132,351)           (169,296)
Accumulated other comprehensive income/(loss)................................           (1,551)              --   
                                                                                 -------------       -------------
Total........................................................................          258,577             220,833
Treasury stock (2,713,016 shares in 1998 and 1,463,016 shares in 1997)
    at cost (Note 8).........................................................          (48,162)            (11,856)
                                                                                 -------------       -------------
Total shareholders' equity...................................................          210,415             208,977
                                                                                 -------------       -------------
TOTAL LIABILITIES AND
    SHAREHOLDERS' EQUITY.....................................................     $    397,202       $     375,615
                                                                                  ============       =============
</TABLE>
See Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements.
<PAGE>
                                    AVONDALE INDUSTRIES, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
                                       CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF OPERATIONS
                                       (in thousands, except per share data)
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                                 Years ended December 31,        
                                                                           1998            1997            1996    
                                                                        ----------      ----------       ---------
<S>                                                                     <C>             <C>              <C>
Sales (Note 2).......................................................   $  748,936      $  613,993       $ 624,929
Cost of sales........................................................      664,575         538,515         543,102
                                                                        ----------      ----------       ---------
Gross profit ........................................................       84,361          75,478          81,827
Selling, general and administrative expenses.........................       37,461          31,885          45,037
                                                                        ----------      ----------       ---------
Income from operations...............................................       46,900          43,593          36,790
Interest expense.....................................................       (3,667)         (4,804)         (4,986)
Other - net..........................................................        4,173           3,294           2,691
                                                                        ----------      ----------       ---------
Income before income taxes...........................................       47,406          42,083          34,495
Income tax provision (Note 6)........................................        8,415          15,250           3,700
                                                                        ----------      ----------       ---------
Income before accounting change .....................................       38,991          26,833          30,795
Cumulative effect of accounting change (Note 1)......................       (2,046)         --              --    
                                                                        ----------      ----------       ---------
NET INCOME...........................................................   $   36,945      $   26,833       $  30,795
                                                                        ==========      ==========       =========

Income per share of common stock- BASIC (Note 9):
Income before accounting change......................................   $     2.83      $     1.85       $    2.13
Cumulative effect of accounting change...............................        (0.15)           --            --    
                                                                        ----------      ----------       ---------
Net income...........................................................   $     2.68      $     1.85       $    2.13
                                                                        ==========      ==========       =========
Weighted average number of shares outstanding........................       13,775          14,491          14,464
                                                                        ==========      ==========       =========

Income per share of common stock- DILUTED (Note 9):
Income before accounting change......................................   $     2.82      $     1.85       $    2.13
Cumulative effect of accounting change...............................        (0.15)            --           --    
                                                                        ----------     -----------       ---------
Net income...........................................................   $     2.67      $     1.85       $    2.13
                                                                        ==========      ==========       =========
Weighted average number of shares outstanding........................       13,845          14,524          14,479
                                                                        ==========      ==========       =========
</TABLE>
See Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements.
<PAGE>
                                    AVONDALE INDUSTRIES, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
                                 CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF COMPREHENSIVE INCOME
                                                  (in thousands)
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                                 Years ended December 31,         
                                                                           1998            1997            1996    
                                                                        ----------      ----------       ---------
<S>                                                                     <C>             <C>              <C>
Net income...........................................................   $   36,945      $   26,833       $  30,795
Other comprehensive income/(loss):
   Minimum pension liability adjustment, net of $605 tax benefit.....       (1,551)         --              --    
                                                                        ----------      ----------       ---------
COMPREHENSIVE INCOME.................................................   $   35,394      $   26,833       $  30,795
                                                                        ==========      ==========       =========
</TABLE>
See Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements.
<PAGE>
                                    AVONDALE INDUSTRIES, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
                                 CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF SHAREHOLDERS' EQUITY
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                 Years ended December 31, 1996, 1997 and 1998
                                                                                   (in thousands)



                                                                                           Accumulated
                                                           Additional                         Other                        Total
                                                Common      Paid-In         Accumulated   Comprehensive    Treasury    Shareholders'
                                                 Stock      Capital           Deficit     Income/(Loss)     Stock          Equity
                                               --------    ----------      -----------    ----------       --------      ----------
     <S>                                       <C>         <C>             <C>            <C>              <C>           <C>
     BALANCE, JANUARY 1, 1996.............     $ 15,927    $  373,911      $  (226,924)   $    --          $(11,856)     $  151,058
     Net Income...........................                                      30,795                                       30,795
                                               --------    ----------      -----------    ----------       --------      ----------
     BALANCE, DECEMBER 31, 1996...........       15,927       373,911         (196,129)        --           (11,856)        181,853
     Net Income...........................                                      26,833                                       26,833
     Other................................           29           262                                                           291
                                               --------    ----------      -----------    ----------       --------      ----------
     BALANCE, DECEMBER 31, 1997...........       15,956       374,173         (169,296)        --           (11,856)        208,977
     Net Income...........................                                      36,945                                       36,945
     Purchase of Treasury Stock
         (Note 8).........................                                                                  (36,306)        (36,306)
     Minimum Pension
          Liability Adjustment............                                                   (1,551)                         (1,551)
     Other................................           11         2,339                                                         2,350
                                               --------    ----------      -----------    ---------        --------      ----------
     BALANCE, DECEMBER 31, 1998...........     $ 15,967    $  376,512      $  (132,351)   $  (1,551)       $(48,162)     $  210,415
                                               ========    ==========      ===========    =========        ========      ==========
</TABLE>
          See Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements.
<PAGE>
                                    AVONDALE INDUSTRIES, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
                                       CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF CASH FLOWS
                                                  (in thousands)
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                                   Years ended December 31,       
                                                                             1998          1997             1996  
                                                                        ----------       ---------       ---------
<S>                                                                     <C>              <C>             <C>
CASH FLOWS FROM OPERATING ACTIVITIES:
Net income...........................................................   $   36,945       $  26,833       $  30,795
Adjustments to reconcile net income to net
    cash provided by operating activities:
    Depreciation and amortization....................................        8,934          10,459          10,809
    Deferred income taxes............................................       (3,524)         12,198           2,600
    Loss on sale of assets...........................................          136             598           3,135
    Write-down of inventories........................................        2,200            --              --
    Cumulative effect of accounting change...........................        2,046            --              --
    Change in operating assets and liabilities, net of dispositions:
    Receivables......................................................      (24,171)         17,393         (25,955)
    Inventories......................................................      (12,577)         (1,441)         (6,496)
    Prepaid expenses and other assets................................       (3,131)         (3,053)           (150)
    Accounts payable.................................................       20,328         (14,041)          8,072
    Accrued compensation and other liabilities.......................        9,987           1,517           3,660
    Other - net......................................................         --                94            --  
                                                                        ----------       ---------       ---------
Net cash provided by operating activities............................       37,173          50,557          26,470
                                                                        ----------       ---------       ---------

CASH FLOWS FROM INVESTING ACTIVITIES:
Capital expenditures.................................................      (27,662)        (13,593)        (13,830)
Proceeds from sale of assets.........................................          118             510           2,998
Other - net..........................................................         --              --               383
                                                                        ----------       ---------       ---------
Net cash used for investing activities...............................      (27,544)        (13,083)        (10,449)
                                                                        ----------       ---------       ---------

CASH FLOWS FROM FINANCING ACTIVITIES:
Payment of long-term borrowings......................................       (3,047)         (4,957)         (5,832)
Payment for treasury stock (Note 8)..................................      (36,306)           --              --
Other - net..........................................................          234             291             231
                                                                        ----------       ---------       ---------
Net cash used for financing activities...............................      (39,119)         (4,666)         (5,601)
                                                                        ----------       ---------       ---------
NET (DECREASE)/INCREASE IN CASH AND CASH
EQUIVALENTS..........................................................      (29,490)         32,808          10,420
CASH AND CASH EQUIVALENTS AT
    BEGINNING OF YEAR................................................       81,752          48,944          38,524
                                                                        ----------       ---------       ---------
CASH AND CASH EQUIVALENTS AT
    END OF YEAR......................................................   $   52,262       $  81,752       $  48,944
                                                                        ==========       =========       =========

SUPPLEMENTAL CASH FLOW DISCLOSURES:
Cash paid during the year for:
Interest (net of amounts capitalized)................................   $    4,610       $   5,093       $   5,207
                                                                        ==========       =========       =========

Income taxes paid....................................................   $    9,150       $   1,950       $   1,760
                                                                        ==========       =========       =========
</TABLE>
See Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements.
<PAGE>
                   AVONDALE INDUSTRIES, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
                   NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

1.  Summary of Significant Accounting Policies

Principles of Consolidation

      The  consolidated  financial  statements  include the accounts of Avondale
Industries, Inc. and its wholly-owned subsidiaries ("Avondale" or the "Company")
which are primarily engaged in marine  construction and repair.  All significant
intercompany transactions have been eliminated.

Revenue Recognition

      Profits on long-term  contracts are generally recorded on the basis of the
Company's  estimates of the  percentage of  completion of individual  contracts,
commencing  when  progress  reaches  a  point  where  contract   performance  is
sufficient to estimate final results with reasonable accuracy.  Estimates of the
percentage of completion  are based on direct labor  charges.  Revisions in cost
and  profit  estimates  during  the  course  of the  work are  reflected  in the
accounting  period in which the facts  requiring  the  revisions  become  known.
Amounts in excess of agreed upon  contract  price for  customer  caused  delays,
disruptions,  unapproved  change orders or other causes of  additional  contract
costs are recognized in contract value if it is probable that the claim for such
amounts  will  result in  additional  revenue  and the amount can be  reasonably
estimated. Profits on long-term cost-plus- award fee contracts are recognized as
the aggregate of allowable  costs  reimbursed and award fees earned exceed total
costs  incurred.  Provisions  for  estimated  losses,  if  any,  on  uncompleted
contracts are made in the period in which such losses are determined.

Statements of Cash Flows

      For purposes of the  statements of cash flows,  the Company  considers all
highly liquid debt instruments purchased with a maturity of three months or less
to be cash equivalents.

Fair Value Disclosures

       The estimated fair value of all  significant  financial  instruments  has
been  developed  by the  Company  based  on  available  market  information  and
appropriate valuation methodologies.  However, considerable judgment is required
in developing  the estimates of fair value.  Therefore,  such  estimates are not
necessarily indicative of the amounts that could be realized in a current market
exchange.  After such analysis,  management believes that the carrying values of
the  Company's   significant  financial  instruments  including  cash  and  cash
equivalents,  short-term investments,  receivables, payables and certain accrued
liabilities  approximate fair values. The fair value of the Company's  long-term
debt at December 31, 1998 and 1997,  based upon  available  market  information,
approximated $56.2 million and $60.9 million, respectively.

Inventories

      Inventories  are  recorded  principally  at the lower of cost  (average or
first-in, first-out) or market.
<PAGE>
Property, Plant and Equipment

      Property, plant and equipment is stated at cost. Depreciation of property,
plant and equipment is computed in the financial statements on the straight-line
method based on estimates of useful lives as follows:
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                  Type                                   Period
                  -------------------------------------------------    -----------
                  <S>                                                  <C>
                  Machinery and equipment...........................    3-20 years
                  Buildings and improvements........................   15-40 years
</TABLE>
      Accelerated  depreciation  methods  are  generally  used  for  income  tax
purposes.  Maintenance and repairs are charged  directly to expense as incurred.
Additions,  improvements and major renewals are capitalized.  Interest costs for
the construction of certain long-term assets are capitalized as part of the cost
of property,  plant and equipment and amortized over the related  assets' useful
lives.  Interest costs  capitalized in fiscal 1998,  1997 and 1996  approximated
$1.4 million, $519,000, and $759,000, respectively.

Goodwill

      Goodwill  represents  the excess of the purchase price over the underlying
fair value of the net assets of acquired  businesses and is being amortized on a
straight-line  basis over its estimated useful life of twenty years.  Management
evaluates the continuing  value and future  benefits of goodwill,  including the
appropriateness of related amortization periods, on a current basis.

      Accumulated  amortization  at December 31, 1998 and 1997 amounted to $75.9
million and $75.5 million, respectively.

Impairment of Long-Lived Assets

      Long-lived assets held and used by the Company are reviewed for impairment
whenever events or changes in circumstances indicate that the carrying amount of
an asset may not be  recoverable.  The  recoverability  of long-lived  assets is
assessed by  determining  whether the carrying  values can be recovered  through
projected  cash flows and  operating  results over their  remaining  lives.  Any
impairment  of the asset is  recognized  when it is  probable  that such  future
undiscounted cash flows will be less than the carrying value of the asset.

Income Taxes

      The Company and its  subsidiaries  file a consolidated  Federal income tax
return.  Deferred income taxes are provided in the financial  statements,  where
necessary,  to account for the tax effects of  temporary  differences  resulting
from  reporting  revenues  and  expenses  for  income  tax  purposes  in periods
different  from those  used for  financial  reporting  purposes.  The  temporary
differences  result  principally from the use of different methods of accounting
for   depreciation,   long-term   contracts,   pension   benefits  and  workers'
compensation benefits.
<PAGE>
Stock-Based Compensation

      Statement of  Financial  Accounting  Standards  No. 123,  "Accounting  for
Stock-Based Compensation" ("SFAS 123") encourages but does not require companies
to record compensation cost for stock-based employee  compensation plans at fair
value.   The  Company  has  chosen  to  continue  to  account  for   stock-based
compensation   using  the  intrinsic  value  method   prescribed  in  Accounting
Principles Board Opinion No. 25, "Accounting for Stock Issued to Employees," and
related  Interpretations and has adopted the disclosure-only  provisions of SFAS
123. Accordingly, compensation cost for stock options is measured as the excess,
if any, of the quoted  market  price of the  Company's  stock at the date of the
grant over the amount an employee must pay to acquire the stock. See Note 9.

Use of Estimates

      The  preparation  of financial  statements  in conformity  with  generally
accepted  accounting  principles  requires  management  to  make  estimates  and
assumptions  that  affect the  reported  amounts of assets and  liabilities  and
disclosure of  contingent  assets and  liabilities  at the date of the financial
statements  and the  reported  amounts  of  revenues  and  expenses  during  the
reporting period. Actual results could differ from those estimates.

New Accounting Standards

      During 1997, the Financial  Accounting Standards Board issued Statement of
Financial Accounting Standards No. 130 "Reporting  Comprehensive  Income" ("SFAS
130") and Statement of Financial Accounting Standards No. 131 "Disclosures about
Segments  of an  Enterprise  and Related  Information"  ("SFAS  131").  SFAS 130
provides guidance for the presentation and display of comprehensive income. SFAS
131  establishes  standards  for  disclosure  of operating  segments,  products,
services, geographic areas and major customers. The Company has adopted SFAS 130
and has included the required  Statements  of  Comprehensive  Income  within its
consolidated  financial  statements  with  the  same  prominence  as  its  other
consolidated  financial statements.  In addition, the Company has considered the
implications  of SFAS 131 and has  concluded  that no  additional  disclosure is
required at this time.

      In December 1997, the American  Institute of Certified Public  Accountants
promulgated  Statement of Position  97-3,  "Accounting  by  Insurance  and Other
Enterprises for Insurance-related Assessments" ("SOP 97-3"). SOP 97-3 prescribes
certain  accounting  treatment  for  entities  that are  subject to a variety of
assessments related to insurance  activities,  including assessments by workers'
compensation  second-injury funds. SOP 97-3 requires that companies estimate and
record the entity's future liabilities  related to these  assessments.  Although
SOP 97-3 is not effective  until fiscal years beginning after December 15, 1998,
it does  encourage  entities to early adopt its  requirements.  As Avondale  has
ceded certain workers'  compensation claims to a second injury fund administered
by the U. S.  Department  of Labor and is subject to an annual  assessment,  the
Company  has  elected to  adopt  SOP 97-3  early.  As a result,  the Company has
<PAGE>
recorded as a liability the estimated  present value of its future  assessments.
Thus, in accordance with SOP 97-3, the Company has recorded the after-tax impact
of the early  adoption of SOP 97-3 as a cumulative  effect of accounting  change
within the Company's 1998  Consolidated  Statement of Operations.  The effect of
this change in  accounting  principle was to decrease net income by $2.0 million
(net of related  tax  benefits  of $1.3  million) or $0.15 per basic and diluted
share.

      Assuming the change in accounting principle had been retroactively applied
to all periods  presented,  the reported net income of $36.9 million  ($2.68 per
basic share and $2.67 per diluted  share) and $30.8 million ($2.13 per basic and
diluted  share) for 1998 and 1996,  respectively,  would have been $39.0 million
($2.83 per basic share and $2.82 per diluted share) and $28.7 million ($1.99 per
basic and diluted share), respectively. The effect on net income and related per
share amounts for 1997 is not material.

      In  February  1998,  the  Financial   Accounting  Standards  Board  issued
Statement of Financial  Accounting  Standards No. 132,  "Employers'  Disclosures
about Pensions and Other Postretirement Benefits" ("SFAS 132"). SFAS 132 revises
the standards for disclosure of pension and other  postretirement  benefit plans
by standardizing the disclosure  requirements,  requiring additional information
on  changes in the  benefit  obligations  and fair  values of plan  assets,  and
eliminating  certain disclosure  requirements no longer considered to be useful.
The new disclosure requirements are designed to improve the understandability of
benefit  disclosures  for final analysis.  The Company,  in accordance with SFAS
132, has adopted this standard in 1998. See Note 7.

      In June 1998, the Financial Accounting Standards Board issued Statement of
Financial Accounting  Standards No. 133, "Accounting for Derivative  Instruments
and Hedging  Activities"  ("SFAS  133").  SFAS 133  establishes  accounting  and
reporting  standards for  derivative  instruments  and hedging  activities.  The
Company has considered the  implications  of SFAS 133 and has concluded that its
implementation  will not have a material  effect on the  Company's  consolidated
financial statements.

Reclassifications

      Certain  reclassifications of prior year amounts have been made to conform
to  the  current  year  presentation.  These  reclassifications  were  made  for
comparative  purposes  only and  have no  effect  on net  income  as  previously
reported.
<PAGE>
2.  Receivables

      Receivables  consisted of the  following at December 31, 1998 and 1997 (in
thousands):
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                                    1998                  1997    
                                                                                -----------           -----------
<S>                                                                             <C>                   <C>
Long-term contracts:
      U.S. Government:
          Amounts billed.....................................................   $     2,857           $       967
          Unbilled costs, including retentions, and
            estimated profits on contracts in progress.......................       101,931                80,041
                                                                                -----------           -----------
          Total..............................................................       104,788                81,008

      Commercial:
          Amounts billed.....................................................         1,934                 4,180
          Unbilled costs, including retentions, and
            estimated profits on contracts in progress.......................        13,427                 8,543
                                                                                -----------           -----------
      Total from long-term contracts.........................................       120,149                93,731
Trade and other current receivables..........................................         5,768                 8,015
                                                                                -----------           -----------
      Total..................................................................   $   125,917           $   101,746
                                                                                ===========           ===========
</TABLE>
      Unbilled costs,  including retentions,  and estimated profits on contracts
in progress  were not  billable to  customers  at the balance  sheet dates under
terms of the respective  contracts.  Of the unbilled costs and estimated profits
at December 31, 1998, approximately $38.8 million is expected to be collected in
1999 with the balance to be collected in subsequent years as contract deliveries
are made and warranty periods expire.  Sales to the United States  Government in
1998,  1997,  and 1996 account for  approximately  74%, 83% and 77% of total the
sales, respectively.

      Costs and estimated  profits (losses) on contracts in progress at December
31, 1998 and 1997 were as follows (in thousands):
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                                  1998                  1997    
                                                                             --------------        --------------
<S>                                                                          <C>                   <C>
Costs incurred on contracts in progress...................................   $    2,488,685        $    2,786,024
Estimated profits recognized on contracts in progress.....................          127,416               135,701
Estimated losses recognized on contracts in progress......................          (34,323)              (34,323)
                                                                             --------------        --------------
Total.....................................................................        2,581,778             2,887,402
Less billings to date.....................................................       (2,473,216)           (2,801,829)
                                                                             --------------        --------------
Net value of contracts in progress........................................   $      108,562        $       85,573
                                                                             ==============        ==============
</TABLE>
<PAGE>
Net value of contracts in progress was  comprised of the  following  amounts (in
thousands):
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                                    1998                  1997   
                                                                                ------------          -----------
<S>                                                                             <C>                   <C>
Unbilled costs and estimated
      profits on contracts in progress
      (included in receivables)..............................................   $   115,358           $    88,584
Billings in excess of costs and estimated
      profits on contracts in progress (included
      in accounts payable)...................................................        (6,796)               (3,011)
                                                                                -----------          ------------
Total                                                                           $   108,562          $     85,573
                                                                                ===========          ============
</TABLE>
      The estimated losses on contracts in progress of $34.3 million included in
the net value of  contracts  in  progress at  December  31,  1998 and 1997,  are
related to certain  contracts which were delivered through 1998. During 1997 and
1996,  the  Company  recorded  increases  of $5.8  million  and  $28.5  million,
respectively,  in the  reserves  related to the  contracts  to retrofit the four
single- hulled  forebodies  with new double hulls and to construct the series of
river  hopper  barges.  The losses  resulted  primarily  from  increases  in the
estimated labor needed to complete these contracts.

      The Company  currently  has an issue with the U.S. Navy related to certain
materials  purchased  from a  subcontractor  for  use in the  Strategic  Sealift
program.   The   materials   were   purchased   based   on   government-provided
specifications  which have  proven to be  defective.  In  addition  to delay and
disruption costs, the Company has incurred approximately $12.5 million in direct
costs through December 31, 1998 related to this issue. The Company believes that
it is entitled to recovery  from the U.S. Navy of these costs and has recorded a
receivable  for the  amount of the  direct  costs  incurred  to date.  While the
Company hopes to resolve this issue through negotiation, the Company has engaged
legal counsel to assist in the development of a claim.

3.  Inventories

      Inventories  consisted of the  following at December 31, 1998 and 1997 (in
thousands):
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                                    1998                  1997   
                                                                                -----------          ------------
<S>                                                                             <C>                  <C>
Goods held for sale..........................................................   $    25,108          $     14,915
Materials and supplies.......................................................         8,495                 8,311
                                                                                -----------          ------------
Total     ...................................................................   $    33,603          $     23,226
                                                                                ===========          ============
</TABLE>
      Included in the results of operations  for 1998 is a $2.2 million  pre-tax
charge to reduce the  carrying  value of  certain  steel  inventories  to market
prices.
<PAGE>
4.  Financing Arrangements

Revolving Credit Agreement

      The Company has an unsecured  revolving credit agreement ("the agreement")
with various  financial  institutions.  The agreement  provides for an available
line of credit equal to the lesser of $65 million or a specified  borrowing base
with  a  term  expiring  in  April  2000.  At  December  31,  1998,  there  were
aproximately  $11.3  million of letters of credit  issued  against the agreement
leaving  approximately  $53.7  million of  liquidity  available  to Avondale for
operations and other  purposes.  There were no borrowings in 1998 and 1997 under
the revolving  credit  agreement.  A committment  fee based on the average daily
amount of the unused line of credit is payable on a quarterly basis.  Borrowings
under the  agreement  bear  interest at  fluctuating  rates.  The  agreement (1)
requires the Company to meet certain financial covenants (relating to net worth,
debt  coverage,  interest  coverage and backlog),  (2) imposes  limitations  and
restrictions  related to annual  capital  expenditures,  the  incurrence  of new
indebtedness,  the payment of dividends  and the  repurchase of common stock and
(3)  requires  compliance  with the  terms  and  conditions  of all  other  debt
agreements.

Long-Term Debt

      Long-term  debt  consisted of the  following at December 31, 1998 and 1997
(in thousands):
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                                          1998              1997  
                                                                                        --------          --------
<S>                                                                                     <C>               <C>
Industrial revenue bonds........................................................        $ 34,390          $ 35,360
Mortgage bonds, interest at 8.16%, payable
  in semi-annual principal installments to 2010.................................          14,222            15,408
Mortgage bonds,interest at 7.86%, payable in semi-annual
  principal installments to 2000................................................           1,552             2,328
General obligation industrial bonds, interest at 7%,
  payable in annual installments to 2008........................................           1,655             1,770
                                                                                        --------          --------
Total...........................................................................          51,819            54,866
Less current maturities of long-term debt.......................................          (3,137)           (3,047)
                                                                                        --------          --------
Long-term debt..................................................................        $ 48,682          $ 51,819
                                                                                        ========          ========
</TABLE>
      The $34.4 million of industrial  revenue bonds represent Series 1994 bonds
which  consist of (1) $4.9  million  bearing  interest  at 8.25% and  payable in
annual principal  installments  ranging from $650,000 in 1999 to a final payment
of $985,000 in 2004 and (2) $29.5 million bearing  interest at 8.50% and payable
in  annual  principal  installments  ranging  from  $405,000  in 1999 to a final
payment of $3.8  million in 2014.  The Series  1994 bonds are secured by certain
property and equipment which had a net book value of approximately $26.4 million
at December 31, 1998. Among other things, the terms and conditions of the Series
1994 bonds (1) require the Company to meet certain financial covenants (relating
to net  worth,  debt  and debt  service  coverage  and  liquidity),  (2)  impose
limitations and  restrictions  related to the incurrence of new indebtedness and
the  payment  of  dividends,  and (3)  require  compliance  with the  terms  and
conditions of other specified debt agreements.
<PAGE>
      The $14.2 million of mortgage  bonds  represent  the remaining  balance of
$17.8  million of bonds issued in February  1995 as part of the financing of the
Company's  approximately $20 million plant modernization  effort. The bonds were
issued  utilizing a U.S.  Government  guarantee  under Title XI of the  Merchant
Marine Act, 1936, as amended  ("Title XI"),  bear interest at the annual rate of
8.16% and are payable in equal semi-annual  principal  payments of $593,000 with
the  final  payment  in  2010.  The  terms  of  the  financing  include  various
restrictive  covenants  including  provisions  relating  to the  maintenance  of
working capital, incurrence of additional indebtedness, and the maintenance of a
minimum net worth. Assets having a net book value of approximately $18.4 million
at December 31, 1998 have been pledged as collateral for these mortgage bonds.

      The $1.6  million of mortgage  bonds at December  31, 1998  represent  the
balance  of an  earlier  mortgage  bond  issue  which  also  utilized a Title XI
guarantee.  The terms of the  financing  provide for an annual  interest rate of
7.86% and contain various  restrictive  covenants similar to those for the $14.2
million of Title XI mortgage bonds discussed  above.  These bonds are payable in
equal  semi-annual  principal  payments of $388,000 and mature in the year 2000.
Property,  plant and equipment  having a net book value of  approximately  $12.0
million at December 31, 1998 has been pledged as collateral  for these  mortgage
bonds.

      Annual maturities of long-term debt for each of the next five years and in
total thereafter follow (in thousands):
<TABLE>
                                  <S>                                      <C>
                                  1999...............................      $  3,137
                                  2000...............................         3,237
                                  2001...............................         2,571
                                  2002...............................         2,686
                                  2003...............................         2,821
                                  Thereafter.........................        37,367
                                                                           --------
                                  Total..............................      $ 51,819
                                                                           ========
</TABLE>
5.  Leases

      The Company  leases  equipment  and real  property in the normal course of
business  under  various  operating   leases,   including   non-cancelable   and
month-to-month agreements.  Certain of the leases provide for renewal privileges
with  escalation  of the lease  payments  based on changes in selected  economic
indices.

      Rental expense for operating  leases was $10.5  million,  $6.1 million and
$9.0 million in 1998, 1997 and 1996, respectively.
<PAGE>
Minimum  rental  commitments  under leases  having an initial or remaining
noncancelable term in excess of twelve months follow (in thousands):
<TABLE>
                                  <S>                                        <C>
                                  1999...............................        $2,437
                                  2000...............................         1,830
                                  2001...............................           607
                                  2002...............................           --
                                  2003...............................           --   
                                                                             ------
                                  Total..............................        $4,874
                                                                             ======
</TABLE>
6.  Income Taxes

      Income taxes are  accounted  for under  Statement of Financial  Accounting
Standards No. 109, "Accounting for Income Taxes" ("SFAS 109") which requires the
use of the asset and liability  approach for financial  accounting and reporting
for income taxes.

      The Company has provided for Federal and State income taxes as follows (in
thousands):
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                                     YEARS ENDED DECEMBER 31,
                                                                                  1998          1997        1996  
                                                                                --------       -------    --------
<S>                                                                             <C>            <C>        <C>
Current provision......................................................         $ 11,940       $ 3,052    $  1,100
Deferred provision.....................................................            1,475        12,198      11,600
Deferred benefit attributable to the realization of
   net operating loss carryforwards and tax credits....................           (5,000)         --        (9,000)
                                                                                --------       -------    --------
Provision for income taxes.............................................         $  8,415       $15,250    $  3,700
                                                                                ========       =======    ========
</TABLE>
      The  provision for income taxes varied from the Federal  statutory  income
tax rate due to the following (dollars in thousands):
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                 YEARS ENDED DECEMBER 31,                       
                                                    1998                     1997                     1996        
                                              Amount        %          Amount           %       Amount        %  
                                             ---------    ---         ---------        --     ---------     ---
<S>                                          <C>          <C>         <C>              <C>    <C>           <C> 
Taxes at Federal statutory rate..........    $  16,592     35         $  14,729        35     $  12,073      35
Net operating loss carry forwards
  and tax credits utilized...............       (5,000)   (11)             --          --        (9,000)    (26)
Adjustments related to certain prior
 year tax deductions.....................       (4,600)    (9)             --          --            --      --
State income taxes ......................          948      2              --          --            --      --
Other....................................          475      1               521         1           627       2
                                             ---------    ---         ---------        --     ---------     ---

Total....................................    $   8,415     18         $  15,250        36     $   3,700      11
                                             =========    ===         =========        ==     =========     ===
</TABLE>
<PAGE>
      At December  31, 1998 the Company  has  available  for Federal  income tax
purposes tax credit  carry  forwards of $10.3  million.  These income tax credit
carry forwards expire in the years 2000 through 2013. Additionally,  the Company
has $9.0 million of alternative minimum tax credits which may be carried forward
indefinitely.

      Deferred  income  taxes  represent  the net tax  effects of (a)  temporary
differences between the carrying amounts of assets and liabilities for financial
reporting purposes and their  tax bases, and (b) operating  loss and tax  credit
carry forwards.  The tax effects of significant items comprising  the  Company's
net  deferred  tax  balances  at  December  31, 1998 and 1997 are as follows (in
thousands):
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                                     1998                   1997   
                                                                                   --------               --------
      <S>                                                                          <C>                    <C>
      Deferred Tax Liabilities:
      Differences between book
        and tax basis of property, plant and equipment....................         $ 25,053               $ 25,566
      Other...............................................................              712                    818
                                                                                   --------               --------
          Total...........................................................           25,765                 26,384
                                                                                   --------               --------
      Deferred Tax Assets:
      Reserves not currently deductible...................................            8,555                  3,795
      Long-term contracts.................................................            6,684                 18,710
      Other temporary differences.........................................            7,368                  6,126
      Tax credit carry forwards...........................................           19,383                  8,289
                                                                                   --------               --------
                                                                                     41,990                 36,920
      Valuation Allowance.................................................             (683)                  (683)
                                                                                   --------               --------
          Total...........................................................           41,307                 36,237
                                                                                   --------               --------
      Net deferred tax assets.............................................         $ 15,542               $  9,853
                                                                                   ========               ========
</TABLE>
      The net deferred tax assets are included in the  following  balance  sheet
captions (in thousands):
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                                     1998                   1997   
                                                                                   --------               --------
      <S>                                                                          <C>                    <C>
      Current deferred tax assets.........................................         $ 17,029               $ 23,253
      Non-current deferred income tax liabilities.........................           (1,487)               (13,400)
                                                                                   --------               --------
      Net deferred tax assets.............................................         $ 15,542               $  9,853
                                                                                   ========               ========
</TABLE>
<PAGE>
7.  Retirement Plans

ESOP

      The  Company  maintains  the  Avondale  Industries,  Inc.  Employee  Stock
Ownership  Plan  ("ESOP").  The ESOP covers all  employees  of the Company  upon
completion of one year of service,  except certain  employees who are covered by
collective bargaining  agreements,  unless by the terms of such agreements,  the
employees  are  to   participate   in  the  ESOP.   The  ESOP  is  a  qualified,
noncontributory  defined  contribution plan intended to qualify as a stock bonus
plan and an employee stock  ownership  plan. The stock bonus plan portion of the
plan is designed to invest in a  diversified  portfilio  and the employee  stock
ownership  plan  portion is designed to invest  primarily in common stock of the
Company.  The ESOP is  specifically  authorized to leverage its  acquisition  of
equity securities of the Company.  At December 31, 1998 and 1997, the ESOP owned
approximately  1,706,500  and 2,835,000  shares of the  Company's  common stock,
respectively.  In June  1998,  the  Company  purchased  1,054,750  shares of the
Company's common stock held by the ESOP for  approximately  $30.6 million of the
approximately  $36.3 million expended to fund the share repurchase.  See Note 8.
Company contributions to the ESOP for the years ended December 31 1998, 1997 and
1996 were not material.

Pension and Postretirement Plans

      The Company sponsors a qualified,  noncontributory defined benefit pension
plan (the  "Pension  Plan") which covers  substantially  all  employees who have
attained age 21 and  completed one year of service.  Benefits  payable under the
Pension  Plan  are  coordinated  with  the  benefits  payable  to  participating
employees in the ESOP. At retirement, a person's benefit is based on the greater
of (i) the market  value of the  participant's  ESOP account or (ii) the benefit
calculated under the pension plan formula. The pension plan formula benefits are
based  on a  defined  dollar  amount  multiplied  by  a  fraction  related  to a
participant's credited service.

      The Company also maintains certain nonqualified, noncontributory, unfunded
defined benefit pension plans and a  postretirement  welfare plan which provide,
among other benefits, specified retirement, life insurance and medical insurance
benefits to employees designated by the Board of Directors.
<PAGE>
      The following table sets forth the changes in benefit obligations, changes
in plan assets and  estimated  funded  status for  qualified  and  non-qualified
pension and other  postretirement  benefits as of December 31, 1998 and 1997 (in
thousands):
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                    Pension Benefits          Other Benefits        

                                                                 1998          1997        1998          1997    
                                                              ---------    ---------     --------      --------
<S>                                                           <C>          <C>           <C>           <C>
Change in benefit obligation:
Benefit obligation at beginning of year.................      $  56,385    $  50,868     $  3,359      $  3,019
Service cost............................................          2,704        3,037           54            39
Interest cost...........................................          4,147        4,230          288           233
Plan amendments.........................................          1,847        --            --             --
Actuarial loss..........................................          4,779        3,176          919            90
Benefits paid...........................................         (4,535)      (4,926)        (106)          (22)
                                                              ---------    ---------     --------      --------
Net benefit obligation at end of year ..................         65,327       56,385        4,514         3,359
                                                              ---------    ---------     --------      --------

Change in plan assets:
Fair value of plan assets at beginning of year..........         66,791       58,769         --            --
Actual return on plan assets............................         10,582       12,637         --            --
Employer contributions..................................            333          311          106            22
Benefits paid...........................................         (4,535)      (4,926)        (106)          (22)
                                                              ---------    ---------     --------      --------
Fair value of plan assets at end of year ...............         73,171       66,791         --            --  
                                                              ---------    ---------     --------      --------

Estimated funded status:
Funded status at end of year ...........................          7,844       10,406       (4,514)       (3,359)
Unrecognized net actuarial (gain) loss..................        (15,389)     (16,286)         968            68
Unrecognized prior service cost.........................          1,197         (896)        --            --
Unrecognized net transition obligation..................             45           61        2,641         2,830
                                                              ---------    ---------     --------      --------
Net amount recognized at end of year  ..................      $  (6,303)   $  (6,715)    $     (905)   $   (461)
                                                              =========    =========      =========    ========
</TABLE>
<PAGE>
Amounts recognized in the statements of financial position
consist of:
<TABLE>
   <S>                                                        <C>          <C>           <C>           <C>
   Accrued benefit cost ................................      $  (6,303)   $  (6,715)    $   (905)     $   (461)
   Minimum pension liability adjustment.................         (4,679)        (831)         --            --
   Intangible asset.....................................          2,523          831          --            --
   Accumulated other comprehensive loss.................          2,156          --           --            -- 
                                                              ---------    ---------     --------      --------
   Net amount recognized at end of year.................      $  (6,303)   $  (6,715)    $   (905)     $   (461)
                                                              =========-   ==========    ========      ========
</TABLE>
      The Company's  funding  policy for the Pension Plan is to contribute  each
year an amount  equal to the minimum  required  contribution  under the Employee
Retirement Income Security Act of 1974.  However,  the contribution for any year
will not be greater than the maximum tax deductible contribution. Plan assets of
the Pension  Plan  consist  primarily  of United  States  Government  and Agency
securities,  corporate stocks and corporate bonds and notes. The Company's other
pension  plans and its  postretirement  welfare plan are unfunded  plans and the
Company's  funding  policy is to  contribute  amounts  necessary  to pay current
benefits.  The weighted-average  discount rate used in determining the actuarial
present value of the projected benefit obligations was 6.75% for 1998, 7.25% for
1997,  and 7.75% for 1996.  The rate of increase in future  compensation  levels
used was 4.0% for 1998,  1997 and 1996 and  thereafter.  The expected  long-term
rate of return on the assets was 9.0% for 1998, 1997 and 1996.

      For measurement  purposes,  an 8.0% annual rate of increase in the cost of
covered  health care  benefits  was  assumed  for 1999.  The rate was assumed to
decrease gradually to 5.0% in 2004 and remain at that level thereafter.

      The components of net periodic  benefit  cost/(income)  are as follows (in
thousands):
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                                     YEARS ENDED DECEMBER 31,  
                                                                                         Pension Benefits               

                                                                                 1998          1997          1996  
                                                                             ----------    ----------    ---------
<S>                                                                          <C>           <C>           <C>
Service cost................................................................ $    2,704    $    3,037    $   3,883
Interest cost  .............................................................      4,147         4,230        4,352
Expected return on assets...................................................     (5,833)       (5,112)      (4,531)
Amortization of:
   Transition obligation....................................................         15            15           15
   Prior service cost.......................................................       (245)         (246)        (246)
   Actuarial (gain) loss....................................................       (867)         (356)         244
                                                                             ----------    ----------    ---------
Total net periodic benefit (income) cost ................................... $      (79)   $    1,568    $   3,717
                                                                             ==========    ==========    =========
</TABLE>
<PAGE>
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                                      YEARS ENDED DECEMBER 31, 
                                                                                           Other Benefits                   

                                                                                 1998          1997        1996    
                                                                             ----------    ----------    ---------
<S>                                                                          <C>           <C>           <C>
Service cost................................................................ $       54    $       39    $    --
Interest cost...............................................................        288           233         --
Expected return on assets...................................................        --            --          --
Amortization of:
   Transition obligation....................................................        189           189         --
   Prior service cost.......................................................        --            --          --
   Actuarial (gain) loss....................................................         19           --          --   
                                                                             ----------    ----------    ---------
Total net periodic benefit cost............................................. $      550    $      461    $    --   
                                                                             ==========    ==========    =========
</TABLE>
      The projected benefit obligation, accumulated benefit obligation, and fair
value of plan assets for the pension plans with accumulated  benefit obligations
in excess of plan  assets were  $14,249,  $12,640  and $0,  respectively,  as of
December 31, 1998 and $10,408,  $9,160 and $0, respectively,  as of December 31,
1997.

      Assumed  health care cost trend rates impact the amounts  reported for the
Company's post-retirement welfare plan. A one-percentage-point change in assumed
health care cost trend rates would have the following  effects as of and for the
years ended December 31, 1998 and 1997 (in thousands):
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                        1998                          1997    
                                                               ----------------------      -----------------------

                                                               1% Point      1% Point       1% Point       1% Point
                                                               Increase      Decrease       Increase       Decrease
                                                               --------      --------       --------       --------
<S>                                                            <C>           <C>            <C>            <C>
Effect on total service and interest cost components....       $     23      $    (20)      $     19       $    --
Effect on postretirement benefit obligation.............            298          (250)           230            --
</TABLE>

401(k) Savings Plan

      Beginning  in  1996,   the  Company   sponsored  a  401(k)  Savings  Plan.
Participation  in this defined  contribution  plan is available to substantially
all employees with one year of credited service to the Company.  The Company may
elect to make contributions to the Plan; however,  the timing and amount of such
contributions  is at the  discretion  of the Company's  Board of Directors.  The
Company paid approximately  $500,000 in matching  contributions for the 1998 and
1997 Plan Years. There was no similar contribution for the 1996 Plan Year.
<PAGE>
8.  Tender Offer

      In June 1998, the Company completed a tender offer purchasing 1.25 million
shares of its common  stock at $28 7/8 per share.  Under the terms of the offer,
the Company  invited its  shareholders  to tender their shares at prices ranging
from $26 1/2 to $29 per share as specified by each  shareholder.  The total cost
to the Company of completing the tender offer was  approximately  $36.3 million,
including  legal,  consulting  and other  professional  fees.  The total  shares
repurchased  represented  approximately  8.6% of the outstanding  shares at that
date, and following the tender offer, the Company had approximately 13.2 million
shares of its  common  stock  outstanding.  The  transaction  was  funded  using
existing cash balances.

9.  Shareholders' Equity

Preferred Stock

      The Company is authorized to issue  5,000,000  shares of preferred  stock,
$1.00 par value, none of which was outstanding at December 31, 1998 and 1997.

Earnings Per Share

      In accordance with Statement of Financial Accounting Standards Number 128,
"Earnings Per Share" ("SFAS 128"), the Company changed its method of calculating
earnings  per share  ("EPS")  during the fourth  quarter of 1997.  The number of
weighted average shares  outstanding for "basic" EPS was 13,775,333,  14,490,644
and  14,464,175  for  the  years  ended  December  31,  1998,   1997  and  1995,
respectively.  The number of weighted  average shares  outstanding for "diluted"
EPS was  13,844,564,  14,523,838 and 14,479,364 for the years ended December 31,
1998,  1997 and 1996,  respectively.  The difference in weighted  average shares
outstanding of 69,231,  33,194 and 15,189 for the years ended December 31, 1998,
1997 and 1996, respectively, relate to stock appreciation rights and options. In
accordance with the disclosure  requirements of SFAS 128, the  reconciliation of
the numerator and denominator  for calculating  earnings per share is as follows
(in thousands, except per share data):
<PAGE>
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                          FOR THE YEARS ENDED DECEMBER 31,                
                                            1998                              1997                            1996           
                           ---------------------------------  ---------------------------------  -----------------------------------
                             Income      Shares    Per Share    Income       Shares   Per Share    Income       Shares     Per Share
                           (Numerator)(Denominator)  Amount   (Numerator)(Denominator)  Amount   (Numerator) (Denominator)   Amount
                           ---------- ------------ ---------  ---------- ------------ ---------  ----------  ------------  ---------
<S>                         <C>          <C>         <C>        <C>         <C>         <C>        <C>          <C>          <C>
BASIC EPS
Income available to
    common shareholders     $36,945      13,775      $ 2.68     $26,833     14,491      $ 1.85     $30,795      14,464       $ 2.13
                                                     ======                             ======                               ======

EFFECT OF DILUTIVE
    SECURITIES
Stock appreciation
    rights/options                           70                                 33                                  15
                                         ------                             ------                              ------

DILUTED EPS
Income available to
   common shareholders
   plus assumed conversions $36,945      13,845      $ 2.67     $26,833     14,524      $ 1.85     $30,795      14,479       $ 2.13
                            =======      ======      ======     =======     ======      ======     =======      ======       ======
</TABLE>

As discussed in Note 8 of the Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements herein,
the Company  completed a tender  offer  purchasing  1.25  million  shares of its
common stock in June 1998. Had the repurchase taken place as of January 1, 1996,
the Company's  diluted earnings per share for the years ended December 31, 1998,
1997 and 1996 would have been $2.73, $1.88 and $2.24, respectively.
<PAGE>
Stock-Based Compensation Plans

      The Company has two  stock-based  compensation  plans which are  described
below.  The  Company  applies  Accounting   Principles  Board  Opinion  No.  25,
"Accounting   for  Stock   Issued  to   Employees"   ("APB   25")  and   related
Interpretations  in  accounting  for its  plans.  Accordingly,  no  compensation
expense is  recognized  for its  stock-based  compensation  plans other than for
performance-based  awards as the  exercise  price of all stock  options  granted
thereunder is equal to the fair value of the Company's  common stock at the date
of  grant.  Since no  options  were  granted  under  the  Company's  stock-based
compensation  plans during  1996,  there would have been no effect on net income
and  income  per  common  share.  Had 1998 and 1997  compensation  costs for the
Company's  stock-based  compensation  plans been determined  based upon the fair
value at the  grant  date for  awards  under  these  plans  consistent  with the
methodology presented under Statement of Financial Accounting Standards No. 123,
"Accounting for Stock-Based Compensation" ("SFAS 123"), the Company's net income
and  earnings  per share  would  have  been  reduced  to the pro  forma  amounts
indicated below (in thousands, except per share data):
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                             1998                  1997 
                                                                          ---------             ---------
<S>                                          <C>                          <C>                   <C>
Net income                                   As reported                  $  36,945             $  26,833
                                             Pro forma                    $  35,982             $  25,413

Earnings per share-basic                     As reported                  $    2.68             $    1.85
                                             Pro forma                    $    2.61             $    1.75

Earnings per share-diluted                   As reported                  $    2.67             $    1.85
                                             Pro forma                    $    2.60             $    1.75
</TABLE>
      The  weighted  average fair value of the options  granted  during 1998 and
1997 was  $15.3993  and  $15.4542,  respectively.  The fair value of each option
granted  in  1998  and  1997  is  estimated  on the  date  of  grant  using  the
Black-Scholes option pricing model with the following  assumptions:  no dividend
yield;  expected  volatility  of  56.6209%  and  85.0581%  for  1998  and  1997,
respectively;  risk-free  interest  rate of 4.753% and 5.772% for 1998 and 1997,
respectively; and an expected life of 5.86 years for both 1998 and 1997.
<PAGE>
      During 1997, the Board of Directors adopted and the shareholders  approved
the Avondale Industries,  Inc. 1997 Stock Incentive Plan (the "1997 Plan") which
provides  for the award of various  economic  incentives  to key  employees  and
directors.  Incentives  granted  under the 1997 Plan may be in the form of stock
options,  stock appreciation rights,  restricted stock and performance shares or
any  combination  thereof.  A total of  1,430,000  shares of common stock of the
Company are reserved for issuance under the 1997 Plan.  Incentives granted under
the 1997 Plan have a maximum term of ten years and are  exercisable,  subject to
various terms and conditions as set forth by the  Compensation  Committee of the
Board of Directors.  Transactions  of the 1997 Plan during 1998 and 1997 were as
follows:
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                        1998                            
                     -------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------         
                                      Options Outstanding                                  Options Exercisable   
                     ----------------------------------------------------------      ---------------------------------
                                           Weighted Average
                                               Remaining
                      Number               Contractual Life    Weighted Average         Number        Weighted Average
                     Outstanding                (Years)         Exercise Price       Exercisable       Exercise Price
                     -----------           ----------------    ----------------      -----------      ----------------
<S>                     <C>                       <C>                <C>                <C>               <C>
Beginning of year       274,904                   9.47               $ 20.723            90,219           $ 22.940
Granted/vested          221,036                   8.10                 26.868            46,957             19.639
Exercised               (10,855)                    --                 21.725           (10,855)            21.725
Forfeited/expired       (8,764)                     --                 22.934                --                 --
                        -------                                                         -------
End of year             476,321                   8.30               $ 23.511           126,321           $ 21.817
                        =======                                                         =======
Available for grant,
  end of year           962,443
                        =======
</TABLE>
      The range of exercise prices for options outstanding at December 31, 1998,
under the 1997 Plan was $19.625 to $26.875.  The 221,036  options  granted under
the  1997  Plan  in  1998  vest  25% on the  first,  second,  third  and  fourth
anniversary date of the grant.
<PAGE>
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                       1997                            
                     -------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------         
                                      Options Outstanding                                  Options Exercisable   
                     ----------------------------------------------------------      ---------------------------------
                                           Weighted Average
                                               Remaining
                      Number               Contractual Life    Weighted Average         Number        Weighted Average
                     Outstanding                (Years)         Exercise Price       Exercisable       Exercise Price
                     -----------           ----------------    ----------------      -----------      ----------------
<S>                   <C>                         <C>                <C>                <C>               <C>
Beginning of year           --                      --                    --                --                 --
Granted/vested          274,904                   9.47               $ 20.723           90,219            $ 22.940
Exercised                   --                      --                    --                --                 --
Forfeited/expired           --                      --                    --                --                 --
                      ---------                                                         ------
End of year             274,904                   9.47               $ 20.723           90,219            $ 22.940
                      =========                                                         ======
Available for grant,
  end of year         1,155,096
                      =========
</TABLE>
      The range of exercise prices for options outstanding at December 31, 1997,
under the 1997 Plan was $19.625 to $22.940. Of the 274,904 options granted under
the 1997 Plan in 1997, 184,685 options vest 25% on the first,  second, third and
fourth  anniversary date of the grant, while the remaining 90,219 options vested
on the grant date.
<PAGE>
      The Company's  Performance  Share Plan provided for the award of shares of
Common Stock to senior  executives of the Company,  as designated by a committee
of the Board of  Directors,  which were earned upon the  attainment of specified
performance  objectives.  These  performance  objectives  have been attained and
therefore no further awards will be made.

      A summary of the status of the  Performance  Share Plan as of December 31,
1998,  1997 and 1996 and changes  during the three years ended December 31, 1998
are presented below:
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                    1998                         1997                              1996         
                           -----------------------     ------------------------          ------------------------
                                         Weighted                     Weighted                          Weighted
                                          Average                      Average                           Average
                                         Exercise                     Exercise                          Exercise
                             Shares        Price          Shares        Price             Shares          Price  
                             ------      --------        -------      --------           -------        --------
<S>                          <C>         <C>             <C>          <C>                <C>            <C>
Options outstanding
and exercisable,
beginning of year            4,896       $16.994         226,404      $17.718            240,971        $17.463

Forfeited/expired              --           --               --           --               1,360         19.000

Exercised                    3,298        16.970         221,508       17.537             13,207         12.940
                             -----                       -------                         -------
Options outstanding
and exercisable,
end of year                  1,598       $17.044           4,896      $16.994            226,404        $17.718
                             =====                       =======                         =======
</TABLE>
      The range of exercise prices for options  outstanding at December 31, 1998
under the  Performance  Share Plan  (which  contain a stock  appreciation  right
feature)  was $3.875 to $19.00 and the  weighted-average  remaining  contractual
life for such options was 0.82 years.

      Compensation  expense for the years ended December 31, 1998, 1997 and 1996
was not material.

      Upon  the consummation of  the Company's proposed merger with Newport News
Shipbuilding  Inc.,  pursuant  to  the  terms  of  the  1997  Plan,  all options
immediately become exercisable. See Note 11.
<PAGE>
10.  Commitments and Contingencies

Litigation

      In January 1986, the Louisiana Department of Environmental Quality ("DEQ")
advised the Company that it could be a  potentially  responsible  party  ("PRP")
with respect to an oil reclamation  site operated by an unaffiliated  company in
Walker,  Louisiana.  To date,  the  Company  and  certain of the other PRPs (the
"Funding Group") for the site have funded the site's remediation  expenses,  PRP
identification  expenses and related costs for the participating  parties. As of
December 31, 1998 such costs totaled  approximately  $19.5 million, of which the
Company has funded  approximately  $4.0 million.  Since 1988,  the Funding Group
filed  petitions  to add a number of companies as  third-party  defendants  with
regard to the remedial  action.  The Funding Group has agreed to settle with the
majority of these  companies.  All funds  collected are placed in escrow to fund
future  expenses.  At  December  31,  1998,  the  balance of the escrow was $9.9
million,  which  is to be used to fund any  ongoing  remediation  expenses.  The
Company  will not owe any  future  assessments  until the  balance  in escrow is
depleted.  There are additional settlements being negotiated which should add to
the balance in escrow.

      Additional  remedial work  scheduled  for the site includes  completion of
studies and if required by the results of these studies, subsequent remediation.
Following  completion of any such required  additional  remediation,  it will be
necessary to obtain Environmental  Protection Agency approval to close the site,
which consent may require subsequent post-closure activities such as groundwater
monitoring  and site  maintenance  for many  years.  The  Company is not able to
estimate the final costs for any such  additional  remedial work or post-closure
costs that may be required; however, the Company believes that its proportionate
share of expenditures for any additional work will not have a material impact on
the Company's financial statements.  In addition,  the Company and other members
of the Funding  Group have  entered into a final cost  sharing  agreement  under
which all parties have agreed that there would be no  re-allocation  of previous
remediation  costs, but that future  remediation costs would be established by a
formula.  Under this  agreement,  the  Company's  share of future costs will not
exceed 17.5% for any additional costs.

      Furthermore,  the Company has initiated litigation against its insurer for
a declaration of coverage of the liability, if any, that may arise in connection
with the remediation of the site referred to above. The court has ruled that the
insurer has the duty to defend the Company, but has not yet ruled on whether the
carrier has a duty to  indemnify  the  Company if any  liability  is  ultimately
assessed against it. After  consultation with counsel,  the Company is unable to
predict  the  eventual  outcome of this  litigation  or the degree to which such
potential liability would be indemnified by its insurance carrier.

      In 1996,  the Company  settled a class action  lawsuit  involving  alleged
personal  injury and property  damage arising from the Walker,  La.  reclamation
site.  Under the terms of the settlement,  the Company paid  approximately  $6.0
million into a settlement fund. The Company could also have been responsible for
payment to the plaintiffs of up to an additional  $6.0 million (plus interest at
8% per annum) if the plaintiffs were  unsuccessful in collecting  certain claims
under  Avondale's  insurance  policies that were assigned to the plaintiff class
under the  settlement  agreement.  During the first quarter of 1997, the parties
reached a  settlement  with the  Company's  insurers  which does not require any
further contribution by the Company.
<PAGE>
      In  addition to the above,  the  Company is also named as a  defendant  in
other lawsuits and proceedings arising in the ordinary course of business,  some
of which involve substantial claims.

      The Company has  established  accruals as  appropriate  for certain of the
matters discussed above.  While the ultimate outcome of lawsuits and proceedings
against the Company cannot be predicted  with  certainty,  management  believes,
based on current facts and circumstances and after review with counsel, that the
eventual  resolution of these matters is not expected to have a material adverse
effect on the Company's financial statements.

Guarantee

      Pursuant  to  agreements   related  to  the   University  of  New  Orleans
("UNO")/Avondale  Maritime  Technology Center of Excellence ("the Center"),  the
Company has agreed to  guarantee  indebtedness  with a  principal  amount not to
exceed $40 million incurred by the UNO Research and Technology Foundation,  Inc.
(the  "Foundation")  for  construction  of the facility and the  acquisition  of
computer-aided technology.  Under the terms of a Cooperative Endeavor Agreement,
the State of Louisiana made a non-binding commitment to appropriate $40 million,
plus interest, in installments over a period from 1997 through 2007 for donation
to the Foundation for purposes of servicing the debt incurred in connection with
construction  of  the  Center.  Avondale  and  the  Foundation  anticipate  that
appropriations by the State will be sufficient for the Foundation to service its
debt.  However,  if the State's  appropriations are insufficient,  Avondale will
ultimately be required to repay any remaining  debt. The Company's  guarantee is
unsecured. As of December 31, 1998, the Foundation had incurred $39.7 million of
costs to construct  and equip the Center.  In  connection  with its  non-binding
commitment,  the State  appropriated  and paid $3.7 million during 1997 and $6.3
million in 1998, representing the first two installments to the Foundation.

Letters of Credit and Bonds

      In the normal course of its business  activities,  the Company is required
to  provide  letters  of credit  and bonds to secure  the  payment  of  workers'
compensation  obligations,  other  insurance  obligations  and to provide a debt
service reserve fund related to $34.4 million of Series 1994 industrial  revenue
bonds.  Additionally,  under  certain  contracts  the Company may be required to
provide  letters  of credit to secure  certain  performance  obligations  of the
Company  thereunder.  Outstanding  letters of credit and bonds relating to these
business activities amounted to approximately $32.3 million at December 31, 1998
and 1997.
<PAGE>
11.   Subsequent Event

      On  January  19,  1999,  Avondale  announced  a  proposed  merger  with  a
subsidiary  of Newport  News  Shipbuilding  Inc.  which would result in Avondale
becoming a subsidiary of Newport News.  The  proposed merger is structured  as a
stock-for-stock  transaction  and  is  subject  to  regulatory  and  shareholder
approval.  Upon consummation of the proposed merger,  each  Avondale share would
be  exchanged  for a  maximum  of 1.25 and a  minimum  of 1.15 of  Newport  News
Shipbuilding  Inc.  shares  based on the average  closing  price of Newport News
shares during the fifteen day trading  period  ending on the fourth  trading day
prior to the shareholder  vote. If such average closing price is $28.40 or less,
Avondale  shareholders  would receive 1.25 Newport News shares for each Avondale
share. If such price is $30.87 or more, Avondale shareholders would receive 1.15
Newport News shares for each Avondale share. If such price is between $28.40 and
$30.87,  Avondale  shareholders would receive that number of Newport News shares
determined  by dividing  $35.50 by such price,  or between 1.25 and 1.15 Newport
News shares. Avondale and Newport News expect to finalize the transaction during
the second quarter of 1999.

      On  February 22,  1999,  Avondale  and  Newport News  announced that their
proposed  merger  had been  cleared by the Department of Justice under the Hart-
Scott-Rodino  Antitrust  Improvements  Act  of 1976.   The  antitrust  clearance
satisfies  an  important  condition  to  the  closing of the transaction,  which
remains subject to the approval of the shareholders of both companies and to the
consent of the Administrator of the Maritime Administration of the Department of
Transportation.

      In addition, on February 18, 1999,  the Company announced that it had been
advised by Newport News that Newport News had received an unsolicited offer from
General Dynamics Corporation ("General Dynamics") proposing  to acquire  Newport
News  for $38.50  per share  in  cash,  subject to due diligence and  regulatory
clearance.  Although the General Dynamics offer did not specifically ask Newport
News to terminate its agreement with Avondale, the offer  did state that Newport
News'  proposed  merger  with  Avondale  would  create  antitrust  problems in a
combination of General Dynamics and Newport News.

      Newport  News  has  advised  General  Dynamics  that it is not prepared to
evaluate  the General Dynamics proposal until it obtains reliable assurance that
a combination  of General Dynamics and Newport News  would not be opposed by the
Department of Defense and Department of Justice.  To that end, Newport News made
a request to  the  Department  of  Defense seeking a prompt  indication  of  the
Department's   position  on  the General  Dynamics   proposal.  Pending any such
determination,  Newport  News and the Company have each publicly expressed their
full commitment to the Newport News-Avondale merger.
<PAGE>

12.  Quarterly Results (Unaudited)

      Consolidated operating results for the four quarters of 1998 and 1997 were
as follows (in thousands, except per share data):
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                     1998                                              1997                      
                               -------------------------------------------------      --------------------------------------------
                                First          Second        Third       Fourth        First     Second        Third       Fourth
                               Quarter         Quarter      Quarter      Quarter      Quarter    Quarter      Quarter      Quarter
   <S>                         <C>             <C>          <C>          <C>          <C>        <C>          <C>         <C>
   Sales...................    $184,625       $178,463      $197,961    $187,887      $139,513   $145,792     $159,217    $169,471

   Gross Profit ...........      20,128         21,345        23,409      19,479        18,633     19,501       19,670      17,674

   Income from Operations..      11,815         11,936        12,419      10,730        10,299     10,866       10,950      11,478

   Income before
      Accounting Change....       7,377          7,654         7,856      16,104         6,291      6,380        6,920       7,242

   Cumulative Effect of
      Accounting Change....      (2,046)           --            --          --            --         --           --          --

   Net Income .............    $  5,331       $  7,654      $  7,856    $ 16,104      $  6,291   $  6,380     $  6,920    $  7,242
                               ========       ========      ========    ========      ========   ========     ========    ========


   Income per share:
   BASIC:
   Income before
      Accounting Change....    $   0.51       $   0.54      $   0.59    $   1.22      $   0.43   $   0.44     $   0.48    $   0.50
   Cumulative Effect of
      Accounting Change....       (0.14)           --            --          --            --         --           --          --  
                               --------       --------      --------    --------      --------   --------     --------    --------

   Net Income .............    $   0.37       $   0.54      $   0.59    $   1.22      $   0.43   $   0.44     $   0.48    $   0.50
                               ========       ========      ========    ========      ========   ========     ========    ========


   DILUTED:
   Income before
      Accounting Change....    $   0.51       $   0.54      $   0.59    $   1.21      $   0.43   $   0.44     $   0.48    $   0.50
   Cumulative Effect of
      Accounting Change....       (0.14)           --            --          --            --         --           --          --  
                               --------       --------      --------    --------      --------   --------     --------    --------

   Net Income .............    $   0.37       $   0.54      $   0.59    $   1.21      $   0.43   $   0.44     $   0.48    $   0.50
                               ========       ========      ========    ========      ========   ========     ========    ========
</TABLE>
Net income and related per share amounts previously  reported by the Company for
the first  quarter of 1998 differ from the first quarter data shown above solely
due to the change in accounting  principle  discussed in Note 1. Included in the
fourth quarter 1998 results are the following:
   -- $9.6  million  income  tax  benefit  to  recognize  income tax credits and
      adjustments associated with certain prior year tax deductions.
   -- $2.2 million  pre-tax charge to reduce the carrying value of certain steel
      inventories to market prices.
<PAGE>

Item 9.           Changes  in  and  Disagreements with Accountants on Accounting
                  and Financial Disclosure.

                  None

                                    PART III

Item 10.          Directors and Executive Officers of the Registrant.

         Information  concerning the Company's directors and officers called for
by this  item will be  included  in the  Company's  definitive  Proxy  Statement
prepared in  connection  with the 1999  Annual  Meeting of  shareholders  and is
incorporated herein by reference.

Item 11.          Executive Compensation.

         Information  concerning the executive  compensation  called for by this
item will be included in the Company's  definitive  Proxy Statement  prepared in
connection  with the 1999 Annual  Meeting of  shareholders  and is  incorporated
herein by reference.

Item 12.          Security Ownership of Certain Beneficial Owners and Management

         Information  concerning security ownership of certain beneficial owners
and  management  called  for by this  item  will be  included  in the  Company's
definitive  Proxy Statement  prepared in connection with the 1999 Annual Meeting
of shareholders and is incorporated herein by reference.

Item 13.          Certain Relationships and Related Transactions.

         Information  concerning certain  relationships and related transactions
called  for by this item will be  included  in the  Company's  definitive  Proxy
Statement  prepared in connection  with the 1999 Annual Meeting of  shareholders
and is incorporated herein by reference.
<PAGE>
                                     PART IV

Item 14.          Exhibits,  Financial  Statement Schedules  and Reports on Form
                  8-K

                (a)(1)     Financial Statements

                  Independent Auditors' Report.

                  Consolidated Balance Sheets as of December 31, 1998 and 1997.

                  Consolidated  Statements  of  Operations  for the years  ended
                  December 31, 1998, 1997 and 1996.

                  Consolidated  Statements of Comprehensive Income for the years
                  ended December 31, 1998, 1997 and 1996.

                  Consolidated  Statements of Shareholders' Equity for the years
                  ended December 31, 1996, 1997 and 1998.

                  Consolidated  Statements  of Cash  Flows for the  years  ended
                  December 31, 1998, 1997 and 1996.

                  Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements.

                (a)(2)     Financial Statement Schedules

                                     Not applicable

                (a)(3)     Exhibits

         2.1      Agreement  and  Plan  of  Merger dated as of January 19, 1999,
                  among Newport, Ares and Avondale.(1)

         2.2      Parent  Stock  Option  Agreement dated as of January 19, 1999,
                  between Newport and Avondale.(1)

         2.3      Company  Stock  Option Agreement dated as of January 19, 1999,
                  between Avondale and Newport.(1)

         3.1      Articles of Incorporation of the Company.(2)

         3.2      By-laws of the Company, as amended on November 3, 1997.(3)

         4.1      See  Exhibits  3.1  and  3.2  for  provisions of the Company's
                  Articles  of Incorporation  and By-laws defining the rights of
                  holders of Common Stock.

         4.2      Specimen of Common Stock Certificate.(4)
<PAGE>
         4.3      Instruments Relating to Title XI Vessel Financing

                  (a) Trust Indenture dated October 21, 1975, by and between the
                      Company  and  Manufacturers  Hanover  Trust  Company,   as
                      Indenture  Trustee,  relating  to  $19,012,000  of  United
                      States  Government  Guaranteed  Ship  Financing Bonds,  as
                      amended  by  an  Assumption  Agreement  and   Supplemental
                      Indenture  dated September 16, 1985(5), as further amended
                      by a  Master Assumption Agreement,  Supplemental Indenture
                      No. 2 and  Amendment to Title XI  Finance Agreements dated
                      March  13,  1991  (the  "Master Assumption Agreement"),(6)
                      which  has  been  further amended  by a Third Supplemental
                      Indenture dated February 9, 1995.(7)

                  (b) Title  XI  Reserve  Fund  and  Financial  Agreement  dated
                      October 21, 1975, by  and  between  the  Company  and  the
                      United States of America,  as amended by Amendments Nos. 1
                      and 2(5),  as  further  amended  by  the Master Assumption
                      Agreement  (filed as Exhibit 4.3(a) hereto).   The Reserve
                      Fund  and Financial Agreement has  been further amended by
                      Amendment No. 5  dated  February 9,  1995(7) and Amendment
                      No. 6 dated August 22, 1996.(8)

                  (c) Form  of  8.80%  Sinking Fund Bond,  Series A (included in
                      Exhibit 4.3(a)).

                  (d) Form  of  9.30%  Sinking Fund Bond,  Series B (included in
                      Exhibit 4.3(a)).

                  (e) Form of 7.86% Sinking Bond Fund, 2000 Series.(7)

         4.4      Instruments    relating    to   AEI's    and  the    Company's
                  obligations   arising  in   connection  with  the  issuance of
                  General Obligation Bonds by Harrison County, Mississippi.

                  (a) Loan  Agreement  dated  April  1,  1991  between  Harrison
                      County,   Mississippi   and  AEI, pursuant to which AEI is
                      obligated  to  repay  $3  million  in  order  to  fund the
                      County's bond payment obligations.(4)

                  (b) Guaranty  Agreement  dated  April  1,   1991  between  the
                      Company,   Harrison   County, Mississippi and the State of
                      Mississippi.(4)

         4.5      Instruments   relating   to   the  Company's  $36.25   million
                  Industrial Revenue Refunding Bond Series 1994 Financing.

                  (a) Refunding  Agreement  dated  April  1,  1994 between   the
                      Company and the  Board of Commissioners of the Port of New
                      Orleans,  Exhibit A and  First Preferred  Vessel  Mortgage
                      thereto.(9)

                  (b) Trust  Indenture dated April 1, 1994 between the  Board of
                      Commissioners  of  the  Port  of  New  Orleans  and  First
                      National  Bank  of Commerce.(9)

                  (c) Form of Industrial Revenue Refunding Bond Series 1994.(9)
<PAGE>
         4.6      Instruments Relating to February 1995 Title XI Vessel
                  Financing.

                  (a) Trust Indenture dated  February 9, 1995 by and between the
                      Company and Chemical  Bank, as Indenture Trustee, relating
                      to $17,780,000.00  of United States Government  Guaranteed
                      Ship Financing Bonds.(7)

                  (b) Title XI Reserve   Fund   and   Financial Agreement  dated
                      February  9, 1995,  by  and  between  the  Company and the
                      United States of America,(7) as amended by  Amendment  No.
                      1 dated August 22, 1996.(8)

                  (c) Form of 8.16% Sinking Bond Fund, 2010 Series.(7)

         10.1     Contracts With The United States Navy

                  (a) Agreement dated June 28, 1985, by and between the  Company
                      and  the  United   States   of   America   (Contract   No.
                      N00024-85-C-2131) for the  construction of T-AO 187  Class
                      Oiler Ships and various modifications thereto(5) including
                      modification P00005 thereto entered into on June 16, 1988,
                      and  the  related  Acknowledgment of Transfer and Transfer
                      Agreement relating to the Company's  agreement  to  assume
                      certain  of the rights and  obligations to build two  such
                      vessels  under  an  Agreement  dated  May  6, 1985, by and
                      between   Pennsylvania   Shipbuilding   Co. and the United
                      States of America.(10)

                  (b) Agreement  dated June 20, 1988, by and between the Company
                      and   the   United   States   of  America  (Contract   No.
                      N00024-88-C-2050) for the construction  of T-AO 187  Class
                      Oiler  Ships  and  various  modifications  thereto(10) and
                      modification P00036 thereto.(6)

                  (c) Agreement  dated  November  21,  1983,  by and between the
                      Company  and  the  United  States of America (Contract No.
                      N00024-84-C-2027) for the  construction  of  LSD-41  Class
                      Landing  Ship  Dock  vessels  and  various   modifications
                      thereto.(5)

                  (d) Agreement  dated June 17, 1988, by and between the Company
                      and the United States of America (Contract No.  N00024-88-
                      C-2048) for the construction of LSD-41 Class Landing  Ship
                      Dock vessels and modification  nos. P00001 and P00002(10),
                      modification  nos. P00008  and  P00013   thereto(4)    and
                      modification P00029 thereto.(6)

                  (e) Agreement  dated July 15, 1988, by and between the Company
                      and the United States of America (Contract No.  N00024-88-
                      C-2221) for the  conversion  of  AO-177  Class  Oilers  to
                      AO-177 Jumbo Class and various modifications thereto.(10)

                  (f) Agreement dated December 13, 1988,  by and between AGM and
                      the United States  of  America (Contract No.  N00024-89-C-
                      2110) for the construction of three LCACs.(10)
<PAGE>
                  (g) Agreement  dated  July  1,  1987,  by and between Lockheed
                      Shipbuilding Company and the United States  of     America
                      (Contract No. N00024-87-C-2089)  for the  construction  of
                      seven LCACs (assumed by AGM in 1988).(10)

                  (h) Agreement  dated  October  3,  1989,  by  and between  the
                      Company and the United  States of  America  (Contract  No.
                      N00024-89-C-2162) for the construction of one MHC Class 51
                      ship and various modifications thereto(11),   modification
                      no. P00020(6) and modification no. P00027 thereto.(12)

                  (i) Agreement  dated  August  2,  1990,  by  and   between the
                      Company and the United  States of  America  (Contract  No.
                      N00024-90-C-2304) for the construction of one MHC Class 51
                      ship,(4) and  modification  nos. P00002 (6), P00013(6) and
                      modification no. P00020  thereto.(12)

                  (j) Agreement  dated  November 30,  1990,  by and  between the
                      Company  and  the  United  States of America (Contract No.
                      N00024-90-C-2307) for the construction of one TAGS 45 ship
                      and various modifications thereto.(4)

                  (k) Agreement dated July 15, 1993, by  and between the Company
                      and the United States of America (Contract No.  N00024-93-
                      C-2300)  for the  construction of one WAGB 20 Coast  Guard
                      Polar  Icebreaker  ship,  amendment 0001 and  modification
                      nos. P0001 and P00013 thereto.(2)

                  (l) Agreement  dated  September 3, 1993,  by and  between  the
                      Company  and the  United States of  America  (Contract No.
                      N00024-93-C-2205) for the  construction  of one T- AKR 300
                      Class  Strategic  Sealift ship,   various  amendments  and
                      modifications   nos.   P00001,   P00003   and   P00004(6),
                      P00007(9),   P00019  (8)  and modifications   P00025   and
                      P00028(13) and modification P00033 thereto.

                  (m) Agreement  dated  October  12,  1993,  by  and between the
                      Company  and  the  United  States of America (Contract No.
                      N00024-94-C-2200) for the construction of one LSD 41 Class
                      Landing Ship Dock.(6)

                  (n) Agreement  dated  December  17,  1996  by and between  the
                      Company  and  the  United  States of America (Contract No.
                      N00024-97-C-2202) for the  design and  construction of one
                      LPD-17 ship(8) and modification P00021 thereto.

         10.2     Other Operating Contracts

                  (a) Agreement   dated   July 10,  1991 by and between Crawford
                      Technical Services, Inc. and the Dallas Area Rapid Transit
                      Authority,  and  the  supplement  thereto,   relating   to
                      providing   operational   and   maintenance   services for
                      paratransit    van   services   for   the   Dallas,  Texas
                      metropolitan area.(6)
<PAGE>
                  (b) Agreement dated January 28, 1991, by and between  Crawford
                      Technical Services, Inc. and the United States of  America
                      and various modifications thereto (Contract No. F03602-91-
                      C0007) relating to  providing  maintenance  services  with
                      respect to family housing units located in a Little  Rock,
                      Arkansas air force base.(6)

                  (c) Agreement  dated  January  12,  1994 by  and  between  the
                      Company and Belle of Orleans, L.L.C. for the  construction
                      of  a  350-foot-long  paddlewheel  gaming  vessel, various
                      exhibits and Amendment nos. 1, 2 and 3 thereto.(9)

                  (d) Agreement  dated  May  12, 1995 by and between the Company
                      and   American  Heavy  Lift  Shipping  Company   for   the
                      construction  of  one  ocean-going  product  tanker,   S/S
                      King.(14)

                  (e) Agreement  dated  May  12, 1995 by and between the Company
                      and   American  Heavy  Lift  Shipping  Company   for   the
                      construction   of  one  ocean-going  product  tanker,  S/S
                      Knight.(14)

                  (f) Agreement  dated  May  12, 1995 by and between the Company
                      and   American  Heavy  Lift  Shipping  Company   for   the
                      construction   of  one  ocean-going  product  tanker,  S/S
                      Solar.(14)

                  (g) Agreement  dated  May  12, 1995 by and between the Company
                      and   American  Heavy  Lift  Shipping  Company   for   the
                      construction   of  one  ocean-going  product  tanker,  S/S
                      Spray.(14)

         10.3     Employee Benefit Plans

                  (a) The Company's Amended and Restated Performance Share  Plan
                      dated April 24, 1989(15),  as amended by Amendment  No.  1
                      adopted December 5, 1994.(9)

                  (b) The  Company's  Amended and  Restated  Stock  Appreciation
                      Plan and  attachments  thereto dated  April 24,  1989(15),
                      as    amended   by   Amendment   No. 1 adopted December 5,
                      1994.(9)

                  (c) The   Company's  Amended   and   Restated  Employee  Stock
                      Ownership Plan(9) as further amended by: Amendment  No.  1
                      adopted April 5, 1995(7), Amendment No. 2 adopted June 16,
                      1995(14), Amendment No. 3 adopted February 5, 1996   (16),
                      Amendment No. 4  adopted December 31,  1996(8),  Amendment
                      No. 5  adopted  December  30, 1997  (13),  Amendment No. 6
                      adopted  May  5,  1998(3),  and  Amendment  No.  7 adopted
                      December  30,  1998  and the related  Amended and Restated
                      Trust Agreement(16) as further amended by Amendment No.  1
                      adopted May 5, 1998.(3)

                  (d) The Company's Pension Plan  as Amended  and Restated dated
                      December  30,  1997(13)  as  amended  by  Amendment  No. 1
                      thereto adopted December 30, 1998.
<PAGE>
                  (e) The  Company's  Amended and  Restated Supplemental Pension
                      Plan(5),  as  amended  by  Amendment  Nos. 1 and 2 thereto
                      adopted December 29, 1989(4), and Amendment  No. 3 adopted
                      May 5, 1998.(3)

                  (f) The  Company's  Excess  Retirement  Plan(4) as  amended by
                      Amendment No. 1 adopted February 2, 1998(3), and Amendment
                      No. 2 adopted May 5, 1998.(3)

                  (g) The  Amended  and  Restated  Avondale Services Corporation
                      Executive Group Insurance  Benefits Plan and Summary  Plan
                      Description  specifying   the  excess  insurance  benefits
                      provided to the Company's executive officers and certain
                      other key personnel,  and a summary description of health,
                      accidental death and dismemberment, disability and life
                      insurance benefits made available to employees dated
                      October 14,  1997 (13) as amended by Amendment No. 1 dated
                      March 23, 1998 (17), and Amendment No. 2 dated December 8,
                      1998.

                  (h) The Company's Directors' Deferred Compensation Plan.(4)

                  (i) Avondale Industries, Inc. Management Incentive Plan.(7)

                  (j) The  Company's  401(k)  Savings  Plan as  restated adopted
                      December 30, 1998.

                  (k) The Company's Executive Retirement Plan.(16)

                  (l) Avondale  Industries,  Inc.  1997  Stock  Incentive   Plan
                      adopted May 23, 1997.(18)

                  (m) Avondale Industries,  Inc.  Flexible Benefits Plan adopted
                      December 30, 1998.

         10.4     Employment Agreements

                  (a) Employment Agreement dated March 23, 1998,  by and between
                      the Company and Albert L. Bossier,  Jr.  the term of which
                      extends through December 31, 2000.(17)

                  (b) Employment Agreement dated March 23, 1998,  by and between
                      the  Company  and  Thomas  M.  Kitchen  the  term of which
                      extends through December 31, 2000.(17)

                  (c) Employment Agreement dated March 23, 1998,  by and between
                      the  Company  and  Kenneth  B.  Dupont  the  term of which
                      extends through December 31, 2000.(17)

                  (d) Amended   and  Restated   Change  Control Agreement  dated
                      January 19,  1996,  by and between the  Company and Albert
                      L.  Bossier,  Jr.(16) as amended by Amendment No. 1  dated
                      March 23, 1998.(17)

                  (e) Amended   and  Restated   Change  Control Agreement  dated
                      January 19, 1996, by and between the Company and Thomas M.
                      Kitchen(16) as amended by Amendment No. 1 dated March  23,
                      1998.(17)
<PAGE>
                  (f) Amended   and  Restated   Change  Control Agreement  dated
                      January 19, 1996,  by and between the Company and  Kenneth
                      B.  Dupont(16)  as  amended by Amendment No. 1 dated March
                      23, 1998.(17)

                  (g) The   Company's  Severance   Pay  Plan  and  Summary  Plan
                      Description adopted March 1, 1996.(16)

                  (h) Employment Agreement dated March 5, 1998, by  and  between
                      the Company and R. Dean Church the term of  which  extends
                      through December 31, 2000.(17)

                  (i) Employment Agreement dated March 23, 1998, by and  between
                      the  Company  and  Thomas  H.  Doussan   the term of which
                      extends through December 31, 2000.(17)

                  (j) Employment Agreement dated March 23, 1998, by and  between
                      the  Company  and  Ronald  J.  McAlear  the  term of which
                      extends through December 31, 2000.(17)

                  (k) Employment Agreement dated March 23, 1998, by and  between
                      the  Company  and Edmund C. Mortimer the term of which
                      extends through December 31, 2000.(17)

                  (l) Change of Control  Agreement dated March 5,  1998,  by and
                      between the Company and R. Dean Church.(17)

                  (m) Change of Control  Agreement dated March 23,  1998, by and
                      between the Company and Thomas H. Doussan.(17)

                  (n) Change of Control  Agreement dated March 23,  1998, by and
                      between the Company and Ronald J. McAlear.(17)

                  (o) Change of Control  Agreement dated March 23,  1998, by and
                      between the Company and Edmund C. Mortimer.(17)

         10.5     Avondale/Ogden Letter Agreement.(19)

         10.6     Acquisition and Disposition Agreements

                  (a) Asset Purchase Agreement dated January 27,  1987,  by  and
                      between the Company and Connell Industries, L.P.(5)

                  (b) Purchase  Agreement  dated June 22, 1988,  by and  between
                      AGM,    Lockheed   Shipbuilding   Company   and   Lockheed
                      Corporation.(10)

                  (c) Stock Purchase Agreement dated February 15,  1991,  by and
                      between  Avondale  Technical  Services, Inc. and Oliver R.
                      Crawford relating to the purchase  of  Crawford  Technical
                      Services, Inc.(4)

                  (d) Asset Purchase  Agreement dated November 20, 1992, by  and
                      between   the   Company   and  Bollinger  Machine  Shop  &
                      Shipyard,   Inc.,   a   Louisiana   corporation   (without
                      exhibits).(6)
<PAGE>
         10.7     Lease Agreements

                  (a) Lease  Agreement dated June 24, 1988, by and between   the
                      Company and the Board of Commissioners of the Port of  New
                      Orleans.(10)

                  (b) Lease  Agreement  dated June 4, 1979, by and   between the
                      Company  and  Marrero  Land  and  Improvement Association,
                      Ltd.(10)

                  (c) Adoption Agreement dated July 22, 1988, by and between the
                      Company  and   Missouri  Pacific  Railroad   Company,   as
                      supplemented on the date thereof.(10)

                  (d) Lease of Commercial  Property  dated July 1, 1970,  by and
                      between  the  Company  and  Metal  Building  Products Co.,
                      Inc.(4)

                  (e) Sub-lease agreement dated May 16, 1997, by and between the
                      Company  and  the University of New  Orleans Research  and
                      Technology Foundation, Inc. (Without exhibits).(18)

         10.8     Other Material Agreements

                  (a)  Registration Rights Agreement between the Company and the
                       ESOP  as  Annex  I of the Common Stock Purchase Agreement
                       dated  as of September  27,  1985,  by and between  Ogden
                       American  Corporation  and  the  trustees of the Avondale
                       Industries, Inc., Employee Stock Ownership Trust.(5)

                  (b)  Registration Rights Agreement between the Company and the
                       participants  in  the  Amended  and  Restated Performance
                       Share Plan (included in Exhibit 10.3(a)).

                  (c)  License  dated  October  13,  1989,  by  and  between the
                       Company and Intermarine S.p.A. relating to the license of
                       molded,   glass-reinforced  polyester  hull  construction
                       technology.(4)

                  (d)  Stockholder  Protection  Rights  Agreement  dated  as  of
                       September 26,  1994, by and  between Avondale Industries,
                       Inc.  and  Boatmen's  Trust Company,  as Rights Agent(20)
                       and Amendment No. 1 thereto dated January 19, 1999.(21)

                  (e)  Agreement by and  between the Company and Bath Iron Works
                       Corporation, Subcontract for LPD-17 Class Work dated June
                       23, 1996.(8)

                  (f)  Agreement by and  between the Company and Hughes Aircraft
                       Co.,   Subcontract  for  LPD-17 Class Work dated June 23,
                       1996.(8)

                  (g)  Cooperative Endeavor Agreement dated May 16, 1997, by and
                       among the Company,   the State  of Louisiana,   Board  of
                       Supervisors   of    Louisiana   State   University    and
                       Agricultural and Mechanical  College  acting on behalf of
                       the University of New Orleans, and the University of  New
                       Orleans Research and Technology Foundation, Inc.(18)
<PAGE>
         10.9     Revolving Credit Agreement dated as  of  May  10,  1994  among
                  Avondale  Industries,  Inc.,  various  financial  institutions
                  signatory thereto  ("the Banks")  and  Continental  Bank  N.A.
                  as  the  Agent  for  the  Banks,  and  Amendment  Nos. 1 and 2
                  thereto.(9)

                  (a)  Third  Amendment, Waiver and Consent to Revolving  Credit
                       Agreement, dated May 10, 1995.(12)

                  (b)  Fourth  Amendment  and  Consent   to   Revolving   Credit
                       Agreement, dated September 1, 1995(12).

                  (c)  Fifth  Amendment  to  Revolving  Credit  Agreement, dated
                       November 17, 1995.(12)

                  (d)  Sixth  Amendment  to  Revolving  Credit  Agreement, dated
                       October 22, 1996.(8)

         10.10    Amended   and   Restated  Revolving  Credit  Agreement   dated
                  January   29,  1997,   effective   April   30,   1997,   among
                  Avondale  Industries,  Inc.,  various  financial  institutions
                  signatory  thereto   ("the  Banks")   and   Bank  of   America
                  National   Trust and Savings  Association as the Agent for the
                  Banks, (without exhibits and schedules).(18)

                  (a) First  Amendment to Amended  and Restated Revolving Credit
                      Agreement, dated March 14, 1997.(13)

                  (b) Second Amendment to Amended and Restated Revolving  Credit
                      Agreement, dated April 30, 1997.(13)

                  (c) Third  Amendment to  Amended and Restated Revolving Credit
                      Agreement  and  Request  for Release of Collateral,  dated
                      October 24, 1997.(13)

                  (d) Fourth Amendment to Amended and Restated Revolving  Credit
                      Agreement, dated September 12, 1998.(22)

         21       List of subsidiaries of the Company

         23       Consent of Deloitte & Touche LLP

         27.1     Financial Data Schedule as of and for the Twelve Month  Period
                  Ended December 31, 1998

         27.2     Restated Financial Data Schedule as of and for the Three,  Six
                  and Nine Month Periods Ended March 31, 1998, June 30, 1998 and
                  September 30, 1998, Respectively

<PAGE>
- ----------
(1)      Incorporated by reference to Newport News Shipbuilding Inc.'s Form  8-K
         dated January 22, 1999 (Commission File No. 1-12385).

(2)      Incorporated by reference from the Company's  Quarterly  Report on Form
         10-Q for the fiscal quarter ended June 30, 1993.

(3)      Incorporated by reference from the Company's  Quarterly  Report on Form
         10-Q for the fiscal quarter ended June 30, 1998.

(4)      Incorporated by reference from the Company's Annual Report on Form 10-K
         for the fiscal year ended December 31, 1991, as amended by Form 10-K/A.

(5)      Incorporated by reference from the Company's  Registration Statement on
         Form S-1  (Registration  No. 33- 20145)  filed with the  Commission  on
         February 16, 1988.

(6)      Incorporated by reference from the Company's Annual Report on Form 10-K
         for the fiscal year ended December 31, 1993.

(7)      Incorporated by reference from the Company's  Quarterly  Report on Form
         10-Q for the fiscal quarter ended March 31, 1995.

(8)      Incorporated by reference from the Company's Annual Report on Form 10-K
         for the fiscal year ended December 31, 1996.

(9)      Incorporated by reference from the Company's Annual Report on Form 10-K
         for the fiscal year ended December 31, 1994.

(10)     Incorporated by reference from the Company's  Registration Statement on
         Form S-1  (Registration  No. 33- 27342)  filed with the  Commission  on
         March 6, 1989.

(11)     Incorporated by reference from the Company's Annual Report on Form 10-K
         for the fiscal year ended December 31, 1990.

(12)     Incorporated by reference from the Company's Annual Report on Form 10-K
         for the fiscal year ended December 31, 1995.

(13)     Incorporated by reference from the Company's Annual Report on Form 10-K
         for the fiscal year ended December 31, 1997.

(14)     Incorporated by reference from the Company's  Quarterly  Report on Form
         10-Q for the fiscal quarter ended June 30, 1995.

(15)     Incorporated by reference from the Company's  Registration Statement on
         Form  S-8 and Form  S-3  (Registration  No.  33-31984)  filed  with the
         Commission on November 8, 1989.

(16)     Incorporated by reference from the Company's  Quarterly  Report on Form
         10-Q for the fiscal quarter ended March 31, 1996.
<PAGE>
(17)     Incorporated by reference from the Company's  Quarterly  Report on Form
         10-Q for the fiscal quarter ended March 31, 1998.

(18)     Incorporated by reference from the Company's  Quarterly  Report on Form
         10-Q for the fiscal quarter ended June 30, 1997.

(19)     Incorporated by reference from the Company's  Quarterly  Report on Form
         10-Q for the fiscal quarter ended March 31, 1994.

(20)     Incorporated by reference from the Company's Current Report on Form 8-K
         filed with the Commission on September 30, 1994.


(21)     Incorporated by reference from the Company's Report on Form 8-A/A filed
         with the Commission on February 1, 1999.


(22)     Incorporated by reference from the Company's  Quarterly  Report on Form
         10-Q for the fiscal quarter ended September 30, 1998.


         (b)      Reports on Form 8-K

         There were no reports on Form 8-K filed  during the three month  period
         ended December 31, 1998.

<PAGE>
                                   SIGNATURES

         Pursuant to the  requirements of Section 13 of the Securities  Exchange
Act of 1934,  the  Registrant  has duly  caused  this report to be signed on its
behalf by the undersigned, thereunto duly authorized, on February , 1999.

                                            AVONDALE INDUSTRIES, INC.

                                            By:  /S/ALBERT L. BOSSIER, JR.
                                                 -------------------------
                                                    Albert L. Bossier, Jr.
                                                    Chairman of the Board,
                                                     President and Chief
                                                      Executive Officer

         Pursuant to the  requirements  of the Securities  Exchange Act of 1934,
this report has been signed by the following persons on behalf of the Registrant
and on the dates indicated.

Signature                                Title                      Date

/s/Albert L. Bossier, Jr.    Chairman of the Board, President  February 23, 1999
- --------------------------      and Chief Executive Officer
   Albert L. Bossier, Jr.      

/s/Thomas M. Kitchen         Vice President, Chief Financial   February 23, 1999
- --------------------------  Officer, Corporate Secretary and
   Thomas M. Kitchen                  a Director
                                        

/s/Kenneth B. Dupont         Vice President and a Director     February 23, 1999
- --------------------------
   Kenneth B. Dupont

/s/Anthony J. Correro, III              Director               February 23, 1999
- --------------------------
   Anthony J. Correro, III

/s/Francis R. Donovan                   Director               February 23, 1999
- --------------------------
   Francis R. Donovan

/s/Hugh A. Thompson                     Director               February 23, 1999
- ---------------------------
   Hugh A. Thompson

/s/Eugene K. Simon             Vice President of Finance       February 23, 1999
- ---------------------------
   Eugene K. Simon
<PAGE>
                                  EXHIBIT INDEX

Number                             Description                                 

10.1              Contracts With The United States Navy

                  (l)      Agreement dated September 3, 1993, by and between the
                           Company  and the United  States of America  (Contract
                           No.  N00024-93-C-2205)  for the  construction  of one
                           T-AKR  300  Class  Strategic  Sealift  ship,  various
                           amendments and modifications nos. P00001,  P00003 and
                           P00004(4),  P00007 (7), P00019 (6) and  modifications
                           P00025 and P00028 thereto.

                  (n)      Agreement  dated December 17, 1996 by and between the
                           Company  and the United  States of America  (Contract
                           No. N00024-97-C-2202) for the design and construction
                           of  one  LPD-17  ship(8)  and   modification   P00021
                           thereto.

10.3              Employee Benefit Plans

                  c)       The  Company's  Amended  and  Restated Employee Stock
                           Ownership  Plan(9)  as  further amended by: Amendment
                           No. 1  adopted  April 5,  1995(7),  Amendment  No.  2
                           adopted June 16, 1995(14),  Amendment  No. 3  adopted
                           February   5,  1996 (16),  Amendment  No.  4  adopted
                           December  31,  1996  (8),  Amendment  No.  5  adopted
                           December 30, 1997 (13),   Amendment No. 6 adopted May
                           5, 1998(3),  and Amendment No. 7 adopted December 30,
                           1998  and  the  related  Amended  and  Restated Trust
                           Agreement(16) as further amended by Amendment  No.  1
                           adopted May 5, 1998.(3)

                  (d)      The  Company's  Pension  Plan as Amended and Restated
                           dated  December 30,  1997(13) as amended by Amendment
                           No. 1 thereto adopted December 30, 1998.

                  (g)      The   Amended   and   Restated    Avondale   Services
                           Corporation  Executive Group Insurance  Benefits Plan
                           and Summary Plan  Description  specifying  the excess
                           insurance   benefits   provided   to  the   Company's
                           executive  officers and certain other key  personnel,
                           and a summary description of health, accidental death
                           and  dismemberment,  disability  and  life  insurance
                           benefits  made  available to employees  dated October
                           14,  1997 (13) as  amended by  Amendment  No. 1 dated
                           March  23,  1998  (17),  and  Amendment  No.  2 dated
                           December 8, 1998.

                  (j)      The Company's 401(k) Savings Plan as restated adopted
                           December 30, 1998.

                  (m)      Avondale Industries, Inc. Flexible Benefits Plan
                           adopted December 30, 1998.

21                List of subsidiaries of the Company

23                Consent of Deloitte & Touche LLP
<PAGE>
27.1              Financial Data Schedule as of and for the Twelve Month  Period
                  Ended December 31, 1998

27.2              Restated Financial Data Schedule as of and for the Three,  Six
                  and Nine Month Periods Ended March 31, 1998, June 30, 1998 and
                  September 30, 1998, Respectively
- ----------
(1)      Incorporated by reference to Newport News Shipbuilding  Inc.'s Form 8-K
         dated January 22, 1999 (Commission File No. 1-12385).


(2)      Incorporated by reference from the Company's  Quarterly  Report on Form
         10-Q for the fiscal quarter ended June 30, 1993.


(3)      Incorporated by reference from the Company's  Quarterly  Report on Form
         10-Q for the fiscal quarter ended June 30, 1998.

(4)      Incorporated by reference from the Company's Annual Report on Form 10-K
         for the fiscal year ended December 31, 1991, as amended by Form 10-K/A.

(5)      Incorporated by reference from the Company's  Registration Statement on
         Form S-1  (Registration  No.  33-20145)  filed with the  Commission  on
         February 16, 1988.

(6)      Incorporated by reference from the Company's Annual Report on Form 10-K
         for the fiscal year ended December 31, 1993.

(7)      Incorporated by reference from the Company's  Quarterly  Report on Form
         10-Q for the fiscal quarter ended March 31, 1995.

(8)      Incorporated by reference from the Company's Annual Report on Form 10-K
         for the fiscal year ended December 31, 1996.

(9)      Incorporated by reference from the Company's Annual Report on Form 10-K
         for the fiscal year ended December 31, 1994.

(10)     Incorporated by reference from the Company's  Registration Statement on
         Form S-1 (Registration No. 33-27342) filed with the Commission on March
         6, 1989.

(11)     Incorporated by reference from the Company's Annual Report on Form 10-K
         for the fiscal year ended December 31, 1990.

(12)     Incorporated by reference from the Company's Annual Report on Form 10-K
         for the fiscal year ended December 31, 1995.

(13)     Incorporated by reference from the Company's Annual Report on Form 10-K
         for the fiscal year ended December 31, 1997.

(14)     Incorporated by reference from the Company's  Quarterly  Report on Form
         10-Q for the fiscal quarter ended June 30, 1995.

(15)     Incorporated by reference from the Company's  Registration Statement on
         Form  S-8 and Form  S-3  (Registration  No.  33-31984)  filed  with the
         Commission on November 8, 1989.
<PAGE>
(16)     Incorporated by reference from the Company's  Quarterly  Report on Form
         10-Q for the fiscal quarter ended March 31, 1996.

(17)     Incorporated by reference from the Company's  Quarterly  Report on Form
         10-Q for the fiscal quarter ended March 31, 1998.

(18)     Incorporated by reference from the Company's  Quarterly  Report on Form
         10-Q for the fiscal quarter ended June 30, 1997.

(19)     Incorporated by reference from the Company's  Quarterly  Report on Form
         10-Q for the fiscal quarter ended March 31, 1994.

(20)     Incorporated by reference from the Company's Current Report on Form 8-K
         filed with the Commission on September 30, 1994.

(21)     Incorporated by reference from the Company's Report on Form 8-A/A filed
         with the Commission on February 1, 1999.

(22)     Incorporated by reference from the Company's  Quarterly  Report on Form
         10-Q for the fiscal quarter ended September 30, 1998.


                                         1. Contract ID Code   Page 1 of 2 Pages
AMENDMENT OF SOLICITATION/MODIFICATION
 OF CONTRACT                                       L                         
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
2. Amendment/Modification No.            3. Effective Date
          P00033                             See Block 16C
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
4. Requisition/Purchase Reg. No.         5. Proj. No. (If applicable)
       N00024-99-FR-91007                        9-385P-91007 
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
6. Issued By                 Code N00024 7. Administered By          Code N63124
NAVAL SEA SYSTEMS COMMAND
BUYER/SYMBOL: Jerry Clement   SEA 02225     SUPSHIP New Orleans 
2531 JEFFERSON DAVIS HWY                    New Orleans, LA 70142-5700
ARLINGTON VA 22242-5160
PHONE: Area Code (703)602-3102 ext 225
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
8. Name and Address of Contractor             9a. Amendment of Solicitation No.
   (No., street, county, State and ZIP Code)
   DUNS NO:  144620747
Avondale Industries, Inc.
Shipyard Division                             9b. Dated (See Item 11)  
P.O. Box 50280
New Orleans, LA 70150-1967                   
                                             10a. Modification of Contract/
                                                  Order No. 
                                        [X]       N00024-93-C-2205  


                                             10b. Dated (See Item 13)
Cage Code 96204    Facility Code                  NOV 20 1992
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
11. This Item Only Applies to Amendments of Solicitations
    The above numbered solicitation is amended as set forth in Item 14. The 
hour and date specified for receipt of Offers [ ]is [ ] is not extended.

Offers must  acknowledge  receipt of this  amendment  prior to the hour and date
specified in the solicitation as amended, by one of the following methods:

(a) By completing Items 8 and 15, and returning _ copies of the amendment, (b)  
By acknowledging receipt of this amendment on each copy of the offer submitted; 
or (c) By separate letter or telegram which includes a reference to the 
solicitation and amendment numbers. FAILURE OF YOUR ACKNOWLEDGEMENT TO BE 
RECEIVED AT THE PLACE DESIGNATED FOR THE RECEIPT OF OFFERS PRIOR TO THE HOUR AND
DATE SPECIFIED MAY RESULT IN REJECTION OF YOUR OFFER. If by virtue of this 
amendment you desire to change an offer already submitted, such change may be 
made by telegram or letter, provided each telegram or letter makes reference to 
the solicitation and this amendment, and is received prior to the opening hour 
and date specified.
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
12. Accounting  and  Appropriation  Data (if  required)  SEE ATTACHED  FINANCIAL
    ACCOUNTING DATA SHEET
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
13.               THIS ITEM APPLIES ONLY TO MODIFICATIONS  OF  CONTRACTS/ORDERS,
                  IT MODIFIES THE CONTRACT/ORDER NO. AS DESCRIBED IN ITEM 14.
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
[ ] A. THIS CHANGE ORDER IS ISSUED PURSUANT TO: (Specify authority) THE CHANGES 
       SET FORTH IN ITEM 14 ARE MADE IN THE CONTRACT ORDER NO. IN ITEM 10A.
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
[      ] B. THE  ABOVE  NUMBERED  CONTRACT/ORDER  IS  MODIFIED  TO  REPLACE  THE
       ADMINISTRATIVE  CHANGES (such as changes in paying office,  appropriation
       data, etc.)
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
[X] C. THIS SUPPLEMENTAL AGREEMENT IS ENTERED INTO PURSUANT TO AUTHORITY OF:
         In Accordance with Options Clause 
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
[ ] D. OTHER (Specify type of modification and authority)

- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
E. IMPORTANT:     Contractor ( ) is not, (x) is required to sign this document 
                  and return 2 copies to the issuing office.
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
14. Description  of  Amendment/Modification  (Organize by UCF section  headings,
    including solicitation/contract subject matter where feasible.)




                            SEE ATTACHED



Except as provided herein, all terms and conditions of the document referenced 
in Item 9A or 10A, as heretofore changed, remain unchanged and in full force and
effect.
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
15A. Name and Title of Signer (Type or print)
     E. C. MORTIMER
     V. P. GOV'T PROGRAMS
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
15B. Contractor/Offeror                         15C. Date Signed

     /S/ E. C. MORTIMER                              2/19/98
    ----------------------------------------
    (Signature of person authorized to sign)
- -------------------------------------------------------------------------------
16A. Name and Title of Contracting Officer (Type or Print)
     Jerry M. Clement
     Contracting Officer
- -------------------------------------------------------------------------------
16B. United States of America                   16C. Date Signed

     By  /s/  JERRY M. CLEMENT                       18 DEC 1998
       -------------------------------------
        (Signature of Contracting Officer)
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
NSN 7540-01-152-8070                                STANDARD FORM 30 (REV 10-83)
PREVIOUS EDITION UNUSABLE                           Prescribed by GSA
                                                    FAR (48 CFR) 53.243
<PAGE>
                                                    N00024-93-C-2205
                                                    P00033
                                                    PAGE 2 OF 2

Contract  N00024-93-C-2205  provides,  in part,  under Section B.3, Item(s) 0503
through 0509 that "the  Government may require the Contractor to furnish Item(s)
0503  through  0509 as  specified  in Section B, for delivery at the time(s) and
place(s) and at the applicable  price(s) set forth herein. The Option(s) will be
exercised,  if at all, by written or  telegraphic  notice  from the  Contracting
Officer sent within the time specified below:"

Pursuant to the above  provisions,  the Government  hereby exercises its options
for Items 0503 through 0509.

As a result of the above option exercise,  this modification  executes and fully
funds CLINS 0503 through 0509.

3. Funding in the amount of  $163,177,789.00,  which consists of $162,846,891.00
for CLIN 0503,  $307,713.00 for CLIN 0507 and $23,185.00 for CLIN 0510 is hereby
provided  in the  attached  Financial  Accounting  Data  Sheet to fully fund the
effort in CLINS 0503 through  0509  inclusive  of  administrative  modifications
A00162,  A00195,  A00196 and A00205 plus $9,242,000.00 for Item 0503 for payment
of compensation adjustment thereof.

4. The total amount  obligated on this  modification  is  $172,419,789.00  which
consists of  $163,177,789.00  for the target price as appropriate for Items 0503
through 0509 plus $9,242,000.00 for payment of compensation adjustment thereof.

Except as modified above,  all other terms,  conditions,  and prices of Contract
N00024-93-C-2205 remain unchanged and in full force and effect.

<PAGE>

                     FINANCIAL ACCOUNTING DATA SHEET-NAVY

<TABLE> 
<CAPTION> 
- -----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
1. CONTRACT NUMBER (CRITICAL)           2.SPIN (CRITICAL)            3. MOD (CRITICAL)       4. PR NUMBER         

    N0002493-C-2205                                                     P00033                 N0002498FR91011
- -----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
5.          6. LINE OF ACCOUNTING                                                                                                  
            -----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
            A.             B.               C.         D.     E.        F.      G.    H.          I.      J.      K.
 CLIN/SLIN      ACRN        APPROPRIATION   SUBHEAD      OBJ    PARM     RFM      SA      AAA       TT      PAA        COST CODE
             (CRITICAL)      (CRITICAL)    (CRITICAL)    CLA                           (CRITICAL)                  ----------------
                                                                                                                   PROJ        PDLI
                                                                                                                   UNIT  MCC   & SUF
- ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
<S>              <C>          <C>            <C>        <C>      <C>    <C>      <C>    <C>        <C>    <C>      <C>    <C>  <C>
0503                                                                                                                               
0507                                                                                                                               
0510                                                                                                                                

                 CS           17X4557        8910       312      SA     385      0      068342     2D     000000   22252  200  0000

0503             CT           17X4557        8910       312      SA     385      0      068342     2D     000000   22252  291  0000

</TABLE> 

                                                                   PAGE 1 OF 1
<TABLE> 
<CAPTION> 
                                  NAVY INTERNAL
                         AMOUNT                        USE ONLY                  
                       (CRITICAL)                     REF DOC/ACRN               
- ------------------------------------------------------------------------------   
                     <S>                             <C>                           
                     $162,846,891.00
                         $307,713.00
                          $23,185.00
                     ---------------
                     $163,177,789.00                 N000240XAF0NDSF

                       $9,242,000.00                 N000240XAF0NDSF




                     ---------------
PAGE TOTAL           $172,419,789.00                                               
                     ---------------                                              
GRAND TOTAL          $172,419,789.00
- ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
PREPARED/AUTHORIZED BY: HENRY W. FITZPATRICK, JR., PMS385P    COMPTROLLER APPROVAL:

 /S/ HENRY W. FITZPATRICK, JR.                                     /S/ V. JEFFERSON
                                                                       V. JEFFERSON 
                                                    DATE:  12/16/98   BY DIRECTION OF              
                                                                     CAPT V. H. ACKLEY             
                                                            DEPUTY COMMANDER/COMPTROLLER
</TABLE>


                                         1. Contract ID Code   Page 1 of 3 Pages
AMENDMENT OF SOLICITATION/MODIFICATION
 OF CONTRACT                                       L                         
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
2. Amendment/Modification No.            3. Effective Date
          P00021                             See Blk 16C
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
4. Requisition/Purchase Reg. No.         5. Proj. No. (If applicable)
       N00024-99-FR-91157                   7-317-91157                         
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
6. Issued By                 Code N00024 7. Administered By          Code N63124
NAVAL SEA SYSTEMS COMMAND
BUYER/SYMBOL: Claire Grady, SEA 02223       SUPSHIP New Orleans
2531 JEFFERSON DAVIS HWY                    Bldg. 16, Naval Support Activity
ARLINGTON VA 22242-5160                     NEW ORLEANS, LA  70142-5700
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
8. Name and Address of Contractor             9a. Amendment of Solicitation No.
   (No., street, county, State and ZIP Code)

                                              9b. Dated (See Item 11)
Avondale Industries, Inc.                       
Shipyard Division                  
P.O. Box 50280
New Orleans, LA 70150-1967                   10a. Modification of Contract/
                                                  Order No. 
DUNS No. 144620747                                N00024-97-C-2202  
                                                                     
                                             10b. Dated (See Item 13)
Cage Code 96204      Facility Code                17 December 1996
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
11. This Item Only Applies to Amendments of Solicitations
    The above numbered solicitation is amended as set forth in Item 14. The 
hour and date specified for receipt of Offers   [ ]is    [ ] is not extended.

Offers must acknowledge receipt of this amendment prior to the hour and date 
specified in the solicitation as amended, by one of the following methods:

(a) By completing Items 8 and 15, and returning 2 copies of the amendment, (b)  
By acknowledging receipt of this amendment on each copy of the offer submitted; 
or (c) By separate letter or telegram which includes a reference to the 
solicitation and amendment numbers. FAILURE OF YOUR ACKNOWLEDGEMENT TO BE 
RECEIVED AT THE PLACE DESIGNATED FOR THE RECEIPT OF OFFERS PRIOR TO THE HOUR AND
DATE SPECIFIED MAY RESULT IN REJECTION OF YOUR OFFER. If by virtue of this 
amendment you desire to change an offer already submitted, such change may be 
made by telegram or letter, provided each telegram or letter makes reference to 
the solicitation and this amendment, and is received prior to the opening hour 
and date specified.
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
12. Accounting and Appropriation Data           (if required)
    N/A
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
13. THIS ITEM APPLIES ONLY TO MODIFICATIONS OF CONTRACTS/ORDERS, IT MODIFIES THE
                  CONTRACT/ORDER NO. AS DESCRIBED IN ITEM 14.
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
[X] A. THIS CHANGE ORDER IS ISSUED PURSUANT TO: (Specify authority) THE CHANGES 
       SET FORTH IN ITEM 14 ARE MADE IN THE CONTRACT ORDER NO. IN ITEM 10A.
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
[ ] B. THE ABOVE NUMBERED CONTRACT/ORDER IS MODIFIED TO REPLACE THE 
       ADMINISTRATIVE CHANGES (such as changes in paying office, appropriation
       data, etc.) SET FORTH IN ITEM 14, PURSUANT TO THE AUTHORITY OF FAR
       43.103(b)
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
[ ] C. THIS SUPPLEMENTAL AGREEMENT IS ENTERED INTO PURSUANT TO AUTHORITY OF:
         MUTUTAL AGREEMENT OF THE PARTIES 
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
[ ] D. OTHER (Specify type of modification and authority)
 X     SPECIAL CONTRACT REQUIREMENT B-5 OPTIONS.
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
E. IMPORTANT:     Contractor (x) is not, ( ) is required to sign this document 
                  and return 2 copies to the issuing office.
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
14. Description of Amendment/Modification    (Organize by UCF section headings, 
    including solicitation/contract subject matter where feasible.)

    SEE ATTACHED PAGES





Except as provided herein, all terms and conditions of the document referenced 
in Item 9A or 10A, as heretofore changed, remain unchanged and in full force and
effect.
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
15A. Name and Title of Signer (Type or print)
     
     
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
15B. Contractor/Offeror                         15C. Date Signed

  
    ----------------------------------------
    (Signature of person authorized to sign)
- -------------------------------------------------------------------------------
16A. Name and Title of Contracting Officer (Type or Print)
     CLAIRE M. GRADY
     Contracting Officer
- -------------------------------------------------------------------------------
16B. United States of America                   16C. Date Signed
 
     By  /s/  CLAIRE M. GRADY                        18 DEC 1998
       -------------------------------------
        (Signature of Contracting Officer)
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
NSN 7540-01-152-8070                                STANDARD FORM 30 (REV 10-83)
PREVIOUS EDITION UNUSABLE                           Prescribed by GSA
                                                    FAR (48 CFR) 53-243
<PAGE>
                                                    N00024-97-C-2202
                                                    P00021
                                                    Page 2 of 3

The purpose of this modification to Contract N00024-97-C-2202 is to exercise
SLIN 0002AB for the construction of LPD-18.  Accordingly, said contract is
hereby modified as follows:

1.  In accordance with Special Contract Requirement B-5 OPTIONS of SECTION B
SUPPLIES OR SERVICES AND PRICES/COSTS, SLIN 0002AB is exercised and fully
funded.

2.  Under SECTION B SUPPLIES OR SERVICES AND PRICES/COST General Requirement
B-3.  DETERMINATION OF FEE (NAVSEA) (OCT 1990), the following revisions are
made
    (a)

         "(a) Minimum Fee

         The base (fixed) fee of this contract is $14,471,227 for CLIN 0001,
the base (fixed) fee currently available for payment under CLIN 0002 is
$8,846,285." 

    (b)  Subparagraph (1) of Paragraph (g) Evaluation Periods is replaced and
supersed with the following:

         "(1) Performance evaluations for CLIN 0001 will be conducted in
accordance with the schedule below:

         EVALUATION PERIODS            BEGINNING                END
         ------------------         --------------         -------------
               One                  Contract Award          30 SEP 1997
               Two                    01 OCT 1997           31 MAR 1998
               Three                  01 APR 1998           30 SEP 1998
               Four                   01 OCT 1998           31 MAR 1999
               Five                   01 APR 1999           30 SEP 1999
               Six                    01 OCT 1999           31 MAR 2000
               Seven                  01 APR 2000           30 SEP 2000
               Eight                  01 OCT 2000           31 MAR 2001
               Nine                   01 APR 2001           30 SEP 2001
               Ten                    01 OCT 2001           31 MAR 2002
               Eleven                 01 APR 2002             Delivery

          Performance evaluations for CLIN 0002 will be conducted in
accordance with the schedule below:


         EVALUATION PERIODS            BEGINNING                END
         ------------------         --------------         -------------
               One                  Option Exercise         30 SEP 1998
               Two                    01 OCT 1998           31 MAR 1999
               Three                  01 APR 1999           30 SEP 1999
               Four                   01 OCT 1999           31 MAR 2000
               Five                   01 APR 2000           30 SEP 2000
               Six                    01 OCT 2000           31 MAR 2001
               Seven                  01 APR 2001           30 SEP 2001
               Eight                  01 OCT 2001           31 MAR 2002
               Nine                   01 APR 2002           30 SEP 2002
               Ten                    01 OCT 2002           31 MAR 2003
               Eleven                 01 APR 2003           30 SEP 2003
               Twelve                 01 OCT 2003             Delivery"

<PAGE>
                                                            N00024-97-C-2202
                                                                      P00021
                                                                 Page 3 of 3

     (c)  Subparagraph (1) of Paragraph (h) Award Fee Pool is replaced and
superceded with the following:

         "(h)  Award Fee Pool
               (1) Award Fee for CLIN 0001 shall be available for the
consideration of payment on the following basis:

- ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
Evaluation      Award Fee Pool        Award Fee Pool        Award Fee
Period                $                     %                Earned
- ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
One              $1,500,000                3.4%            $1,370,400
Two              $4,375,000               10.1%            $3,722,264
Three            $6,200,000               14.3%
Four             $5,900,000               13.6%
Five             $5,600,000               12.9%
Six              $2,700,000                6.2%
Seven            $1,325,000                3.1%
Eight            $1,400,000                3.2%
Nine             $3,800,000                8.8%
Ten              $5,013,680               11.5%
Eleven           $5,600,000               12.9%
- -----------------------------------------------------------------------------
Total           $43,413,680                100%            $5,092,664
=============================================================================

               Award Fee for CLIN 0002 shall be available for the
consideration of payment on the following basis:
 
- ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
Evaluation      Award Fee Pool        Award Fee Pool        Award Fee
Period                $                     %                Earned
- ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
One                $140,000                0.4%
Two                $800,000                3.0%
Three              $810,000                3.1%
Four               $840,000                3.2%
Five               $860,000                3.2%
Six                $880,000                3.3%
Seven              $900,000                3.4%
Eight            $1,800,000                6.8%
Nine             $3,200,000               12.1%
Ten              $4,000,000               15.1%
Eleven           $5,200,000               19.6%
Twelve           $7,108,857               26.8%
- -----------------------------------------------------------------------------
Total           $26,538,857                100%                $0
=============================================================================

3.  Under SECTION F - DELIVERIES OR PERFORMANCE, Item 0002AA/002AB is
replaced and superceded by the following:

ITEM           SHIP            DELIVERY DATE
"0002         LPD 18         18 Debruary 2004"

4.  This modification results in the obligation of $291,512,107 for SLIN
0002AB.

Except as provided herein, all other terms and conditions, as heretofore
mentioned, remains unchanged and in full force and effect.

 
                     FINANCIAL ACCOUNTING DATA SHEET-NAVY

<TABLE> 
<CAPTION> 
- -----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
1. CONTRACT NUMBER (CRITICAL)           2.SPIN (CRITICAL)            3. MOD (CRITICAL)       4. PR NUMBER         

    N00024-97-C-2202                                                     P00021                 N0002499FR91157
- -----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
5.          6. LINE OF ACCOUNTING
            -----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
            A.             B.               C.         D.     E.        F.      G.    H.          I.      J.      K.
 CLIN/SLIN      ACRN        APPROPRIATION   SUBHEAD      OBJ    PARM     RFM      SA      AAA       TT      PAA        COST CODE
             (CRITICAL)      (CRITICAL)    (CRITICAL)    CLA                           (CRITICAL)                  ----------------
                                                                                                                   PROJ        PDLI
                                                                                                                   UNIT  MCC   & SUF
- -----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
<S>             <C>           <C>            <C>       <C>      <C>    <C>       <C>    <C>       <C>     <C>      <C>   <C>  <C> 

0002            AS            1791711        2317      252      WA     WTB       0      068342     2D     000000   23168 200  0010

</TABLE> 


                                                                   PAGE 2 OF 2
<TABLE> 
<CAPTION> 
                                                     NAVY INTERNAL               
                         AMOUNT                        USE ONLY                  
                       (CRITICAL)                     REF DOC/ACRN               
- ------------------------------------------------------------------------------   
                   <S>                             <C>                           
                     
                    $291,512,107.00                  N0002499AF22317
                    ---------------
PAGE TOTAL          $291,512,107.00                                               
                    ---------------                                              
OBLIGATE ESTIMATED COST AND BASE FEE
GRAND TOTAL         
- ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
PREPARED/AUTHORIZED BY:                                          COMPTROLLER APPROVAL:

 /S/ JAN PAUL HOPE                                             /S/ V. H. ACKLEY
DATE:  12/8/98                                                 DATE:  12/15/98
     JAN P. HOPE         PMS317F                                   V. H. ACKLEY
                                                                DEPUTY COMMANDER
                                                                COMPTROLLER
</TABLE>

                             AMENDMENT NUMBER SEVEN
                                       TO
                            AVONDALE INDUSTRIES, INC.
                          EMPLOYEE STOCK OWNERSHIP PLAN


         WHEREAS,  Avondale  Industries,   Inc.,  a  corporation  organized  and
existing  under  the  laws of the  State  of  Louisiana,  adopted  the  Avondale
Industries,  Inc. Employee Stock Ownership Plan (the "Plan") effective September
1, 1985, said Plan has been amended from time to time, said Plan was amended and
restated on December 28, 1994 effective January 1, 1989;

         WHEREAS, Avondale Industries, Inc. reserved the right to amend the Plan
by resolution of the Board of Directors;

         WHEREAS, it is desirable to amend the Plan to revise the Plan's  tender
offer provisions;

         NOW,  THEREFORE,  as  authorized  by  Section  7.1,  the Plan is hereby
amended, effective December 1, 1998, as follows:


         Section  7.1 of  Article  X,  Time of  Payment  is  amended  to add the
following after the third paragraph:

                  Notwithstanding  the  foregoing  paragraphs,  in the case of a
         non-highly compensated Participant who has terminated employment (other
         than by reason of death,  Disability,  Early  Retirement  Age or Normal
         Retirement  Age),  the payment of his Vested  Interest shall be made in
         connection  with the settlement of a bona fide lawsuit  concerning such
         Participant's  employment.  The payment shall be made, or commence,  as
         soon as administratively practicable following the settlement.


         IN WITNESS WHEREOF, Avondale Industries, Inc. has caused this amendment
to be executed in multiple  originals by its officers  thereunto duly authorized
and its corporate  seal to be hereunto  affixed, as of the 30th day of December,
1998.

ATTEST                                      AVONDALE INDUSTRIES, INC

RONALD E. BAILEY                            BY: /S/ THOMAS M. KITCHEN
- ----------------                                ----------------------------
(Corporate Seal)                                Thomas M. Kitchen, Secretary

                                       1
<PAGE>


                                 ACKNOWLEDGMENT

STATE OF LOUISIANA

PARISH OF JEFFERSON

         BEFORE ME, the undersigned Notary Public,  personally came and appeared
Thomas M. Kitchen, who being by me sworn did depose and state that he signed the
foregoing Amendment Number Seven to the Avondale Industries, Inc. Employee Stock
Ownership Plan as a free act and deed on behalf of Avondale Industries, Inc. for
the purposes therein set forth.


                                                          /S/ THOMAS M. KITCHEN
                                                          ---------------------
                                                              Thomas M. Kitchen



SWORN TO AND SUBSCRIBED
BEFORE ME THIS 30TH DAY
OF DECEMBER, 1998.


A. BLOMKALNS
- ------------
NOTARY PUBLIC
                                       2

                              AMENDMENT NUMBER ONE
                                       TO
                            AVONDALE INDUSTRIES, INC.
                                  PENSION PLAN


         WHEREAS,  Avondale  Industries,   Inc.,  a  corporation  organized  and
existing  under  the  laws  of the  State  of  Delaware,  adopted  the  Avondale
Industries,  Inc.  Pension Plan (the "Plan")  effective  September 1, 1985; said
Plan has been  amended  from time to time;  said Plan was amended  and  restated
January 1, 1988;

         WHEREAS, Avondale Industries, Inc. reserved the right to amend the Plan
by resolution of the Board of Directors;

         WHEREAS, it is desirable to  amend the Plan  to clarify the  forfeiture
provisions;

         NOW,  THEREFORE,  as  authorized  by Section  11.1,  the Plan is hereby
amended effective January 1, 1998 as follows:

                                       I.

         Paragraph Article I, Section 1.43, Year of Benefit Service,  is amended
and restated to eliminate  duplication  between  Section 1.43 and Section  1.35,
which defines the phrase "Service  Termination Date." Section 1.43 is amended to
read as follows:

                           1.43 Year of  Benefit  Service  shall mean a 12-month
                  period commencing on the date the Eligible Employee  completes
                  One  Hour of  Service,  but  counting  only  months  while  an
                  Eligible  Employee  (or such  later date of  participation  as
                  specified in Appendix A), or anniversary  thereof during which
                  he is employed by a Participating Employer, provided that:

                  a.       An  Employee  shall  be  credited  with  one  year of
                           Benefit  Service  for  each  12  complete  months  of
                           employment, whether or not consecutive.

                  b.       An  Employee  shall cease  accruing  Years of Benefit
                           Service on his Service  Termination  Date,  except if
                           such Employee  performs an Hour of Service within the
                           12-month period commencing on his Service Termination
                           Date,  his  period of  absence  shall be  treated  as
                           employment.

                  c.       Years of Benefit  Service shall include any period of
                           absence because of Service in the Uniformed  Services
                           for a Returning Veteran.
                                       1
<PAGE>
                           Except   as   provided   in   Section   1.43(b),    a
                  Participant's  Years of Benefit Service  regardless of whether
                  the   Participant   is  an  employee  of  Avondale   Shipyards
                  Corporation or Avondale Services Corporation,  is equal to the
                  years (and  fractional  years) of service  beginning  with the
                  Participant's  date  of  hire  and  ending  with  his  Service
                  Termination  Date  (other than  additional  credit for certain
                  periods as explained  above).  Fractional years are determined
                  by dividing the number of days between the Participant's  last
                  anniversary of employment and his Service  Termination Date by
                  365 (366 in leap years).

                                       II.

         Article II, Section  2.5(f),  Reemployment  of Vested  Participant,  is
amended  to  insert  the  phrase  "for  purposes  of  receiving  future  benefit
accruals". The amended provision reads as follows:

                           If a  Participant  who  was  vested  in  his  Accrued
                  Benefit  terminates  employment and is  re-employed  after any
                  number of One Year Breaks in Service or any number of One Year
                  Breaks  in  Benefit  Service,  he  shall  be  reinstated  as a
                  Participant for purposes of receiving future benefit accruals,
                  if he is an Eligible  Employee,  after he  completes a Year of
                  Benefit Service from his date of  re-employment.  His Years of
                  Service and Years of Benefit  Service  accumulated  before his
                  termination  shall be added to any Years of Service  and Years
                  of Benefit Service which subsequently accumulate. However, his
                  Employment  Year may be re-set  based on the  rules  stated in
                  Section 2.5(c).

                                      III.

         Article II, Section 2.5(g)(iv),  is amended to replace the reference to
Section 2.5(h) to Section 2.5(g).

                                       IV.

         Article III,  Section 3.5, Vesting Date, is amended to restate the last
paragraph to read as follows:

                           If a Participant, who was first credited with an Hour
                  of Service after December 31, 1987, terminates employment with
                  a zero  benefit,  such  Participant  will  be  deemed  to have
                  received his full benefit and the non-vested  portion shall be
                  immediately  forfeited.  A  Participant  can  have  a  benefit
                  restored after reemployment,  but only under the circumstances
                  described in Section 2.5.
                                       2
<PAGE>

                                       V.

         Article  X,  Provisions  to  Prevent  Discrimination,   is  amended  to
capitalize all references to Highly Compensated Employees.

                                       VI.

         Article XIV,  Section 14.6,  Payment of Small Benefits,  is amended and
restated to read as follows:

                           If the Actuarial  Equivalent present value of monthly
                  payments  of  retirement  income  to a  Participant,  who  was
                  covered  under either the Danly  Machine  Corporation  Pension
                  Plan for Salaried  Employees or the Danly Machine  Corporation
                  Hourly  (Non-Union)  Pension  Plan,  would amount to less than
                  $3,500 before such payments have commenced, the Committee may,
                  it its sole discretion,  direct the Trustee to pay such person
                  the then present value of such  retirement  income in one lump
                  sum payment.

                           If the Actuarial  Equivalent present value of monthly
                  payments of retirement  income to a Participant,  other than a
                  Participant described in the above paragraph,  would amount to
                  less than $5,000  before such  payments  have  commenced,  the
                  Committee may, in its sole  discretion,  direct the Trustee to
                  pay such  person  the then  present  value of such  retirement
                  income in one lump sum payment.

                           This Section  14.6  applies  even if the  Participant
                  retires prior to his Early,  Disability,  or Normal Retirement
                  Date.

         IN WITNESS WHEREOF, Avondale Industries, Inc. has caused this amendment
to be executed by its officers  thereunto duly authorized and its corporate seal
to be hereunto affixed, as of the 30th day of December, 1998.

                                            AVONDALE INDUSTRIES, INC.

                                            BY: /S/ THOMAS M. KITCHEN
                                                --------------------------------
                                                    Thomas M. Kitchen, Secretary
ATTEST
/S/ RONALD E. BAILEY
- --------------------
(Corporate Seal)
                                       3
<PAGE>

                                 ACKNOWLEDGMENT


STATE OF LOUISIANA

PARISH OF JEFFERSON

         BEFORE ME, the undersigned Notary Public,  personally came and appeared
Thomas M. Kitchen, who being by me sworn did depose and state that he signed the
foregoing Amendment Number One to the Avondale Industries,  Inc. Pension Plan as
a free act and deed on behalf of  Avondale  Industries,  Inc.  for the  purposes
therein set forth.

                                                /S/ THOMAS M. KITCHEN
                                                ---------------------
                                                    Thomas M. Kitchen


SWORN TO AND SUBSCRIBED BEFORE ME THIS 30th DAY OF DECEMBER, 1998.

/S/ A. BLOMKALNS
- ----------------
NOTARY PUBLIC
                                       4

                                 AMENDMENT NO. 2
                                     TO THE
               AMENDED AND RESTATED AVONDALE SERVICES CORPORATION
                     EXECUTIVE GROUP INSURANCE BENEFIT PLAN
                                       AND
                            SUMMARY PLAN DESCRIPTION


                                    PREAMBLE

         Avondale  Services  Corporation (the "Company")  maintains the Avondale
Services  Corporation  Executive Group Insurance Benefit Plan pursuant to a plan
document effective October 1, 1997 (the "Plan").

         The Board of Directors of Avondale Services  Corporation hereby desires
to amend the Plan in the following  respect to increase the maximum coverage for
Employee Life insurance to five million:

                                    AMENDMENT

         The  description  of  "Maximum   Coverage"  in  Article  II  under  the
description of Employee Life is hereby amended to read as follows:

                           Maximum  Coverage  - Five  million  dollars  or  such
                           lesser  amount as may be set forth in any  applicable
                           insurance policy.

         Executed in Avondale, Louisiana this 8th day of December, 1998.


WITNESSES:                                  AVONDALE SERVICES CORPORATION

/S/ JACKIE H. WALKER                        By: /S/ THOMAS M. KITCHEN
- --------------------                            ---------------------
/S/ JOY T. RINALDI                                  Thomas M. Kitchen
- --------------------

 
                            AVONDALE INDUSTRIES, INC.

                                     401(k)

                                  SAVINGS PLAN

                           (Effective January 1, 1998)



<PAGE>

                            AVONDALE INDUSTRIES, INC.
                                     401(k)
                                  SAVINGS PLAN

                                TABLE OF CONTENTS



ARTICLE I - DEFINITIONS
         1.1       Accounts..............................................   I-2
         1.2       Active Participant....................................   I-2
         1.3       Affiliated Company....................................   I-2
         1.4       Beneficiary...........................................   I-2
         1.5       Board of Directors....................................   I-2
         1.6       Code    ..............................................   I-2
         1.7       Committee.............................................   I-3
         1.8       Company ..............................................   I-3
         1.9       Compensation..........................................   I-3
         1.10      Disability............................................   I-4
         1.11      Disability Retirement Date............................   I-4
         1.12      Eligible Employee.....................................   I-4
         1.13      Employee..............................................   I-4
         1.14      Employee-Deferral or Employee-Deferral Contribution...   I-4
         1.15      Employee-Deferral Account.............................   I-4
         1.16      Employee-Deferral Agreement...........................   I-4
         1.17      Employer..............................................   I-4
         1.18      Employer Contribution.................................   I-5
         1.19      Employer Contribution Account.........................   I-5
         1.20      Employer Discretionary Contribution...................   I-5
         1.21      Employment Year.......................................   I-5
         1.22      Entry Date............................................   I-5
         1.23      ERISA   ..............................................   I-5
         1.24      Highly Compensated Employee...........................   I-5
         1.25      Hour of Service.......................................   I-5
         1.26      Leased Employee.......................................   I-7
         1.27      Matching Contribution.................................   I-7
         1.28      Non-Highly Compensated Employee.......................   I-7
         1.29      Non-Participating Employer............................   I-8
         1.30      Normal Retirement Date................................   I-8
         1.31      One Year Break in Service or Break in Service.........   I-8
         1.32      Parental Absence......................................   I-8
         1.33      Participant...........................................   I-8
                                       i
<PAGE>
         1.34      Participating Employer................................   I-8
         1.35      Plan    ..............................................   I-9
         1.36      Plan Year.............................................   I-9
         1.37      Rollover Contribution Account.........................   I-9
         1.38      Service Termination Date..............................   I-9
         1.39      Trust or Trust Agreement..............................   I-9
         1.40      Trustee ..............................................   I-9
         1.41      Trust Fund............................................   I-9
         1.42      Valuation Date........................................   I-9
         1.43      Vested Interest.......................................   I-10
         1.44      Year of Service.......................................   I-10

ARTICLE II - PARTICIPATION
         2.1       Commencement of Participation.........................   II-1
         2.2       Termination of Participation..........................   II-1
         2.3       Reemployment of an Eligible Employee
                     or Former Participant...............................   II-1
         2.4       Rights of Returning Veteran...........................   II-3

ARTICLE III - EMPLOYEE-DEFERRALS
         3.1       Employee-Deferrals....................................  III-1
         3.2       Delivery of Employee-Deferral Contributions...........  III-1
         3.3       Changes in and Discontinuance of Employee-Deferrals...  III-1
         3.4       Dollar Limitation.....................................  III-1
         3.5       Return of Excess Deferral Amounts.....................  III-1
         3.6       Non-Discrimination Rules for Employee-Deferrals.......  III-2
         3.7       Rollover Contributions................................  III-6

ARTICLE IV - MATCHING CONTRIBUTIONS
         4.1       Matching Contributions................................   IV-1
         4.2       Forfeitures...........................................   IV-1
         4.3       Delivery of Contributions.............................   IV-1
         4.4       Adjustments if Employee-Deferral Contributions
                     Adjusted............................................   IV-1
         4.5       Non-Discrimination Rules for Matching Contributions...   IV-1
         4.6       Qualified Matching Contributions, Qualified
                     Nonelective Contributions...........................   IV-7

ARTICLE V - EMPLOYER DISCRETIONARY CONTRIBUTIONS
         5.1       Employer Discretionary Contributions..................    V-1
         5.2       Allocation of Employer Discretionary Contributions....    V-1
         5.3       Top-Heavy Contributions...............................    V-1
                                       ii
<PAGE>
ARTICLE VI - VESTING
         6.1       Employee-Deferral Account.............................   VI-1
         6.2       Rollover Contribution Account.........................   VI-1
         6.3       Employer Contribution Account.........................   VI-1
         6.4       Forfeitures...........................................   VI-1
         6.5       Reemployment..........................................   VI-1

ARTICLE VII - ALLOCATIONS
         7.1       Allocation of Contributions...........................  VII-1
         7.2       Definitions...........................................  VII-1
         7.3       Annual Additions......................................  VII-2
         7.4       Limitation for Other Defined Contribution Plans.......  VII-2
         7.5       Limitation for Defined Benefit Plan...................  VII-3

ARTICLE VIII - TRUST FUND
         8.1       Plan Assets........................................... VIII-1
         8.2       Separate Accounts..................................... VIII-1
         8.3       Valuation............................................. VIII-1
         8.4       Investment Funds...................................... VIII-1
         8.5       Investment of Contributions........................... VIII-2
         8.6       Transfer of Amounts Among Investment Funds............ VIII-2
         8.7       Liability for Investment Decisions.................... VIII-3
         8.8       Accounting Procedures................................. VIII-4

ARTICLE IX - BENEFITS
         9.1       Normal Retirement Date................................   IX-1
         9.2       Disability Retirement Date............................   IX-1
         9.3       Nonalienation of Benefits.............................   IX-1
         9.4       Qualified Domestic Relations Order....................   IX-1

ARTICLE X - PAYMENT OF BENEFITS
         10.1      Time of Payment.......................................    X-1
         10.2      Required Beginning Date...............................    X-1
         10.3      Death Benefit.........................................    X-2
         10.4      Form of Distribution..................................    X-2
         10.5      Temporary Non-Payment of Benefits.....................    X-2
         10.6      Direct Rollover Rules.................................    X-2
         10.7      Notice  ..............................................    X-3

ARTICLE XI - IN-SERVICE DISTRIBUTION AND LOANS
         11.1      Distribution after Attaining Age 59 1/2...............   XI-1
         11.2      Financial Hardship....................................   XI-1
         11.3      Loans to Participant..................................   XI-2
                                      iii
<PAGE>
ARTICLE XII - ADMINISTRATION
         12.1      Board of Directors...................................   XII-1
         12.2      401(k) Administrative Committee......................   XII-1
         12.3      Committee's Duties and Responsibilities..............   XII-1
         12.4      Committee's Powers...................................   XII-2
         12.5      Chairman of the Committee............................   XII-3
         12.6      Claims Review Procedure..............................   XII-3
         12.7      Information from Participants, Beneficiaries and
                     Alternate Payees...................................   XII-4
         12.8      Actions .............................................   XII-4
         12.9      Bond    .............................................   XII-4
         12.10     Indemnification......................................   XII-4

ARTICLE XIII - AMENDMENT OF THE PLAN
         13.1      Right to Amend or Suspend Contributions..............  XIII-1
         13.2      Amendment by Committee...............................  XIII-1
         13.3      Restriction on Amendment.............................  XIII-1
         13.4      Retroactivity........................................  XIII-2
         13.5      Merger  .............................................  XIII-2

ARTICLE XIV - TERMINATION OF THE PLAN
         14.1      Events Constituting Termination......................   XIV-1
         14.2      Partial Termination..................................   XIV-1
         14.3      Disposition of Accounts After a Termination..........   XIV-1
         14.4      Internal Revenue Service Approval for Distribution...   XIV-2

ARTICLE XV - STAND-BY TOP-HEAVY PROVISIONS
         15.1      Top Heavy Plan.......................................    XV-1
         15.2      Definitions..........................................    XV-1
         15.3      Vesting .............................................    XV-2
         15.4      Minimum Contribution.................................    XV-2
         15.5      Limitations on Contributions.........................    XV-3
         15.6      Other Plans..........................................    XV-3

ARTICLE XVI - GENERAL PROVISIONS
         16.1      Plan Voluntary.......................................   XVI-1
         16.2      Payments to Minors and Incompetents..................   XVI-1
         16.3      Missing Payee........................................   XVI-1
         16.4      Required Information.................................   XVI-1
         16.5      Subject to Trust Agreement...........................   XVI-1
         16.6      Communications to Committee..........................   XVI-1
                                       iv
<PAGE>

         16.7      Communications from Employer or Committee............   XVI-2
         16.8      Action  .............................................   XVI-2
         16.9      Liability for Benefits...............................   XVI-2
         16.10     Named Fiduciary......................................   XVI-2
         16.11     Gender  .............................................   XVI-2
         16.12     Captions.............................................   XVI-2
         16.13     Applicable Law.......................................   XVI-2
         16.14     Reversion of Employer Contributions..................   XVI-2
         16.15     Expenses.............................................   XVI-3
                                       v
<PAGE>
                                   PREAMBLE


         Avondale   Industries,   Inc.   originally   established  the  Avondale
Industries,  Inc. 401(k) Savings Plan (the "Plan") effective January 1, 1996 and
such Plan has been amended from time to time thereafter. The Plan was amended to
change Year of Service  from an "elapsed  time " method to an "Hours of Service"
method for participation,  break in service and vesting purposes. The provisions
relating to the "elapsed time" method, under the terms of the Plan prior to this
restatement,   continue  to  be  in  effect  for  each  Participant   until  the
Participant's  Employment  Year  beginning in Plan Year 1997.  Other  amendments
included adding provisions relating to the Family and Medical Leave Act of 1993,
the Uniformed Services  Employment and Reemployment  Rights Act of 1994, and the
Small Business Job Protection Act of 1996, the Taxpayer  Relief Act of 1997, and
making other administrative changes. The Plan is restated,  effective January 1,
1998, unless stated otherwise, to incorporate prior amendments and to make other
clarifications and revisions.

         The purpose of this Plan is to  encourage  Employees to save and invest
systematically  a portion of their current  compensation  in order that they may
have an additional  source of income upon their  retirement or  disability.  The
benefits  provided by the Plan are paid from the Trust Fund  established  by the
Employer and are in addition to the benefits  Employees  are entitled to receive
under any other  programs of the Employer and the United States Social  Security
Administration.

         The  Plan  and  its  related   Trust  are  intended  to  qualify  as  a
profit-sharing  plan and a  cash-or-deferred  arrangement under Sections 401(a),
501(a),  401(k) and 401(m) of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended. Any
ambiguity shall be resolved by giving effect to these  intentions.  The Plan and
the Trust forming a part hereof are maintained for the exclusive  benefit of the
Participants and their Beneficiaries.
 <PAGE>
                                    ARTICLE I
                                   DEFINITIONS

         All  capitalized  terms used in this Plan shall  have the  meaning  set
forth in this Article I, unless a different  meaning is plainly  required by the
context:

         1.1  Accounts  shall  mean  each of a  Participant's  Employee-Deferral
Account,   Employer  Contribution  Account  and  Rollover  Contribution  Account
(including  subaccounts  established  from time to time under each such Account)
established  and maintained to record the interest of a Participant in the Trust
Fund as more fully described in Sections 1.15, 1.19 and 1.37.

         1.2 Active  Participant shall mean an Eligible Employee who is employed
by a  Participating  Employer  through the last payroll period ending within the
Plan Year.

         1.3  Affiliated  Company  means  the  Company  and all  other  entities
required to be aggregated  with the Company under Sections  414(b),  (c), (m) or
(o) of the Code.

         1.4  Beneficiary  shall  mean the  person or  persons  designated  by a
Participant to receive the amount,  if any,  payable under the Plan in the event
of a Participant's  death.  Each  Beneficiary  designation  shall be in the form
prescribed by the Committee.

         If the  Participant  is married and  designates  someone other than his
legal spouse,  his Beneficiary  designation  must include the written consent of
his  spouse at the time the  designation  is made.  Such  written  consent  must
approve  the   Beneficiary   designated  and  acknowledge  the  effect  of  such
designation  and must be notarized by a notary  public.  If it is established to
the satisfaction of the Committee that the Participant has no spouse or that the
spouse's  consent  cannot be obtained  because the spouse cannot be located,  or
because of such other  circumstances as may be prescribed in regulations  issued
pursuant to Section 417 of the Code, such written consent shall not be required.

         If no valid  Beneficiary  designation  is in  effect at the time of the
Participant's death, then, to the extent, if any, benefits are payable under the
Plan after such death, Beneficiary shall mean the Participant's legal spouse, if
he is married at the time of his death, otherwise the Participant's estate.

         1.5 Board of  Directors  shall mean the Board of  Directors of Avondale
Industries, Inc.

         1.6 Code shall mean the Internal  Revenue Code of 1986, as amended from
time to time.  Reference to any Section of the Code shall  include any successor
provision thereto.
                                      I-2
 <PAGE>
         1.7 Committee shall mean the 401(k) Administrative Committee designated
by the Company to  administer  the Plan in  accordance  with  Section  12.2 or a
person or entity designated by the 401(k) Administrative Committee.

         1.8       Company shall mean Avondale Industries, Inc. and any
successor company that may continue the Plan.

         1.9  Compensation.  The term  "Compensation" as modified below, has the
following meaning for each respective purpose under the Plan:

                   (a)     Plan   Compensation.   For  purposes  of  determining
                           contributions  to  the Plan,  Plan Compensation means
                           base  pay  plus  overtime,   bonuses  and  short-term
                           Disability  payments,   if any,   and  shall  exclude
                           permanent  Disability  payments  and  any other extra
                           compensation in any form paid to the  Employee by the
                           Employer  during the Plan  Year.   Plan  Compensation
                           will include Employee-Deferrals made on behalf of the
                           Participant  under  this  Plan   and   any   elective
                           contributions made on behalf of the Participant to  a
                           Section  125   cafeteria  plan  maintained   by   the
                           Employer.

                   (b)     Section 415 Compensation. For the purpose of applying
                           individual account  limitations of Section 415 of the
                           Code,  Section 415 Compensation means Compensation as
                           reported on the Employee's W-2.  Effective January 1,
                           1998, Section 415 Compensation is Total
                           Compensation.

                   (c)     Total Compensation  means W-2 Compensation,  plus the
                           Elective-Deferrals  made on behalf of the Participant
                           under this Plan and any elective  contributions  made
                           on  behalf  of  the  Participant  to  a  Section  125
                           cafeteria plan maintained by the Employer.

                           A  Participant's  Total  Compensation  for the entire
                           Plan  Year   shall  be   counted   even   though  the
                           Participant may participate in the Plan for less than
                           the  entire   Plan  Year   (e.g.,   even  though  the
                           Participant  enters the Plan on a monthly  entry date
                           occurring during the Plan Year).

         The amount of a  Participant's  annual  Compensation  that can be taken
into account  under any of  Subparagraphs  (a) - (c) for any Plan Year shall not
exceed  $150,000,  as  adjusted  from time to time in  accordance  with  Section
401(a)(17) of the Code. This limitation for 1998 is $160,000.
                                      I-3
<PAGE>
         1.10  Disability  of a  Participant  shall mean the total and permanent
incapacity of a Participant to engage in any substantial gainful employment,  as
determined by the Committee and which qualifies him for commencement of benefits
for permanent and total disability under Federal Old Age and Survivor Insurance.

         1.11  Disability  Retirement  Date shall have the  meaning set forth in
Section 9.2.

         1.12 An Eligible  Employee  shall mean any Employee of a  Participating
Employer;  provided,  however,  that an Eligible Employee shall not include: (a)
any  Employee  who is included in a unit of  employees  covered by a  negotiated
collective  bargaining agreement which does not provide for his participation in
this Plan;  (b) any Employee who is  providing  services  pursuant to an oral or
written contract or leasing  arrangement with an unrelated  employer,  including
any Employee who under a Participating  Employer's standard personnel practices,
is deemed a subcontractor or a leased employee; (c) any Employee who is a Leased
Employee;  (d) any  Employee  who,  under a  Participating  Employer's  standard
personnel practices, is deemed an independent contractor (without regard to such
person's  status for  Federal  income tax  purposes  and  without  regard to any
subsequent  determination that such person is a common law employee) and (e) any
Employee who, under a Participating  Employer's standard personnel practices, is
deemed a contractor,  jobber, or a consultant.  All determinations shall be made
in  the  sole   discretion   of  the   Participating   Employer   in  a  uniform
non-discriminatory manner.

         1.13 Employee shall mean any person who is employed by a  Participating
Employer  or  Non-Participating  Employer  as a common  law  employee  receiving
remuneration  subject to  withholding  for  purposes  of the  Federal  Insurance
Contribution Act (except that Leased Employees as described in Section 414(n)(2)
of the Code shall be  considered  Employees  solely for purposes of  determining
whether the  requirements  of Section  414(n)(3) of the Code are  satisfied).  A
director of the Company is not eligible for  participation in the Plan unless he
is also an Employee.

         1.14 Employee-Deferral or Employee-Deferral Contribution shall mean the
amount contributed by the Employer on behalf of a Participant in accordance with
Article III.

         1.15 Employee-Deferral  Account shall mean the Account maintained for a
Participant  to  record  the  Employee-Deferrals  under  Article  III,  and  any
contributions   under  Section  4.6,   contributed   by  the  Employer  on  such
Participant's behalf.

         1.16 Employee-Deferral  Agreement shall mean the agreement described in
Article III.

         1.17   Employer   shall   mean   a   Participating    Employer   or   a
Non-Participating Employer. Appendix A lists each Participating Employer.
                                      I-4
<PAGE>
         1.18 Employer  Contribution means any (a) Matching  Contributions,  (b)
Employer  Discretionary  Contributions and (c) contributions required on account
of a Top-Heavy Plan Year.

         1.19 Employer  Contribution  Account shall mean the account established
for a Participant which is funded by Employer Contributions.

         1.20 Employer  Discretionary  Contribution shall mean a contribution by
an Employer to the Trust Fund as described in Article V.

         1.21  Employment  Year shall mean the twelve month period of employment
commencing  on the date the Employee  first  performs an Hour of Service for the
Employer and each  anniversary  thereof.  The  Employment  Year for a reemployed
Eligible Employee is determined in Section 2.3.

         1.22 Entry Date shall mean  February  1, 1996 and the first day of each
month  thereafter  and any other  date  during  the Plan Year  specified  by the
Committee.

         1.23 ERISA shall mean the Employee  Retirement  Income  Security Act of
1974,  as amended from time to time.  References to any Section of ERISA include
any successor provision thereto.

         1.24 Highly Compensated Employee, as determined for any Plan Year after
the Plan Year ending  December  31,  1996,  means any  Employee who (a) was a 5%
owner (as defined at Section 416(i)(1)(B)(i) of the Code) at any time during the
current year or the  previous  year or (b)  received  Compensation  in excess of
$80,000 (as adjusted  after 1997 under Code Section  414(q)(1)) in the preceding
Plan Year and was one of the highest-paid 20% of Employees.

         1.25      Hour of Service shall mean:

                   (a)     Each  hour  for  which an  Employee  is  directly  or
                           indirectly   paid  or   entitled   to  payment  by  a
                           Participating Employer or Non-Participating  Employer
                           for the performance of duties,  including  periods of
                           vacation and holidays;

                   (b)     Each  hour  for  which an  Employee  is  directly  or
                           indirectly   paid  or   entitled   to  payment  by  a
                           Participating Employer or Non-Participating  Employer
                           (including  payments made or due from a trust fund or
                           insurer  to  which  the  Participating   Employer  or
                           Non-Participating   Employer   contributes   or  pays
                           premiums) on account of a period of time during which
                           no duties are performed  (irrespective of whether the
                           employment
                                      I-5
<PAGE>
                           relationship   has   terminated)   due  to  vacation,
                           holiday, illness,  incapacity (including disability),
                           layoff,  jury  duty,  or leave of  absence,  provided
                           that:

                           (i)      no more than 501 Hours of  Service  shall be
                                    credited  under  this  paragraph  (b)  to an
                                    Employee on account of any single continuous
                                    period during which the Employee performs no
                                    duties; and

                           (ii)     Hours of Service shall not be credited under
                                    this  paragraph  (b)  to an  Employee  for a
                                    payment which solely reimburses the Employee
                                    for  medically-related  expenses incurred by
                                    the Employee or which is made or due under a
                                    plan  maintained  solely for the  purpose of
                                    complying    with    applicable     worker's
                                    compensation,  unemployment  compensation or
                                    disability insurance laws;

                   (c)     Each hour not  already  included  under this  Section
                           1.25  above  for  which  back  pay,  irrespective  of
                           mitigation of damages, is either awarded or agreed to
                           by such Employer, provided that crediting of Hours of
                           Service  under  this  Section  1.25 with  respect  to
                           periods described in this Section 1.25 above shall be
                           subject to the limitation therein set forth; and

                   (d)     If  an  Employee is absent from his or her employment
                           with the  Employer  for any paid period on account of
                           (i)  Parental Absence,  or  (ii)  any period of leave
                           recognized  under the Family and Medical Leave Act of
                           1993 such  Employee shall be credited with sufficient
                           Hours  of  Service  (not in excess of 501 in any Plan
                           Year)  so  that  a Break in Service does not occur in
                           either  the  Employment  Year  in  which such absence
                           begins (if credit is required to preclude  a Break in
                           Service in such year) or in the immediately following
                           Employment  Year  (if  no  credit  was awarded in the
                           preceding year).  For purposes of computing  Hours of
                           Service   credited  under  this  paragraph  (d),   an
                           Employee shall be credited with (i) Hours of  Service
                           which  would  otherwise be credited to such  Employee
                           without  regard to  the  absence,  or (ii) 8 Hours of
                           Service for each day of the absence.   The Committee,
                           in its sole discretion, may require (i) evidence that
                           the absence is  on account of a reason  enumerated in
                           this  paragraph  (d),  and  (ii)  evidence  as to the
                           duration of the absence.

         The number of Hours of Service to be credited  under this  Section 1.25
above on account of a period  during which an Employee  performs no duties,  and
the  Plan Years to which  Hours of Service shall be credited  under this Section
                                      I-6
<PAGE>
1.25  above  shall  be  determined by the Committee in accordance with  Sections
2530.200b-2(b)  and (c) of the Regulations of the U.S. Department of Labor.

         1.26 A Leased Employee shall mean any person (excluding a person who is
a  common  law  employee  of the  Participating  Employer  or  Non-Participating
Employer) who, pursuant to an agreement between a Participating  Employer (or an
Affiliated Company) and any other person ("leasing  organization") has performed
services for the Participating  Employer (or an Affiliated  Company) and related
persons  determined  in  accordance  with Section  414(n)(6)  of the Code,  on a
"substantially  full-time basis" for a period of at least one year and: for Plan
Years after 1996,  such  services are performed  under the primary  direction or
control of a Participating Employer (or an Affiliated Employer);  for Plan Years
prior to 1997,  such  services are of the type  historically  performed,  in the
business  field of the  Participating  Employer (or an  Affiliated  Employer) by
employees.

         A person is considered to have performed  services on a  "substantially
full-time  basis"  for a  period  of at  least  one  year  if:  (a)  during  any
consecutive  12-month  period such person has  performed at least 1,500 Hours of
Service for the  Employer  or (b) during any  consecutive  12-month  period such
person  performed  services for the Employer for a number of Hours of Service at
least equal to 75% of the average number of hours that are customarily performed
by an employee of the Employer in the particular position.

         Such a person  will  not be a  Leased  Employee  if the  person  (a) is
covered by a money purchase pension plan providing (i) a nonintegrated  employer
contribution  rate of at least 10% of such  person's W-2 wages,  (ii)  immediate
participation,  and (iii) full and  immediate  vesting,  and (b)  provided,  the
Leased  Employee,  determined  without  regard  to  whether  such  person  is  a
participant in the above  described  money purchase plan, do not constitute more
than 20 percent of the recipient's nonhighly compensated workforce.

         In the event that any Leased Employee  subsequently becomes an Eligible
Employee,  then unless the Plan is  otherwise  excluded by  applicable  Treasury
Regulations from the requirements of Code Section 414(n),  the total period that
such former Leased  Employee  provided  services to the  Participating  Employer
shall be treated  under the Plan,  for  participation  eligibility  and  vesting
purposes  as though he had been an  Employee  of the  Participating  Employer or
Non-Participating Employer.

         1.27 Matching  Contribution shall mean a contribution by an Employer to
the Trust Fund as described in Article IV.

         1.28 Non-Highly  Compensated Employee shall mean an Employee who is not
a Highly Compensated Employee.
                                      I-7
<PAGE>
         1.29 Non-Participating  Employer shall mean an Affiliated Company which
is not a Participating Employer.

         1.30 Normal Retirement Date shall have the meaning set forth in Section
9.1. Normal Retirement Age means the Participant's sixty-fifth (65th) birthday.

         1.31 One Year  Break in  Service  or  Break in  Service  shall  mean an
Employment Year in which a Participant has 500 or less Hours of Service.

         1.32 Parental  Absence  shall mean an Employee's  absence from work for
any of the following reasons: (i) the pregnancy of the Employee,  (ii) the birth
of the Employee's child, (iii) the adoption of a child by the Employee,  or (iv)
the need to care for the  Employee's  child  immediately  following its birth or
adoption;  provided,  however, that the Committee,  in its sole discretion,  may
require  evidence that any absence is on account of a reason  enumerated  herein
and evidence as to the duration of such absence.

         1.33 Participant shall mean (a) any Eligible Employee who satisfies the
participation  requirements set forth in Article II, and (b) any former Employee
on whose behalf an Account  continues to be  maintained  in the Plan pursuant to
Article  II. An Eligible  Employee  remains a  Participant  as long as he has an
Account balance, as provided in Section 2.2.

         In the  event  the  Plan  fails to pass the  coverage  requirements  of
Section  410(b) of the Code for a Plan  Year,  certain  Employees  will be given
"Eligible  Employee"  status  in a number  necessary  to  satisfy  the  coverage
requirements of Section 410(b) of the Code.  "Eligible  Employee" status will be
given to  certain  Employees  beginning  first  with the  Employee  who has both
satisfied the  participation  requirements of Article II and has the most recent
original  employment date and continuing in descending  original employment date
order, to the extent necessary for the Plan to pass the coverage requirements of
Section  410(b)  of the  Code.  If two or  more  Employees  have  satisfied  the
participation  requirements of Article II and have the same original  employment
date,   Employees  will  be  given  "Eligible  Employee"  status  determined  in
alphabetical order of the Employees' last names until the coverage  requirements
are met. Coverage under this paragraph only applies to the year in question.

         1.34 Participating  Employer shall mean the Company,  Avondale Services
Corporation,  and any  Affiliated  Company  that  adopts  this Plan  pursuant to
authorization  by the  Board  of  Directors  of the  Company  and the  board  of
directors of the newly-adopting entity.

         By  authorizing  the adoption of this Plan,  the governing  body of any
Participating Employer expressly recognizes and delegates to the Company and its
Board of  Directors  the right to  exercise  on the behalf of the  Participating
                                      I-8
<PAGE>
Employer  all  power and authority  conferred by the  Plan to the Company or its
Board of Directors.

         1.35 Plan shall mean the Avondale Industries, Inc. 401(k) Savings Plan,
as set forth in this document and as amended from time to time.

         1.36 Plan Year shall mean the calendar year.

         1.37 Rollover  Contribution  Account shall mean the Account  maintained
for a Participant to record his rollover  contribution  made pursuant to Section
3.7.

         1.38 Service Termination Date shall mean the earliest of the following:

                   (a)     the date on which an Employee resigns, is discharged,
                           retires or dies;

                   (b)     the  first  anniversary  of  the  date  on  which  an
                           Employee is laid off,  starts an authorized  leave of
                           absence,  or is absent from work for any other reason
                           (other than those instances  covered under paragraphs
                           (a) and (c)),  including  holidays,  paid  vacations,
                           sick leaves and absence on account of disability;

                   (c)     the  second  anniversary  of the  date  on  which  an
                           Employee  commenced  a  Parental  Absence,   if  such
                           Employee   has  not  yet  returned  to  work  with  a
                           Participating or Non-Participating Employer.

         1.39 Trust or Trust  Agreement shall mean the agreement and any and all
amendments  and  supplements  thereto  entered  into between the Company and the
Trustee.  The Trust  Agreement shall be deemed to be part of this Plan as if all
the terms and provisions were fully set forth herein.

         1.40 Trustee shall mean the person or persons appointed by the Board of
Directors to be Trustee under the Trust Agreement.

         1.41 Trust Fund shall mean all assets held by the Trustee in accordance
with the Trust Agreement.

         1.42  Valuation Date shall mean the last day of each quarter during the
Plan Year or any other  date or dates  during  the Plan  Year  specified  by the
Committee  upon which the assets of the Trust  Fund are valued as  described  in
Article  VIII.  The  Annual  Valuation  Date shall mean the last day of the Plan
Year.
                                      I-9
<PAGE>
         1.43 Vested Interest shall mean the portion of a Participant's Accounts
which has become vested and nonforfeitable, under Section 6.3.

         1.44 Year of Service  shall mean any  Employment  Year  beginning on or
after January 1, 1997 in which an Employee  completes 1000 Hours of Service with
the Employer.  An Employee's Years of Service include all periods counted as the
Employee's  Years of Service earned prior to 1997 under Plan  provisions then in
effect.

         All the  Employee's  Years of Service with the Employer  shall be taken
into  account  including  service  prior  to the  year the  Employee  meets  the
definition  of  Eligible  Employee,   for  purposes  of  satisfying  the  Plan's
eligibility  requirements and for calculating a Participant's Vested Interest in
his Employer Contribution Account unless such periods of service are disregarded
pursuant to Section 2.3 of the Plan.
                                      I-10
<PAGE>
                                   ARTICLE II
                                  PARTICIPATION

         2.1  Commencement  of  Participation.  Each  person who is an  Eligible
Employee  shall become a Participant  on the Entry Date which  coincides with or
immediately  follows the date (a) which such Eligible  Employee  attained age 21
and (b) on which such Eligible Employee completed one Year of Service,  provided
he is employed by a Participating Employer on such date.

         2.2 Termination of  Participation.  An Eligible Employee or Participant
who either (i) terminates employment with the Employer, or (ii) becomes employed
in a position that is not eligible for benefits  under this Plan as explained in
Section 1.12 including when an Employee becomes a member of a group of employees
covered by a negotiated  collective  bargaining agreement which does not provide
for   participation   in  the  Plan  or  (iii)   becomes   an   Employee   of  a
Non-Participating  Employer  shall no longer be an Eligible  Employee  but shall
continue as a  Participant  in the Plan  entitled to share in the  earnings  and
losses of the Trust Fund and to exercise the rights of a  Participant  hereunder
until his Vested Interest has been distributed and the non-vested portion of his
Accounts, if any, has been forfeited pursuant to Section 6.4.

         The  participation  of any  Participant  shall end when (i) no  further
benefits  are  payable  to him or his  Beneficiary  under  the  Plan and (ii) no
further amounts are credited to his Accounts.

         2.3 Reemployment  of  an  Eligible  Employee or Former Participant. The
following reemployment rules apply:

                   (a)     Resetting  the   Employment   Year.  If  an  Eligible
                           Employee is reemployed his  Employment  Year is reset
                           based  on his  reemployment  date  if  the  following
                           conditions are met:

                           (i)      the  Eligible  Employee  is  not  reemployed
                                    until after the end of the Employment Year
                                    of his Service Termination Date, and

                           (ii)     the  Eligible  Employee has a One Year Break
                                    in Service in the  Employment  Year prior to
                                    the Employment Year of his reemployment
                                    date.

                   (b)     Reemployment  of  a  Former  Participant.  Except  as
                           provided in Section 2.3(d), a "Former Participant" is
                           an Employee who terminated employment after the Entry
                           Date   following   the  date  on  which  he  met  the
                           requirements of Section 2.1. A Former Participant who
                           is  reemployed  shall be treated as if his employment
                                      II-1
<PAGE>
                           was  not   broken.  Such  Employee,  if  an  Eligible
                           Employee,  shall   be   allowed    to  make Employee-
                           Deferrals pursuant to Section 3.1.  His past Years of
                           Service for purposes of  vesting will be added to any
                           Years of  Service earned after reemployment.

                   (c)     Reemployment of a Non-Participant.

                           (i)      If an Eligible Employee who had not become a
                                    Participant is reemployed and his Employment
                                    Year is not reset,  he becomes a Participant
                                    on the first  Entry  Date after he meets the
                                    requirements of Sections 1.12 and 2.1.

                           (ii)     If an Eligible Employee who had not become a
                                    Participant is reemployed and his Employment
                                    Year is reset,  he becomes a Participant  on
                                    the  first  Entry  Date  after he meets  the
                                    requirements of Sections 1.12 and 2.1. Hours
                                    of  Service  prior to  reemployment  are not
                                    considered   for  purposes  of   determining
                                    eligibility to participate.

                           (iii)    If an Eligible  Employee  who had previously
                                    met the  requirements of Sections  1.12  and
                                    2.1  but  had  not  yet become a Participant
                                    because he was not employed on an Entry Date
                                    is reemployed and his Employment Year is not
                                    reset,  he  shall become a Participant as of
                                    the first Entry Date following reemployment.
                                    If such Eligible Employee is reemployed  and
                                    his  Employment  Year  is  reset,  he  shall
                                    become  a  Participant  on  the  first Entry
                                    Date following the completion of one Year of
                                    Service.

                   (d)     Reemployment   of   Non-Vested   Participant.   If  a
                           Participant who was not fully vested in his  Employer
                           Contribution Account terminates  employment   and  is
                           reemployed after incurring  the  greater of (i)  five
                           consecutive  One Year Breaks  in  Service or (ii) the
                           aggregate   number  of  Years  of  Service  prior  to
                           termination,  he  shall  be treated as a new employee
                           for  purposes  of  vesting and any  Years of  Service
                           accumulated  by  him  prior to  termination  shall be
                           disregarded.   For  purposes  of  participation,  see
                           Section 2.3(b).

                   (e)     Reemployment of Vested Participant.  If a Participant
                           who was  fully  vested in his  Employer  Contribution
                           Account terminates employment and is reemployed after
                           any number of One Year Breaks in Service, he shall be
                           reinstated  as a  Participant,  if he is an  Eligible
                           Employee, as of the date he first performs an Hour of
                                      II-2
<PAGE>
                           Service   following   reemployment.    However,   his
                           Employment  Year  may  be reset for vesting  purposes
                           based on the rules stated in Section 2.3(a).

         2.4 Rights of  Returning  Veteran.  This  Section  applies to Returning
Veterans who apply for reemployment on or after December 12, 1994.

                   (a)     Definitions.

                           (i)      Returning   Veteran   means   a   reemployed
                                    Employee who gave notice to the Employer  of
                                    his  impending   Service  in  the  Uniformed
                                    Services, (unless such notice was  precluded
                                    by   military  necessity  or  was  otherwise
                                    impossible  or unreasonable),   and  resumes
                                    employment with an Employer during such time
                                    as such Employee  has  reemployment   rights
                                    under Chapter 43 of Title 38  of  the United
                                    States  Code,    popularly   known   as  the
                                    Uniformed      Services    Employment    and
                                    Reemployment Rights Act.

                           (ii)     Service in the Uniformed Services means  the
                                    performance  of  duty   on  a  voluntary  or
                                    involuntary  basis in a "Uniformed  Service"
                                    and includes:  active duty, active duty  for
                                    training,     initial   active   duty    for
                                    training,  inactive duty training, full-time
                                    National Guard duty, and a period  for which
                                    a  person  is  absent  from  a  position  of
                                    employment for the purpose of an examination
                                    to  determine  the fitness of the person  to
                                    perform   any  such  duty.   The  "Uniformed
                                    Services"   include  the  Armed Forces,  the
                                    Army  National  Guard,  and the Air National
                                    Guard  when   engaged  in  active  duty  for
                                    training,   inactive   duty   training,   or
                                    full-time    National    Guard   duty;   the
                                    commissioned  corps  of  the  Public  Health
                                    Service;  and any other  category of persons
                                    designated  by the  President  of the United
                                    States in time of war or emergency.

                           (iii)    Compensation of the Returning  Veteran.  The
                                    allowable contributions will be based on the
                                    Compensation   that  the  Returning  Veteran
                                    would have  received  for that period if not
                                    in the Uniformed  Services  (including  wage
                                    increases and bonuses),  or, if that can not
                                    be  determined  with  reasonable  certainty,
                                    based  on the  Returning  Veteran's  average
                                    earnings during the 12 months  preceding the
                                    leave.

                           (iv)     Employee-Deferrals     Limitations.      For
                                    purposes of the limitations under Articles
                                    III and  VII,  Employee-Deferrals  shall  be
                                      II-3
<PAGE>

                                    deemed to be made in the Plan Years to which
                                    the contributions apply,  not  the  year  in
                                    which they are made.  No earnings  shall  be
                                    included  in  the  Employee-Deferrals,  even
                                    though  the  Returning   Veteran's   account
                                    balance  would  have  been  greater  if  the
                                    contributions  had been made in the years to
                                    which the Employee-Deferrals apply.

                   (b)     Make-Up  Employee-Deferrals.  A Returning  Veteran is
                           allowed  to make the  Employee-Deferral  Contribution
                           that he or she  could  have made if  employed  by the
                           Employer   during   the  period  of  service  in  the
                           Uniformed Services.

                           The Employee-Deferral Contribution can be made over a
                           period of years  equal to three  times the  period of
                           Uniformed  Service,  not to exceed  five  years.  The
                           Employee-Deferral  Contribution  shall be  deemed  to
                           apply  first to the  earliest  period of the  Service
                           with the Uniformed Services.

                   (c)     Make-Up  Matching   Contributions.   If  a  Returning
                           Veteran makes an Employee-Deferral  Contribution, the
                           Employer will make the Matching Contribution, if any,
                           that  would  have  been  made to the  account  of the
                           Returning   Veteran   if  he  or  she  had  made  the
                           Employee-Deferral  Contribution in the years to which
                           they apply.

                   (d)     Make-Up  Discretionary  Contributions.   A  Returning
                           Veteran  shall  receive  the  Employer  Discretionary
                           Contributions,  if any,  (exclusive  of  forfeitures)
                           that  he  would  have  received  if  employed  by  an
                           Employer   during   the  period  of  service  in  the
                           Uniformed Services.

                   (e)     Hours of Service.  An Hour of Service means each hour
                           the Returning Veteran would have been paid,  directly
                           or  indirectly,  or entitled to payment under Section
                           1.25 assuming  that but for such military  service he
                           would have been regularly  engaged in the performance
                           of his  duties.  Such hours  shall be credited to the
                           Year of Service in which he would have been regularly
                           engaged in the performance of his duties but for such
                           military service.

                   (f)     Severance  Date.  A  Returning  Veteran who is absent
                           from   employment   on  account  of  Service  in  the
                           Uniformed Services shall incur a Service  Termination
                           Date under this subsection only if he fails to return
                           to active  employment  with the  Employer  within the
                           period  provided  by law  for the  protection  of his
                           re-employment rights.
                                      II-4
<PAGE>
                   (g)     Loan Repayment.  Any loan repayment  suspension for a
                           Participant  will  not  be  taken  into  account  for
                           purposes of Code Sections taxing unpaid loans for any
                           part of any period during which such  Participant  is
                           in the Service in the Uniformed Services and will not
                           be considered in testing for discriminatory  benefits
                           or treated as a "prohibited  transaction" between the
                           Plan and Participant.
                                      II-5
<PAGE>
                                   ARTICLE III
                               EMPLOYEE-DEFERRALS

         3.1  Employee-Deferrals.   An  Eligible  Employee  may  enter  into  an
Employee-Deferral  Agreement  with  his  Employer  on such  form or forms as the
Committee  shall  prescribe  or  through  a voice  response  system  after  such
Participant   has   entered  his   personal   identification   number.   In  the
Employee-Deferral  Agreement  the  Eligible  Employee  shall  agree to  accept a
deferral of his Plan  Compensation  expressed as a whole percentage no less than
1% and no more than 13%. The Employee-Deferral  Agreement shall remain in effect
until changed or discontinued as provided in Section 3.3. An Employee's election
under  this  Section  3.1 can be made  when the  Employee  becomes  an  Eligible
Employee  effective as of the next payroll period  provided the  Participant has
given the Committee  advance  notice of such change in such form and within such
time period  preceding  the  effective  date of the change as the  Committee may
prescribe.

         No Employee-Deferral  may be paid to the Plan by the Employer on behalf
of a  Participant  after he ceases to be an  Employee  or during any period when
such Participant is not receiving Plan Compensation from the Employer.

         3.2 Delivery of Employee-Deferral Contributions. All Employee-Deferrals
shall be transmitted to the Trustee by the Employer as soon as practicable  (but
in no event later than the 15th business day of the month following the month in
which  the   Employee-Deferrals   would  have  otherwise  been  payable  to  the
Participant in cash).

         3.3 Changes in and Discontinuance of Employee-Deferrals.  A Participant
may change the rate of Employee-Deferrals or discontinue Employee-Deferrals paid
by his  Employer  to the Plan on his  behalf  effective  as of the next  payroll
period provided the  Participant has given the Committee  advance notice of such
change in such form and within such time period  preceding the effective date of
the change as the Committee may prescribe.

         3.4   Dollar   Limitation.   In  no   event   shall   a   Participant's
Employee-Deferral  Contributions for a Participant's taxable year exceed $9,500,
or such larger amount as allowed under Code Section 402(g) to reflect  increases
in the cost of living. The dollar limit for 1998 is $10,000.

         3.5   Return   of  Excess   Deferral   Amounts.   If  a   Participant's
Employee-Deferral   Contributions  under  the  Plan  should  exceed  the  dollar
limitation under Section 3.4 for a Plan Year, the excess amount and the earnings
thereon  shall be  distributed  to the  Participant  no later  than the April 15
following the calendar year of the excess  deferral.  If a Participant  notifies
the  Committee in writing no later than March 1 following  the calendar  year of
the excess  deferral  that he was also a  participant  in a plan of an unrelated
employer  governed by the Code Section  402(g)  dollar  limitation  described in
Section 3.4,  that the total  deferrals  under  the plans  exceeded  the  dollar
                                     III-1
<PAGE>
limitation  described  in  Section 3.4, and that he has allocated some or all of
the excess deferrals to this Plan,  then the  excess allocated to this Plan (and
the earnings thereon) shall be distributed to  the Participant no later than the
following  April  15.  Excess  deferrals  that  are  distributed  are not Annual
Additions.

         Any  returned  excess  deferrals  must  include  income or loss for the
calendar year of the excess  deferral,  and must include  income or loss for the
"gap period" between the end of that year and the date of distribution. The gain
or loss allocable to the excess deferral amount for the preceding  calendar year
shall be determined by any reasonable method, provided that such method does not
violate Section 401(a)(4) of the Code, is consistently  applied, and is used for
allocating income to Participants' Accounts.

         Any Matching Contributions attributable to returned  Employee-Deferrals
shall be forfeited.  The amount of excess  deferrals to be distributed  shall be
reduced by Excess  Contributions  previously  distributed  for the taxable  year
ending in the same Plan Year, as provided in Section 3.6(e).

         3.6       Non-Discrimination Rules for Employee-Deferrals

                   (a)     Definition.

                           (i)      The   term  "Actual   Deferral   Percentage"
                                    (hereinafter "ADP") as used in this  Section
                                    3.6 shall mean, for each specified group  of
                                    Eligible Participants for a  Plan Year,  the
                                    average   of   the    ratios     (calculated
                                    separately for each Eligible Participant  in
                                    such group) of (1) the  amount of  Employee-
                                    Deferrals  actually delivered to the Trustee
                                    for   the  Eligible   Participant  for   the
                                    applicable Plan Year to (2)   the   Eligible
                                    Participant's   Total Compensation  for  the
                                    portion  of such Plan Year  (during   which)
                                    the  Employee  was an Eligible  Participant.
                                    The  ADP shall be calculated separately  for
                                    the group consisting of Highly   Compensated
                                    Participants  and the  group  consisting  of
                                    Non-Highly Compensated Participants.

                           (ii)     The  term "Eligible  Participant"  means  an
                                    individual  who  performs  services  for  an
                                    Employer  as  a common law employee, or as a
                                    leased  employee (not  excluded  under  Code
                                    Section  414(n)(5))who  is   treated  as  an
                                    employee  of  the employer-recipient   under
                                    Code  section 414(n)(2) or 414(o)(2) if such
                                    individual  is  an  Eligible  Employee under
                                    Section 1.12 and has met  the  participation
                                    requirements  of Section  2.1.  An  Eligible
                                    Participant  who  fails  to  make  Employee-
                                    Deferrals  shall be included  in the testing
                                    with a ratio of zero.
                                     III-2
<PAGE>
                           (iii)    "Highly  Compensated  Participant" means any
                                    Eligible   Participant   who  is  a   Highly
                                    Compensated Employee for the applicable Plan
                                    Year.

                           (iv)     "Non-Highly  Compensated  Participant" means
                                    any eligible Participant who is not a Highly
                                    Compensated Employee for the applicable Plan
                                    Year.

                   (b)     The  Tests.  In each Plan Year the Plan must  satisfy
                           one of the following tests:

                           (i)      The ADP for  Eligible  Participants  who are
                                    Highly  Compensated  for the Plan Year shall
                                    not exceed the ADP for Eligible Participants
                                    who are Non-Highly Compensated  Participants
                                    for the applicable  Plan Year  multiplied by
                                    1.25; or

                           (ii)     The  ADP for  Eligible Participants  who are
                                    Highly Compensated Participants for the Plan
                                    Year shall not exceed the ADP  for  Eligible
                                    Participants who  are Non-Highly Compensated
                                    Participants  for  the  applicable Plan Year
                                    multiplied by 2.0, provided that the ADP for
                                    Eligible   Participants   who   are   Highly
                                    Compensated Participants does not exceed the
                                    ADP for  Eligible  Employees  who  are  Non-
                                    Highly Compensated Participants by more than
                                    two (2) percentage points.

                   (c)     Under transition  relief provided by Internal Revenue
                           Service   Notice   97-2,   the  Company  may elect to
                           determine the  ADP  for  the  Non-Highly  Compensated
                           Participants for each Plan Year after 1996 based upon
                           either the prior plan year or current plan year data.
                           For the 1996 and 1997 Plan Year, the ADP for the Non-
                           Highly  Compensated  Participant  may  be  calculated
                           using prior plan year or current plan year data.  For
                           Plan Years after 1997, the Company has elected to use
                           the  prior  plan  year testing method.  However,  the
                           Company may elect to change to the current plan  year
                           method  as  provided for  in Internal Revenue Service
                           Notice 98-1 or its subsequent modification.

                   (d) Special Rules in Connection with ADP Testing:

                           (i)      The ADP for any Eligible  Participant who is
                                    a  Highly  Compensated  Participant  for the
                                    Plan  Year  and  who  is  eligible  to  have
                                    Employee-Deferrals allocated to his accounts
                                    under two or more arrangements  described in
                                    Code Section 401(k),  that are maintained by
                                     III-3
<PAGE>
                                    one or more Employers, shall  be  determined
                                    as if such  contributions were  made under a
                                    single arrangement. If a Highly  Compensated
                                    Participant participates in two or more cash
                                    or deferred arrangements that have different
                                    plan    years,    all   cash   or   deferred
                                    arrangements ending with or within  the same
                                    calendar year shall be  treated as a  single
                                    arrangement.

                           (ii)     In the event  that this Plan  satisfies  the
                                    requirements   of  Code   Sections   401(k),
                                    401(a)(4), or 410(b) only if aggregated with
                                    one or more other  plans,  or if one or more
                                    other plans satisfy the requirements of such
                                    Code Sections  only if aggregated  with this
                                    Plan, then this Section 3.6 shall be applied
                                    by   determining   the   ADP   of   Eligible
                                    Participants  as if all  such  plans  were a
                                    single plan.

                           (iii)    For  purposes  of  determining the ADP test,
                                    Employee-Deferrals   shall   be   taken into
                                    account  only if:  paid  to the Trust before
                                    the last day of the twelve (12) month period
                                    immediately following the Plan Year to which
                                    the  contributions  relate; and which relate
                                    to Total Compensation which would have  been
                                    received by the  Eligible Participant in the
                                    Plan Year (but for the deferral election) or
                                    which is  attributable to services performed
                                    by the Eligible Participant in the Plan Year
                                    and would have been received by the Eligible
                                    Participant  within  2 1/2  months after the
                                    close of the Plan Year (but for the deferral
                                    election).

                           (iv)     The  determination  and treatment of the ADP
                                    amounts of any  Eligible  Participant  shall
                                    satisfy  such other  requirements  as may be
                                    prescribed by the Secretary of the Treasury.

                           (v)      In  the  event  that  the ADP  of the Highly
                                    Compensated  Participants  for the Plan Year
                                    determined as  a date prior to the last  day
                                    of the Plan Year indicates that the Plan for
                                    the  year  will  not  otherwise  comply with
                                    either  ADP  test,  the  Committee  has  the
                                    authority  to  reduce  the Employee-Deferral
                                    rate for the remainder of the Plan  Year for
                                    all or  a portion of the Highly  Compensated
                                    Participants  in  an   equitable  manner  to
                                    increase the likelihood that one of  the ADP
                                    tests will be satisfied.

                   (e)     Excess  Contributions.  If the ADP  Test  limits  are
                           exceeded  for a Plan  Year,  excess  amounts  (called
                           Excess  Contributions)  must  be  corrected.  "Excess
                           Contributions" means for any plan year, the excess of
                           (i) the aggregate  amount of Elective Deferrals  (and
                                     III-4
<PAGE>
                           any Qualified Nonelective Contributions and Qualified
                           Matching   Contributions   taken   into   account  in
                           determining   the   participant's   Actual   Deferral
                           Percentage)  actually  paid to the Trust on behalf of
                           Highly  Compensated  Participants for such Plan Year,
                           over (ii) the  maximum  amount of such  contributions
                           permitted under the ADP test  (determined by reducing
                           contributions  made on behalf  of Highly  Compensated
                           Participants beginning with the highest percentages).
                           If the Plan  fails to  satisfy  the ADP Test,  Excess
                           Contributions  (the excess of  Employee-Deferrals  on
                           behalf of Highly Compensated  Participants for a Plan
                           Year over the  maximum  amount of such  contributions
                           permitted  under the ADP  Test),  and  income or loss
                           allocable  thereto for the Plan Year in which the ADP
                           Test is failed, shall be treated as follows:

                           (i)      Determination  of Income or Loss. The income
                                    or loss  allocable  to Excess  Contributions
                                    shall be determined pursuant to Section 8.3.
                                    Earnings must include income or loss for the
                                    "gap period"  between the end of the taxable
                                    year and the date of distribution.

                           (ii)     Distribution   of    Excess   Contributions.
                                    Notwithstanding any other provision of  this
                                    Plan, Excess  Contributions, plus any income
                                    and minus any loss allocable thereto,  shall
                                    be  distributed  preferably  no  later  than
                                    March  15  (in  order to avoid a 10% penalty
                                    tax otherwise imposed on the  Employer under
                                    Section 4979 of the Code) following  the end
                                    of the  applicable Plan Year but in no event
                                    later  than the last  day of the  Plan  Year
                                    following  the  applicable  Plan  Year,  the
                                    Excess     Contributions     (and      other
                                    contributions  so treated),  plus any income
                                    and minus any loss allocable thereto, of the
                                    Highly Compensated Participants   shall   be
                                    distributed in accordance with  IRS   Notice
                                    97-2   or   subsequent   modifications.  The
                                    Excess Contributions  are  attributed  first
                                    to the Highly  Compensated Participants with
                                    the greatest Employee-Deferrals.

                           (iii)    Excess  Contributions  shall be  treated  as
                                    Annual  Additions under the Plan. The amount
                                    of Excess  Contributions  to be  distributed
                                    shall  be   reduced   by  excess   deferrals
                                    previously  distributed  for the  same  year
                                    pursuant  to  Section  3.5 and any  Matching
                                    Contributions    with    respect   to   such
                                    distributed  Excess  Contributions  (and the
                                    earnings thereon) shall be forfeited.
                                     III-5
<PAGE>
                           (iv)     Additional Contribution Alternative. In lieu
                                    of, or in conjunction  with, the application
                                    of  the  Excess  Contribution   distribution
                                    provisions of this Section, the Employer may
                                    make additional Contributions,  described in
                                    Section 4.6 to satisfy the ADP test.

         3.7  Rollover  Contributions.  A  Participant  who has entered  into an
Employee-Deferral  Agreement may  contribute to the Plan any amount  distributed
from the Participant's  individual  retirement  account,  individual  retirement
annuity,  or qualified plan which qualifies under either of Code Sections 402(c)
or  408(d)(3)(A)(ii),  which is transferred  within the required time, and which
meets all other  requirements  of law for a rollover to the Plan.  The Employer,
the Committee,  and the Trustee shall accept rollover  contributions  only if it
can "reasonably conclude" that the plan making the distribution is qualified. If
the  distributing  plan  provides a statement  that it has  received a favorable
determination letter from the Internal Revenue Service, the Employer, Committee,
and  Trustee  may  conclude  that the  distributing  plan is  qualified.  Such a
contribution shall be held in a separate Rollover  Contribution  Account for the
Participant.  If the  Committee  should learn that the rollover did not meet all
the aforesaid requirements, the value of the Participant's Rollover Contribution
Account as of the  preceding  Valuation  Date (or the date of the  rollover,  if
later) shall be returned to him.
                                     III-6
<PAGE>

                                   ARTICLE IV
                             MATCHING CONTRIBUTIONS

         4.1  Matching  Contributions.  The Board of  Directors  shall  annually
determine the amount of a Matching  Contribution,  if any, to be contributed for
the Plan  Year.  The  Matching  Contribution  shall be  allocated  to all Active
Participants who make  Employee-Deferrals  for the applicable year. For purposes
of this  allocation,  Participant  Employee-Deferrals  in  excess  of 6% of each
Participant's Plan Compensation shall be disregarded.

         4.2  Forfeitures.  After a forfeiture  occurs,  the forfeiture shall be
applied to reduce Matching  Contributions,  determined by the Board of Directors
pursuant to Section 4.1,  until the  forfeitures  are used up. Until  applied in
this way, the  forfeitures  are held in the Trust and will  continue to share in
the allocation of earnings.

         4.3 Delivery of  Contributions.  An Employer's  Matching  Contributions
shall be delivered to the Trustee at such time as the Employer  determines,  but
in no event  shall  any  contribution  for a Plan  Year be made  later  than the
deadline,  including extensions,  for the filing of the Company's tax return for
that year.

         4.4 Adjustments if Employee-Deferral  Contributions  Adjusted. If under
Section 3.5 or Section 3.7 a Participant's  Employee-Deferral  Contributions are
returned to him, and as a result the net Employee-Deferral Contributions for the
Plan Year are a smaller  percentage of Plan  Compensation  than the amount taken
into  account  in making  Matching  Contributions,  the  amount of the  Matching
Contributions  shall be  reduced  accordingly.  The  reduction  in the  Matching
Contribution  (and any earnings  attributable to the reduction) shall be treated
as a Forfeiture under the provisions of Section 4.2.

         4.5       Non-Discrimination Rules for Matching Contributions.

                   (a)     Definitions:

                           (i)      "Average  Contribution  Percentage" or "ACP"
                                    shall mean the  average of the  Contribution
                                    Percentages of the Eligible  Participants in
                                    a group.

                           (ii)     "Contribution  Percentage"  shall  mean  the
                                    ratio  (expressed  as a  percentage)  of  an
                                    Eligible     Participant's      Contribution
                                    Percentage    Amounts   to   the    Eligible
                                    Participant's  Total  Compensation  for  the
                                    portion  of the  Plan  Year in  which he was
                                    eligible to make Employee-Deferrals.
                                      IV-1
<PAGE>
                           (iii)    "Contribution Percentage Amounts" shall mean
                                    the Matching Contributions under the Plan on
                                    behalf of the Eligible  Participant  for the
                                    Plan  Year.  The  Employer  may elect to use
                                    Employee-Deferrals   in   the   Contribution
                                    Percentage  Amounts  so long as the ADP test
                                    is met  before  the  Employee-Deferrals  are
                                    used in the ACP test and continues to be met
                                    following    the    exclusion    of    those
                                    Employee-Deferrals that are used to meet the
                                    ACP test.

                           (iv)     "Eligible Participants" -  See definition at
                                    Section 3.6(a)(ii)

                           (v)      "Highly   Compensated   Participant"  -  See
                                    definition at Section 3.6(a)(iii).

                           (vi)     "Non-Highly  Compensated  Participant" - See
                                    definition at Section 3.6(a)(iv).

                   (b)     If  an   Eligible   Participant   makes  no  Employee
                           Deferrals and receives no Matching Contributions, the
                           contribution   ratio  that  is  to  be   included  in
                           determining the ACP is zero.

                   (c)     The  Tests.  In each Plan Year the Plan must  satisfy
                           one of the following tests:

                           (i)      The ACP for  Eligible  Participants  who are
                                    Highly Compensated Participants for the Plan
                                    Year shall not  exceed the ACP for  Eligible
                                    Participants who are Non-Highly  Compensated
                                    Participants  for the  applicable  Plan Year
                                    multiplied by 1.25; or

                           (ii)     The  ACP  for  Eligible Participants who are
                                    Highly Compensated Participants for the Plan
                                    Year  shall  not exceed the ACP for Eligible
                                    Participants who are  Non-Highly Compensated
                                    Participants  for  the  applicable Plan Year
                                    multiplied by two (2), provided that the ACP
                                    for  Eligible  Participants  who  are Highly
                                    Compensated  Participants  for the Plan Year
                                    does   not  exceed   the   ACP  for Eligible
                                    Participants who are Non-Highly  Compensated
                                    Participants for the applicable Plan Year by
                                    more than two (2) percentage points.

                   (d)              Under transition relief provided by Internal
                                    Revenue Service Notice 97-2, the Company may
                                    elect to determine  the actual  contribution
                                    percentage    (ACP)   for   the   Non-Highly
                                    Compensated  Participants for each Plan Year
                                    after 1996 based upon either the prior  plan
                                      IV-2
<PAGE>
                                    year  or  current  plan  year data.  For the
                                    1996  and  1997  Plan Year,  the ADP for the
                                    Non-Highly  Compensated  Participant  may be
                                    calculated using prior plan year or  current
                                    plan year data.  For Plan Years after  1997,
                                    the  Company  has elected  to  use the prior
                                    plan  year  testing  method.   However,  the
                                    Company  may  elect to change to the current
                                    plan year method as provided for in Internal
                                    Revenue   Service   Notice   98-1   or   its
                                    subsequent modification.

                   (e)     Excess  Aggregate  Contributions.  If  the  ACP  Test
                           limits are exceeded for  a  Plan Year, excess  mounts
                           (called   Excess  Aggregate  Contributions)  must  be
                           corrected.   "Excess  Aggregate  Contributions" means
                           for any plan year, the excess of  (i)  the  aggregate
                           amount  of  Matching  Contributions   and   Employee-
                           Deferrals    (and     any    Qualified    Nonelective
                           Contributions   taken  into account in computing  the
                           ACP   test)   actually  made  on  behalf   of  Highly
                           Compensated Participants  for the PlanYear over  (ii)
                           the  maximum  amount  of  the  contributions  allowed
                           under  the  ACP  Test,    determined    by   reducing
                           contributions  made on behalf of Highly   Compensated
                           Participants   in   order   of   their   contribution
                           percentages   beginning  with  the  highest   of  the
                           percentages.    In   determining   Excess   Aggregate
                           Contributions  for a Plan  Year,  Qualified  Matching
                           Contributions  treated as elective  contributions for
                           the ADP test are  disregarded.  If the Plan  fails to
                           satisfy the ACP Test, Excess Aggregate  Contributions
                           (the  excess  of the  aggregate  amount  of  Matching
                           Contributions  actually  made  on  behalf  of  Highly
                           Compensated  Participants for such Plan Year over the
                           maximum amount of such contributions  permitted under
                           the limitations of Section 401(m)(2)(A) of the Code),
                           and  income or loss  allocable  thereto  for the Plan
                           Year in  which  the  ACP  Test is  failed,  shall  be
                           treated as follows:

                           (i)      Disposition     of       Excess    Aggregate
                                    Contributions.  Notwithstanding   any  other
                                    provision    of    this    Plan,      Excess
                                    Aggregate Contributions, plus any income and
                                    minus any loss allocable  thereto,  shall be
                                    distributed,  no later  than the last day of
                                    each  Plan  Year,   to  Highly   Compensated
                                    Participants  or forfeited,  where otherwise
                                    appropriate,    from   the    accounts    of
                                    Participants in which such Excess  Aggregate
                                    Contributions   were   allocated   for   the
                                    preceding Plan Year.

                           (ii)     Distributions     of    Excess     Aggregate
                                    Contributions   shall   be   made   in   the
                                    accordance  with  Internal  Revenue  Service
                                    Notice 97-2 and any subsequent modification.
                                    Any  distribution  of the  Excess  Aggregate
                                      IV-3
<PAGE>
                                    Contributions    for    any    Plan     Year
                                    shall   be   made  to   Highly   Compensated
                                    Participants  on the basis of the  amount of
                                    contributions on behalf of, or by, each such
                                    Participants  in  accordance  with  Internal
                                    Revenue    Service   97-2   or    subsequent
                                    modifications.    The    Excess    Aggregate
                                    Contributions  are  attributed  first to the
                                    Highly  Compensated   Participant  with  the
                                    greatest    dollar    amount   of   Matching
                                    Contributions.    Forfeitures    of   Excess
                                    Aggregate Contributions may not be allocated
                                    to  Participants  whose   contributions  are
                                    reduced under this paragraph.

                           (iii)    Nonforfeitable  Matching Contributions which
                                    exceed  the  maximum  amount permitted under
                                    the ACP Test, plus any income and minus  any
                                    loss allocable thereto, shall be distributed
                                    preferably by March 15  (in order to avoid a
                                    10%  penalty  tax  imposed  on  the Employer
                                    under  Section  4979  of the Code) following
                                    the end of  the  applicable Plan Year but in
                                    no  event  later  than the close of the Plan
                                    Year following the applicable Plan Year.

                           (iv)     Excess  Aggregate   Contributions  shall  be
                                    treated as Annual  Additions  under the Plan
                                    even if  such  contributions  are  corrected
                                    through distributions or recharacterization.

                           (v)      Determination  of  Income  or  Loss.  Excess
                                    Aggregate  Contributions  shall be  adjusted
                                    for any income or loss attributable  thereto
                                    in the year in which  the  contribution  was
                                    made. The income or loss allocable to Excess
                                    Aggregate  Contributions shall be determined
                                    pursuant to Section 8.3.

                           (vi)     Accounting     for     Excess      Aggregate
                                    Contributions.        Excess       Aggregate
                                    Contributions  shall  be  distributed  on  a
                                    pro-rata   basis   from  the   Participant's
                                    Employer   Contribution   Account  (and,  if
                                    applicable,         the        Participant's
                                    Employee-Deferral Account).

                   (f)     Multiple Use Aggregate Limit

                           (i)      The ADP and ACP limitations set forth in 3.6
                                    and  4.5 may be  subject  to  further  limit
                                    under the  Aggregate  Limit  rules set forth
                                    below.  Multiple  use does not occur if both
                                    the ADP and  ACP of the  Highly  Compensated
                                    Participants    does   not    exceed    1.25
                                      IV-4
<PAGE>
                                    multiplied   by  the ADP and ACP of the Non-
                                    Highly Compensated Participants.

                           (ii)     The sum of the  ADP  and  ACP of the  Highly
                                    Compensated  Participants  for a  Plan  Year
                                    must not exceed  the  Aggregate  Limit.  The
                                    "Aggregate Limit" shall mean the greater of
                                    (1) or (2) below:

                                     (1) The sum of

                                         a) one   hundred   twenty-five  percent
                                            (125%) of the greater of the  ADP or
                                            the    ACP    of    the   Non-Highly
                                            Compensated    Participants  in  the
                                            applicable Plan Year, plus

                                         b) Two  (2)  percentage points plus the
                                            lesser   of   such   ADP   or ACP of
                                            Non-Highly Compensated  Participants
                                            in   the   applicable   Plan   Year,
                                            provided, however, that in no  event
                                            shall this amount exceed two hundred
                                            percent (200%)  of the lesser of the
                                            ADP   or   the   ACP   of Non-Highly
                                            Compensated   Participants   in  the
                                            applicable     Plan     Year,     or

                                     (2) The sum of

                                         a) one   hundred   twenty-five  percent
                                            (125%)  of  the lesser of the ADP or
                                            the    ACP    of    the   Non-Highly
                                            Compensated   Participants   in  the
                                            applicable Plan Year, plus

                                         b) Two  (2)  percentage points plus the
                                            greater  of  the  ADP or the ACP  of
                                            Non-Highly Compensated  Participants
                                            in   the   applicable   Plan   Year,
                                            provided, however, that in no  event
                                            shall this amount exceed two hundred
                                            percent (200%) of the greater of the
                                            ADP or the ACP of Non-Highly
                                            Compensated Participants.

                           (iii)    Correction  of  Multiple  Use: If the sum of
                                    the ADP and  ACP of the  Highly  Compensated
                                    Participants  exceeds  the  Aggregate Limit,
                                      IV-5
<PAGE>
                                    then  the  ADP  or  the  ACP  (as elected by
                                    the  Committee)  of the  Highly  Compensated
                                    Participants will be reduced on the basis of
                                    the amount of contributions on behalf of, or
                                    by each such participant  in accordance with
                                    Internal Revenue Service  97-2 or subsequent
                                    modification,  so  that  the  limit  is  not
                                    exceeded.  If the Employer  elects to reduce
                                    the   ACP   of   the   Highly    Compensated
                                    Participant, the required reduction shall be
                                    treated as an Excess Aggregate  Contribution
                                    described  above.  The  ADP  and  ACP of the
                                    Highly Compensated  Employees are determined
                                    after any  corrections  required to meet the
                                    ADP  and  ACP  tests.  For  purposes  of the
                                    multiple  use  test,  if a  distribution  of
                                    Excess  Contributions has been made, the ADP
                                    for  Highly   Compensated   Participants  is
                                    deemed to be the  largest  amount  permitted
                                    under Code Section 401(k)(3).  Similarly, if
                                    a   corrective    distribution   of   Excess
                                    Aggregate  Contributions  has been made, the
                                    ACP for Highly  Compensated  Participants is
                                    deemed to be the  largest  amount  permitted
                                    under Code Section 401(m)(2).

                   (g)     Special Rules

                           (i)      For   purposes   of   this   Section,    the
                                    Contribution  Percentage  for  any  Eligible
                                    Participant  who  is  a  Highly  Compensated
                                    Participant  and  who  is  eligible  to have
                                    Contribution Percentage Amounts allocated to
                                    his  account  under  two  (2)  or more plans
                                    described  in  Code  Section   401(a),    or
                                    arrangements   described   in   Code Section
                                    401(k)   that are  maintained by one or more
                                    Employers,  shall  be  determined  as if the
                                    total  of   such   Contribution   Percentage
                                    Amounts was made  under  each  plan.   If  a
                                    Highly Compensated Participant  participates
                                    in  two  (2)  or  more  cash   or   deferred
                                    arrangements   under   Code   Section 401(k)
                                    ("CODA"),  that  have  different plan years,
                                    all  CODAs  ending with  or  within the same
                                    calendar  year  shall be treated as a single
                                    arrangement.

                           (ii)     In the event  that this Plan  satisfies  the
                                    requirements   of  Code   Sections   401(m),
                                    401(a)(4) or 410(b) only if aggregated  with
                                    one or more other  plans,  or if one or more
                                    other plans satisfy the requirements of such
                                    Code Sections  only if aggregated  with this
                                    Plan,  then this Section shall be applied by
                                    determining the Contribution  Percentages of
                                    Eligible Employees as if all such plans were
                                    a single plan.
                                      IV-6
<PAGE>
                           (iii)    For  purposes  of  determining  the  Average
                                    Contributions   Percentage  test,   Employer
                                    Matching  Contributions  will be  considered
                                    made for a Plan Year only if (i) paid to the
                                    trust  no later  than the end of the  twelve
                                    (12) month period beginning on the day after
                                    the  close of the Plan Year and (ii) made on
                                    account of the Employee's  Employee-Deferral
                                    for the Plan Year.

         4.6   Qualified   Matching    Contributions,    Qualified   Nonelective
Contributions.  The  Company  may,  in its sole  discretion,  use the  following
contributions to enable the Plan to satisfy the  nondiscrimination  requirements
of Section 3.6 and/or Section 4.5:

                   (a)     Qualified   Matching   Contributions.   A   Qualified
                           Matching Contribution may be made by the Employers on
                           the basis of either a  specified  dollar  amount or a
                           specified  percentage  of  Plan  Compensation  of the
                           Participant  who is  eligible  for such  contribution
                           under the  nondiscrimination  tests.  Such  Qualified
                           Matching  Contributions  shall be nonforfeitable when
                           made and shall be subject to the same restrictions on
                           distribution that apply to Employee-Deferrals.

                   (b)     Qualified  Nonelective  Contributions.   A  Qualified
                           Nonelective  Contribution may be made by the Employer
                           on the basis of either a specified dollar amount or a
                           specified  percentage  of  Plan  Compensation  of the
                           Participant  who is  eligible  for such  contribution
                           under the  nondiscrimination  tests.  Such  Qualified
                           Nonelective Contributions shall be nonforfeitable and
                           shall  be  subject  to  the  same   restrictions   on
                           distribution that apply to Employee-Deferrals.

                   (c)     Qualified  Matching  Contributions  and/or  Qualified
                           Nonelective   Contributions   may   be   treated   as
                           Employee-Deferrals  only if the conditions  described
                           in Section 1.401(k)-1(b)(5) are satisfied.  Qualified
                           Nonelective  Contributions may be treated as Matching
                           Contributions if the conditions  described in Section
                           1.401(m)-1(b)(5) of the regulations are satisfied.

                   (d)     The Employer  will  maintain  records  sufficient  to
                           demonstrate  compliance with this Section,  including
                           the   extent   to   which    Qualified    Nonelective
                           Contributions  and Qualified  Matching  Contributions
                           are taken into account to satisfy the ADP and ACP
                           tests.

                   (e)     The use of contributions  described above shall be as
                           provided  in  regulations  under  Section  401(k) and
                           Section 401(m) of the Code.
                                      IV-7
<PAGE>
                   (f)     In  order to be taken into account in the calculation
                           of the ADP or ACP for a  year  under  the  prior plan
                           year testing or current plan year testing  method, a
                           Qualified  Nonelective  Contribution  and   Qualified
                           Matching Contributions must be allocated as of a date
                           within  the  year  and  must  actually be paid to the
                           trust  no later  than the  end of  the  twelve  month
                           period  following  the  end  of the year to which the
                           contribution relates.  For example, if the prior year
                           testing method is used for  the  1998  testing  year,
                           Qualified   Nonelective   Contributions    that   are
                           allocated   to   the   accounts   of   the Non-Highly
                           Compensated Participants for the 1997 Plan Year (i.e.
                           the prior year) must be  contributed  to  the Plan by
                           the end of the 1998 Plan Year in order  to be treated
                           as  Employee-Deferrals  for  purposes of the ADP test
                           for the 1998 testing year.
                                      IV-8
<PAGE>
                                    ARTICLE V
                      EMPLOYER DISCRETIONARY CONTRIBUTIONS

         5.1 Employer Discretionary Contributions.  The Board of Directors shall
annually determine the amount of Employer Discretionary  Contributions,  if any,
to be  contributed  for the Plan Year. The Company may contribute all or part of
the  entire  amount  due on behalf of one or more  Participating  Employers  and
charge the amount thereof to the Participating Employers responsible therefor.

         In  no  event  shall  the   contribution,   when  added  to  the  other
contributions  under the Plan, exceed the maximum amount which may be claimed as
a deduction by the Company for federal  income tax  purposes  under Code Section
404(a)(3).

         The   contribution,   if  any,  shall  be  delivered  in  one  or  more
installments to the Trustee no later than the due date (including extensions) of
the  Company's  federal  income tax return for its fiscal  year  ending  with or
during the Plan Year for which the contribution is made.

         5.2  Allocation  of Employer  Discretionary  Contributions.  As of each
Annual Valuation Date, the Employer Discretionary Contribution, if any, shall be
allocated to the Employer  Contribution  Accounts of all Active  Participants in
the proportion that each such Active  Participant's  Total Compensation bears to
the Total Compensation for all Active Participants for such year.

         5.3  Top-Heavy  Contributions.  As of the end of any Plan Year in which
the  Plan  is  Top-Heavy,   the  Employer  shall   contribute  to  the  Employer
Contribution  Account of each  Participant who is a Non-Key  Employee the amount
required under Article XV.
                                      V-1
<PAGE>
                                   ARTICLE VI
                                     VESTING

         6.1  Employee-Deferral  Account.  The interest of a Participant  in his
Employee-Deferral Account shall be fully vested and nonforfeitable at all times.

         6.2       Rollover Contribution Account.  The interest of a Participant
in his Rollover Contribution Account shall be fully vested and nonforfeitable at
all times.

         6.3 Employer Contribution Account. The interest of a Participant in his
Employer Contribution Account shall be fully vested and nonforfeitable upon such
Participant's death prior to termination of employment, attainment of the Normal
Retirement Age while still  employed,  or termination of employment by reason of
Disability.  When a Participant's employment is terminated for any other reason,
the vested and  nonforfeitable  interest of such Participant shall be determined
in accordance with the following schedule:

                                Years of Service

Less than 5 years
5 years or more
                                    Vested %

                                        0
                                       100
         6.4  Forfeitures.  The non-vested  portion of a Participant's  Accounts
shall be forfeited at the end of the Plan Year in which he incurs 5  consecutive
One Year Breaks in Service and shall be applied in accordance with Section 4.2.

         6.5  Reemployment.  Years  of  Service  prior  to  reemployment  may be
considered, but only under the circumstances described in Section 2.3.
                                      VI-1
<PAGE>
                                   ARTICLE VII
                                   ALLOCATIONS

         7.1  Allocation of  Contributions.  Contributions  to the Plan shall be
allocated in the following manner:

                   (a)     Employee-Deferral Contributions shall be allocated to
                           the Employee-Deferral  Account of each Participant in
                           accordance with the provisions of Article III.

                   (b)     Employer   Discretionary   Contributions   shall   be
                           allocated  to the  Employer  Contribution  Account of
                           each Participant in accordance with the provisions of
                           Article V.

                   (c)     Matching  Contributions  shall  be  allocated  to the
                           Employer  Contribution Account of each Participant in
                           accordance with the provisions of Article IV.

                   (d)     Qualified   Matching   Contributions   and  Qualified
                           Nonelective  Contributions  shall be allocated to the
                           Employee-Deferral  Account  of  each  Participant  in
                           accordance with the provisions of Section 4.6.

         7.2  Definitions.  For purposes of this Article VII, the term  Accounts
shall mean a Participant's  Employee-Deferral  Account and Employer Contribution
Account.

         The term Annual  Addition shall mean, for any Limitation  Year, the sum
of (a) Matching Contributions, (b) Employee-Deferral Contributions, (c) Employer
Discretionary  Contributions,  (d)  Qualified  Matching  Contributions,  and (e)
Qualified Non-elective Contributions.

         The term Defined  Benefit  Plan  Fraction  shall mean,  for any year, a
fraction  (a) the  numerator  of which is the  projected  annual  benefit of the
Participant   under  any  defined   benefit  plan  maintained  by  the  Employer
(determined as of the close of the Plan Year),  and (b) the denominator of which
is the  lesser of (i) the  product  of 1.25  multiplied  by the  maximum  dollar
limitation in effect under Code Section  415(b)(1)(A) for such year, or (ii) the
product of 1.4  multiplied  by the amount which may be taken into account  under
Code Section 415(b)(1)(B) for such year.

         The term Defined Contribution Plan Fraction shall mean, for any year, a
fraction (a) the  numerator  of which is the sum of the Annual  Additions to the
Participant's Accounts as of the close of the Plan Year, and (b) the denominator
of which is the sum of the lesser of the following  amounts  determined for such
year and each prior year of service with a Employer:   (i) the product  of  1.25
                                     VII-1
<PAGE>
multiplied by the dollar  limitation in effect under  Code  Section 415(c)(1)(A)
for such year (determined without regard to Code Section 415(c)(6)), or (ii) the
product of 1.4  multiplied by the amount which may  be taken into account  under
Code Section 415(c)(1)(B) for such year.

         The term  Employer  includes  the  group of  Employers,  if any,  which
constitute a controlled group of corporations, trades or businesses under common
control  (within the meaning of Code  Sections  1563(a) or 414(b) as modified by
415(h) and 414(c)),  or an affiliated  service group (within the meaning of Code
Sections  414(m) and 318) with an Employer.  All such Employers shall be treated
as a single Employer for purposes of applying the Code Section 415 limitations.

         The  term  Limitation  Year  shall  mean  the  Plan  Year or any  other
twelve-month period designated by the Board of Directors.

         7.3 Annual Additions.  No contribution or forfeiture shall be allocated
to the  Accounts of an  Employee  for a  Limitation  Year in excess of an amount
which,  when expressed as an Annual  Addition to such  Employee's  Accounts,  is
equal to the lesser of (a)  $30,000 or such  larger  amount  equal to 1/4 of the
defined  benefit  dollar  limitation  as adjusted for  cost-of-living  increases
pursuant to Code Sections 415(c)(1), 415(d)(1) and 415(d)(3), or (b) twenty-five
percent of such Employee's Section 415 Compensation for such limitation.

         7.4 Limitation for Other Defined  Contribution Plans. In the event that
the Annual  Addition  which would  otherwise be made to an  Employee's  accounts
under  all  defined  contribution  plans  maintained  by the  Employer  for  any
Limitation  Year  exceeds the  limitations  set forth in this  Article  VII, the
excess Annual  Addition shall be attributed  first to the Plan, and the Employer
shall treat such excess as follows:

                   (a)     First, the Employee-Deferral  Contributions in excess
                           of six percent of Plan Compensation shall be returned
                           to the Employee to the extent necessary.

                   (b)     Second,  the  portion  of the  excess  consisting  of
                           Matching   Contributions   shall  be  allocated   and
                           reallocated to the Employer  Contribution Accounts of
                           other  Participants in accordance with Section 4.1 to
                           the extent such  allocations  would not cause  Annual
                           Additions  to each  Participant's  Accounts to exceed
                           the limitations of this Section 7.4

                   (c)     Third,  the  portion  of  the  excess  consisting  of
                           Employer   Discretionary   Contributions   shall   be
                           allocated   and    reallocated    to   the   Employer
                           Contribution   Accounts  of  other   Participants  in
                           accordance  with  Section  5.2  to  the  extent  such
                                     VII-2
<PAGE>
                           allocations  would not cause Annual Additions to each
                           Participant's  Accounts to exceed the  limitation  of
                           this Section 7.4.

                   (d)     If  treated  in  accordance  with  subparagraphs  (a)
                           through (c) above,  the excess amounts shall  not  be
                           deemed Annual Additions  in that limitation  year  if
                           the excess  amounts are a result of the allocation of
                           forfeitures,   a  reasonable  error  in  estimating a
                           Participant's annual Plan Compensation, a  reasonable
                           error in determining the amount of elective deferrals
                           (within the meaning of Section 402(g)(3)) that may be
                           made with respect to any individual  under the limits
                           of  Section  415  or  under  other  limited facts and
                           circumstances that the Commissioner finds justify the
                           availability of the rules set forth in this
                           subparagraph.

                   (e)     To the extent excess Annual Additions exist after the
                           distributions described in subparagraphs  (a) through
                           (c),  such  excess  amounts  shall  be allocated to a
                           Section  415  Suspense  Account.  All  amounts in the
                           Section 415 Suspense Account must  be  used to reduce
                           Matching  Contributions,  contributions  required  on
                           account  of  a  Top-Heavy  Plan  Year,  or   Employer
                           Discretionary  Contributions in succeeding Limitation
                           Years.  In the event of termination of the Plan,  the
                           balance of the  Section 415  Suspense  Account  shall
                           revert to the Company to the extent it may  not  then
                           be allocated to any Participants' Accounts.

         7.5  Limitation  for  Defined  Benefit  Plan.  If an Employee is also a
Participant in one or more defined benefit plans  maintained by the Employer (or
an Employee was a Participant in any defined benefit plan previously  maintained
by an Employer),  the sum of such  Employee's  Defined Benefit Plan Fraction and
Defined  Contribution  Plan  Fraction  (as  determined  pursuant to Code Section
415(e)) for any Limitation Year may not exceed 1.0.

         In the event that the sum of an Employee's  Defined  Contribution  Plan
and Defined Benefit Plan Fractions would otherwise exceed 1.0 for any Limitation
Year,  the benefit  accrual which would  otherwise be made under all  applicable
defined benefit plans for such Employee shall be considered not to have accrued,
to the extent necessary,  so that the sum of such fractions does not exceed 1.0.
If after all such  adjustments  the sum of the fractions would still exceed 1.0,
then the annual  addition  which would  otherwise  be made with  respect to such
Employee shall be reduced in this Plan pursuant to Section 7.4 and finally under
any applicable defined contribution plan to the extent necessary so that the sum
does not exceed 1.0.

         This Section 7.5 shall not apply for  Limitation  Years after  December
31, 1999.
                                     VII-3
<PAGE>
                                  ARTICLE VIII
                                   TRUST FUND

         8.1 Plan Assets. Avondale Industries, Inc. and the Trustee have entered
into a Trust  Agreement,  which agreement  provides for the  establishment  of a
single  Trust  for  the  purpose  of  holding  and   administering  all  amounts
contributed to Accounts under the Plan. All  contributions,  and the earnings on
such  amounts,  shall be  delivered  to the  Trustee  and held and  administered
pursuant to the provisions of the Plan and the Trust Agreement.

         8.2 Separate Accounts. A separate  Employee-Deferral  Account, Employer
Contribution  Account and Rollover  Contribution  Account shall be maintained by
the Trustee or a  recordkeeping  agent appointed by the Plan  Administrator  for
each Participant.

         8.3 Valuation. The fair market value of the assets comprising the Trust
shall  be  determined   as  of  each   Valuation   Date,   in  accordance   with
generally-accepted valuation methods and accounting practices.

         As of each Valuation  Date, the value of each Account shall be adjusted
to  reflect  the effect on each  sub-account  of any change in the value of each
Investment Fund since the preceding Valuation Date, as well as the effect of any
deposits, withdrawals,  distributions, or other transactions occurring since the
last  Valuation  Date.  The  Committee   shall  provide  to  each   Participant,
Beneficiary  and  Alternate  Payee  as of the end of  each  calendar  quarter  a
statement of the value of each Account in which such person has an interest.

         8.4       Investment Funds.

                   (a)     The Committee shall  determine what investment  funds
                           to offer  under the Plan and may,  from time to time,
                           change the investment funds offered hereunder.  As of
                           the Effective Date of this Plan, the investment funds
                           are  Merrill  Lynch  Retirement  Preservation  Trust,
                           Merrill Lynch Capital Fund,  Merrill Lynch  Corporate
                           Bond Fund Investment Grade, AIM  Constellation  Fund,
                           AIM Value Fund, and Templeton Growth Fund.

                   (b)     As of each Valuation Date, the Trustee shall  perform
                           a  valuation  of  each  Investment  Fund  in order to
                           determine the value of each  Investment Fund  and  to
                           reconcile  the  Investment  Funds  from   the   prior
                           Valuation Date.  Such valuation  shall  recognize any
                           appreciation or depreciation in the fair market value
                           of all securities  or  other property  held  by  each
                           respective  Investment  Fund,   any  cash and accrued
                           earnings  and  shall  take  into  account any accrued
                           expenses and proper charges against  the   Investment
                           Fund as of such Valuation Date.
                                     VIII-1
<PAGE>
         8.5       Investment of Contributions.

                   (a)     A  Participant  may direct that his Employee-Deferral
                           Contributions,  Employer  Contributions and  Rollover
                           Contributions, if any, be allocated to one or more of
                           the  Investment Funds then available, in multiples of
                           one percent (1%),  by  providing  voice consent after
                           such Participant has accessed a voice response system
                           by entering his  personal  identification   number in
                           accordance  with limitations reasonably determined by
                           the Committee, or in writing on a form acceptable  to
                           the  Committee.   The  total  of all such allocations
                           shall equal one hundred percent of the  Participant's
                           interest in his Accounts. The Committee will provide,
                           upon Participant's request, a written confirmation of
                           his written investment instructions.

                   (b)     If no investment  direction exists the  Participant's
                           affected interest shall  automatically be invested in
                           a short term income fund until adequate  instructions
                           are received  through a voice  response  system or in
                           writing on an  acceptable  form;  provided  that such
                           investment will not result in violation of ERISA.

                   (c)     Each  Participant  must consent to the  allocation of
                           his  contributions  among the Investment  Funds. Such
                           direction shall continue in effect until such time as
                           the Participant  consents to a different  allocation.
                           The investment of future contributions may be changed
                           daily,  provided  such  change  is  received  by  the
                           Committee  within  such  time  period  preceding  the
                           effective   date  as  shall  be   prescribed  by  the
                           Committee.

         8.6       Transfer of Amounts Among Investment Funds

                   (a)     A Participant may elect to transfer amounts from  one
                           Investment   Fund  to  another  in  increments of one
                           percent (1%).  Any such change shall be by  providing
                           voice  consent  after  the Participant has accessed a
                           voice  response  system  by  entering  his   personal
                           identification  number,  or  in  writing  on  a  form
                           acceptable to the Committee.  Such election shall  be
                           effective on the business day transacted if requested
                           via the voice response system before  3 p.m.  Eastern
                           Standard Time or as soon as administratively feasible
                           if requested on a written form.  Transfers out  of an
                           investment fund can be processed in terms of dollars,
                           shares, or percentages.  Dollar and percent transfers
                           will be converted into shares, traded  based  on  the
                           previous  night's  price,  and processed based on the
                           current night's price.
                                     VIII-2
<PAGE>
                   (b)     In the event an  acceptable  form is not  received by
                           the   Committee   for  all  or  any   portion   of  a
                           Participant's   Accounts,   the  current   investment
                           direction  shall  continue in effect  until  adequate
                           instructions  are received  through a voice  response
                           system or in writing on an acceptable form.

                   (c)     The  timing  and   frequency   of   transfers   among
                           investment  options may be further restricted if such
                           restrictions are required by the institution handling
                           or providing the investment fund.

         8.7  Liability  for  Investment  Decisions.  This Plan is  intended  to
constitute a plan described in Section 404(c) of ERISA, and Title 29 of the Code
of  Federal  Regulations  Section  2550.404c-1.  Fiduciaries  of the Plan may be
relieved of liability for any losses which are the direct and  necessary  result
of investment instructions given by each Participant or Beneficiary. Neither the
Employer,  the Trustee nor the Committee shall be responsible for any loss which
may result from a  Participant's  exercise of control over the investment of his
Accounts.

         Each Participant  shall have exclusive  responsibility  for and control
over the investment of amounts allocated to his Accounts. Neither the Employers,
the Trustee nor the Committee  shall have any duty,  responsibility  or right to
question a Participant's  investment  directions or to advise a Participant with
respect to the investment of his accounts.

         The Committee will be obligated to follow the Participant's  investment
directions except when the instructions:

                   (a)     are not in  accordance  with this Plan  document  and
                           instruments  governing  this  Plan  insofar  as  such
                           documents and  instruments  are  consistent  with the
                           provisions of Title I of ERISA;

                   (b)     would result in a prohibited transaction described in
                           ERISA  Section 406 or Code  Section  4975 that is not
                           otherwise exempted by statute or regulation;

                   (c)     would generate income that would be taxable  to  this
                           Plan;

                   (d)     would  cause a fiduciary  to maintain  the indicia of
                           ownership  of any  assets  of the  Plan  outside  the
                           jurisdiction  of the  district  courts of the  United
                           States other than as  permitted by Section  404(b) of
                           ERISA and related regulations;

                   (e)     would  jeopardize  the  Plan's  tax  qualified status
                           under the Code; or

                   (f)     could  result  in  a  loss  in  excess of the Account
                           balance.
                                     VIII-3
<PAGE>
         8.8 Accounting Procedures. The Committee shall establish such equitable
accounting  procedures  as  may  be  required  to  make  (a)  allocations,   (b)
valuations, and (c) adjustments to Participants' accounts in accordance with the
provisions  of the  Plan.  The Plan  Administrator  may  modify  its  accounting
procedures,  from time to time,  for the  purpose  of  achieving  equitable  and
nondiscriminatory allocations.
                                     VIII-4
<PAGE>
                                   ARTICLE IX
                                    BENEFITS

         9.1 Normal  Retirement  Date. The Normal  Retirement  Date shall be the
later of (a) the Participant's Normal Retirement Age or (b) the first day of the
month  coincident with or next following a Participant's  fourth  anniversary of
commencement  of  participation  in the Plan.  Any  Participant  who  remains an
Employee  beyond Normal  Retirement  Date,  or becomes a Participant  after such
date,  shall  participate in the  contributions  and benefits of the Plan in the
same manner as any other Participant.

         9.2  Disability  Retirement  Date. Any  Participant  who has incurred a
Disability,  as  determined  by  the  Committee,  may  retire  on  a  Disability
Retirement  Date by making  written  application  to the Committee  specifying a
Disability  Retirement  Date  which is the first day of a month not more than 90
days following the date of the filing of the application. Former Employees shall
not be eligible for Disability  Retirement  unless the Disability was determined
to have occurred during the course of such former Employee's employment with the
Employer.  Subject to Section  12.6 the  determination  of the  Committee  as to
whether a Participant has a Disability and the date of such Disability  shall be
final, binding and conclusive.

         9.3  Nonalienation  of Benefits.  Except with respect to federal income
tax withholding and federal tax levies,  benefits  payable under this Plan shall
not be  subject  in any  manner to  anticipation,  alienation,  sale,  transfer,
assignment, pledge, encumbrance,  charge, garnishment,  execution or levy of any
kind, either voluntary or involuntary, including any such liability which is for
alimony or other  payments  for the support of a spouse or former  spouse or for
any other  relative of the  Employee,  prior to actually  being  received by the
person  entitled to the benefit under the terms of the Plan;  and any attempt to
anticipate,  alienate,  sell,  transfer,  assign,  pledge,  encumber,  charge or
otherwise dispose of any right to benefits payable hereunder, shall be void. The
Trust  Fund  shall not in any manner be liable  for,  or subject  to, the debts,
contracts, liabilities,  engagements or torts of any person entitled to benefits
hereunder.

         Notwithstanding  the above,  the Committee  shall direct the Trustee to
comply with a qualified domestic relations order described in Section 9.4.

         9.4 Qualified Domestic Relations Order.  Benefits shall be paid only to
a  Participant,  or after  his  death  to his  Beneficiary,  unless a  qualified
domestic  relations  order  ("QDRO"),  as defined in Code Section 414(p) directs
that payment be made to an Alternate  Payee.  An Alternate  Payee is any spouse,
former spouse,  child or other dependent of a Participant who is recognized by a
QDRO as having a right to receive all or a portion of the benefits payable under
the Plan with respect to the Participant.
                                      IX-1
<PAGE>
         The  Committee  shall  establish  reasonable  rules  concerning  how it
determines  whether a purported  QDRO that it receives is indeed a QDRO, and how
it administers  amounts due to Alternate  Payees.  Payment to an Alternate Payee
pursuant  to a QDRO  shall be made at such time as  determined  pursuant  to the
QDRO,  and even while the  Participant  is  employed,  if the QDRO  requires  or
permits  such  distribution.  The  payment  shall be  based on the  value of the
Alternate  Payee's  interest in the accounts as of the Valuation Date coincident
with or  immediately  preceding  the date the payment is made.  No payment to an
Alternate Payee can be made later than when the Participant's benefit is paid to
him as a result of his termination of employment.  If the Participant has a loan
as  an  investment  of  his  account,  such  Participant  will  continue  to  be
responsible  for the  entire  loan.  The Plan  Administrator  is  authorized  to
establish any  additional  rules  necessary to determine the rights of Alternate
Payees under qualified domestic relations orders.

         Pursuant to the  provisions of Section 414(p) of the Code, a QDRO shall
mean a judgment,  decree or order (including  approval of a property  settlement
agreement)  made  pursuant  to a  state  domestic  relations  law  (including  a
community property law) that relates to the provision of child support,  alimony
payments,  or marital property rights to a spouse, former spouse, child or other
dependent of a Participant ("alternate payee") and which:

                   (a)     creates or  recognizes  the existence of an alternate
                           payee's  right to, or assigns to an  Alternate  Payee
                           the  right  to,  receive  all  or a  portion  of  the
                           benefits  payable to a  Participant  under this Plan;
                           and

                   (b)     specifies (i) the name and last known mailing address
                           (if any) of the  Participant and each Alternate Payee
                           covered by the order,  (ii) the amount or  percentage
                           of the  Participant's  benefits  under the Plan to be
                           paid to each such Alternate  Payee,  or the manner in
                           which such amount or  percentage  is to be determined
                           and,  (iii) the number of  payments  or the period to
                           which the order applies; and

                   (c)     does not require this Plan to:

                           (i)      provide any type or form of benefit,  or any
                                    option, not otherwise provided hereunder;

                           (ii)     pay  any  benefits  to  any  alternate payee
                                    prior to the earlier of:

                                    a)      the  earliest  date   benefits   are
                                            payable hereunder to a Participant,
                                            or

                                    b)      the    later   of   the   date   the
                                            Participant  attains  age  50 or the
                                            earliest    date   on   which    the
                                            Participant    could    obtain     a
                                      IX-2
<PAGE>
                                            distribution  under  the Plan if the
                                            Participant terminated employment;

                           (iii)    pay any  benefits which are not vested under
                                    the Plan;

                           (iv)     provide increased benefits; or

                           (v)      pay benefits to an Alternate Payee which are
                                    required  to be  paid to  another  Alternate
                                    Payee under a prior qualified domestic
                                    relations order.

         Upon receipt of any judgment,  decree or order (including approval of a
property settlement  agreement) relating to the provision of payment by the Plan
to an alternate payee pursuant to a state domestic  relations law, the Committee
shall promptly notify the affected  Participant and any person identified in the
document as an Alternate Payee of the receipt of such judgment, decree order and
shall notify the affected Participant and any such designated Alternate Payee of
the Committee's procedure for determining whether or not the judgment, decree or
order is a qualified domestic relations order.

         The valid  provisions  of a QDRO  shall,  after it is  received  by the
Committee,  take precedence over the provisions of the Plan relating to payments
to Participants and their  Beneficiaries.  If the Committee receives two or more
QDROs with respect to a Participant,  the earlier shall take precedence over the
later.
                                      IX-3
<PAGE>
                                    ARTICLE X
                               PAYMENT OF BENEFITS

         10.1 Time of  Payment.  A  Participant  shall be  eligible to receive a
distribution  of his  Vested  Interest  when  he has  terminated  employment.  A
distribution is based upon the value of the Participant's  Vested Interest as of
the  Valuation  Date  coincident  with  or  immediately  preceding  the  date of
distribution.

                   (a)     If the value of a  Participant's  Vested  Interest is
                           $5,000 or less ($3,500 prior to January 1, 1998), the
                           Vested Interest will be distributed 30 days following
                           his   date   of    termination    or   as   soon   as
                           administratively  practicable thereafter but no later
                           than the 60th day  after  the  latest of the close of
                           the Plan  Year in which (a) the  Participant  attains
                           age  65,  or  (b)  terminates   employment  with  all
                           Participating Employers;

                   (b)     If the value of a  Participant's  Vested  Interest is
                           greater  than  $5,000  ($3,500  prior to  January  1,
                           1998),   the   Participant   must   consent   to  the
                           distribution.  Such a  Participant's  Vested Interest
                           cannot be made sooner than 30 days following his date
                           of  termination  and no later than the  Participant's
                           Required Beginning Date.

         A distribution  may occur while a Participant  remains in the employ of
an  Employer,  in the event of a withdrawal  by reason of Financial  Hardship or
after age 59 1/2, as described in Sections 11.1 and 11.2, below.

         The distribution rules that apply to an "alternate payee" pursuant to a
"qualified domestic relations order" are stated in Section 9.4 herein.

         10.2  Required  Beginning  Date shall mean,  for anyone who attains age
70-1/2 after  December  31,  1998,  other than a 5% owner (as defined at Section
416(i)(1)(B)(i) of the Code), April 1st of the calendar year following the later
of (a) the calendar  year in which the Employee  attains age 70-1/2,  or (b) the
calendar year in which the Employee terminates employment with the Participating
Employer.

         A Participant  (other than a 5% owner) who attains the age of 70-1/2 in
1997 or 1998 and remains  employed with a Participating  Employer,  may elect to
delay receipt until April 1 following the calendar year in which the Participant
retires from employment with a Participating Employer.

         For Plan Years beginning prior to January 1, 1997,  Required  Beginning
Date was defined as April 1st of the calendar  year  following the calendar year
in which a Participant attained age 70-1/2.
                                      X-1
<PAGE>
         10.3  Death  Benefit.  If a  Participant  dies  with a  balance  in his
Accounts,  the  interest  of  such  Participant  shall  be  distributed  to  the
Participant's  Beneficiary in a single-sum  payment as soon as  administratively
practicable after 90 days from the Participant's death.

         10.4  Form of Distribution.  Distributions shall be made in  a  single-
               sum payment.

         10.5  Temporary Non-Payment of Benefits.

                   (a)     Unless the Participant  elects  otherwise in writing,
                           the payment of his Vested  Interest shall commence no
                           later than the sixtieth (60th) day after the close of
                           the  Plan  Year in which  the  last of the  following
                           occurs:

                           (i)      the  Participant achieves  Normal Retirement
                                    Age, or

                           (ii)     the Participant  terminates his service with
                                    the Employer, whichever is the latest.

                   (b)     If a  Participant  or  Beneficiary  fails to  furnish
                           information  reasonably  requested  by the  Committee
                           which  is  necessary   to   determine   whether  such
                           Participant   or   Beneficiary   has   satisfied  all
                           requirements  for payment of benefits,  the Committee
                           shall delay  payment of benefits  until the requested
                           information  is furnished  and shall make  reasonable
                           efforts to obtain such information.

         10.6 Direct Rollover Rules.  Notwithstanding  any provision of the Plan
to the contrary that would otherwise  limit a Distributee's  election under this
Article,  the Distributee may elect, at the time and in the manner prescribed by
the Committee,  to have any portion of an Eligible  Rollover  Distribution  paid
directly to an Eligible Retirement Plan specified by the Distributee in a Direct
Rollover. Definitions are as follows:

                   (a)     The  term  Eligible  Rollover  Distribution means any
                           distribution of all or any portion of the balance  to
                           the  credit  of  the  Distributee,   except  that  an
                           Eligible Rollover Distribution does not include:  any
                           distribution that is one of a series of substantially
                           equal  periodic payments  (not less  frequently  than
                           annually) made for the life (or life  expectancy)  of
                           the  Distributee or  the joint lives (or  joint  life
                           expectancies)    of    the    Distributee   and   the
                           Distributee's    designated  beneficiary,  or  for  a
                           specified   period  of  ten  years  or   more;    any
                           distribution  to  the  extent  such  distribution  is
                           required  under  Section  401(a)(9) of  the Code; and
                           the  portion  of  any    distribution  that  is   not
                           includible  in  gross  income   (determined   without
                           regard   to  the   exclusion   for   net   unrealized
                           appreciation with respect to employer securities).
                                      X-2
<PAGE>
                   (b)     An  Eligible  Retirement  Plan includes an individual
                           retirement account described in Section 408(a) of the
                           Code,   an individual  retirement  annuity  described
                           in  Section  408(b)  of  the Code,  an  annuity  plan
                           described   in  Section   403(a)  of the  Code,  or a
                           qualified  trust described in Section 401(a)  of  the
                           Code,   that  accepts  the   Distributee's   Eligible
                           Rollover  Distribution.  However,   in  the  case  of
                           an  Eligible Rollover Distribution  to the  surviving
                           spouse,  an eligible retirement plan is an individual
                           retirement account or individual retirement annuity.

                   (c)     The term  Distributee  includes an employee or former
                           employee.  In  addition,  the  employee's  or  former
                           employee's  surviving  spouse and the  employee's  or
                           former  employee's spouse or former spouse who is the
                           alternate payee under a qualified  domestic relations
                           order,  as defined in Section 414(p) of the Code, are
                           Distributees  with  regard  to  the  interest  of the
                           spouse or former spouse.

                   (d)     The term Direct  Rollover means a payment by the plan
                           to the  eligible  retirement  plan  specified  by the
                           Distributee.

         10.7  Notice.  The notice  required  by Section  1.411(a)-11(c)  of the
Income Tax  Regulations  must be provided to a Participant  no less than 30 days
and no more than 90 days before the date of distribution.  The notice explains a
Participant's  right to defer receipt of a distribution  if his Vested  Interest
exceeds  $5,000  ($3,500  prior to January 1,  1998).  A  Participant  will also
receive an explanation of his  distribution  options no less than 30 days and no
more than 90 days before the date of distribution. The distribution may commence
no less than 30 days after the notice required under Section  1.411(a)-11(c)  of
the Income Tax Regulations is given, provided that:

                   (a)     the Committee  clearly informs the  Participant  that
                           the  Participant  has a right to a period of at least
                           30 days after  receiving  the notice to consider  the
                           decision  of whether or not to elect a  distribution,
                           and

                   (b)     the   Participant,   after   receiving   the  notice,
                           affirmatively elects a distribution.
                                      X-3
<PAGE>
                                   ARTICLE XI
                        IN-SERVICE DISTRIBUTION AND LOANS

         11.1  Distribution  after  Attaining Age 59 1/2. A  Participant  who is
still  an  Employee  and has  attained  age 59 1/2  shall  be  entitled  to make
withdrawal(s)  from his  Employee-Deferral  Account,  Rollover  Account  and the
vested portion of the Participant's  Employer  Contribution Account by notifying
the Committee.

         11.2  Financial  Hardship.  Prior  to a  Participant's  termination  of
employment or age 59 1/2 he may apply to the Committee for a withdrawal of funds
held in his  Rollover  Contribution  Account  and  Employee-Deferral  Account on
account  of  a  Financial  Hardship.  The  total  of  such  withdrawals  from  a
Participant's  Employee-Deferral  Account  shall  not  exceed  the  total of his
Employee-Deferral  Contributions.  The  withdrawal  shall be made only under the
following conditions:

                   (a)     The  withdrawal  may  be made only to meet one of the
                           following needs:

                           (i)      Medical  expenses  described in Code Section
                                    213(d),  incurred  by the  Participant,  the
                                    Participant's  spouse,  or any dependent (as
                                    defined in Code Section 152) of the
                                    Participant;

                           (ii)     Purchase (excluding mortgage payments) of  a
                                    principal residence for the Participant;

                           (iii)    Payment  for all or a  portion  of the  next
                                    twelve   (12)   months   of   post-secondary
                                    education for the  Participant,  his spouse,
                                    children, or dependents;

                           (iv)     To prevent the  eviction of the  Participant
                                    from his principal  residence or foreclosure
                                    on  the   mortgage   of  the   Participant's
                                    principal residence; or

                           (v)      Any other need permitted  under Code Section
                                    401(k) and the regulations issued thereunder
                                    and authorized by the Committee.

                   (b)     The  Participant  provides to the  Committee a letter
                           containing the following:

                           (i)      A  statement  of  the  amount needed and the
                                    purpose for which it is needed;
                                      XI-1
<PAGE>
                           (ii)     A  representation  that the expense will not
                                    be paid for by  insurance  or  other  source
                                    specific   to   the   expense,    that   the
                                    Participant   and  his   spouse   (and   the
                                    Participant's minor child, if the expense is
                                    for the child's  benefit)  have no assets he
                                    can liquidate to pay for the expense without
                                    creating a new  hardship,  and that  ceasing
                                    Employee   Deferrals  will  not  suffice  to
                                    satisfy the needs;

                           (iii)    A  representation  that the  Participant has
                                    not  been  able to  borrow  from  commercial
                                    sources on reasonable commercial terms in an
                                    amount sufficient to satisfy the need; and

                           (iv)     A promise  that the funds  will be used only
                                    for the specified purpose.

                   (c)     The withdrawal  cannot exceed the amount necessary to
                           satisfy the need described at paragraph (a), plus any
                           amounts  necessary  to pay  federal  or state  income
                           taxes or penalties  reasonably  anticipated to result
                           from the distribution.

                   (d)     The Participant has obtained all distributions, other
                           than  hardship  distributions,  and  all  non-taxable
                           loans  currently  available  under  all  "plans"  (as
                           contemplated  by  U.S.  Treasury  Regulation  Section
                           1.401(k)-1(d)(2)(iii)), maintained by the Employer.

                   (e)     The   Participant   shall  not  be  allowed  to  make
                           Employee-Deferral  Contributions until the Entry Date
                           next following the 12-month anniversary of the
                           withdrawal.

                   (f)     The   Participant's   limit   on    Employee-Deferral
                           Contributions in the year  immediately  following the
                           year  of the  withdrawal  shall  be the  limit  under
                           Section  3.4 for that  year,  less the  amount of the
                           Participant's Employee-Deferral Contributions made in
                           the year of the hardship withdrawal.

         11.3 Loans to Participant.  A Participant who is an Employee may make a
loan from the Plan, subject to the following rules and limitations:

                   (a)     The total amount of a  Participant's  loan when added
                           to the outstanding  balance of all the  Participant's
                           prior  loans from the Plan during the one year period
                           ending  the day  before  the loan is made  shall  not
                           exceed  $50,000,  nor shall  the total  amount of the
                           loan when  added  to the outstanding balance  of  the
                                      XI-2
<PAGE>
                           Participant's loans under the Plan  exceed   one-half
                           the  Participant's  Vested Interest  under  the Plan.
                           Amounts  set aside for an alternate  payee shall  not
                           be  included.  The  Plan Administrator can  establish
                           uniform nondiscriminatory policies   further limiting
                           the amount or frequency of Employee loans.

                   (b)     Each  loan  shall  be  deemed  an  investment  of the
                           account of the  Participant  receiving the loan. Loan
                           disbursements shall be pro rated across all funds.

                   (c)     Each loan shall bear a reasonable rate of interest as
                           determined by the Trustee.

                   (d)     A  Participant  can have no more  than two (2)  loans
                           outstanding at anytime if a Participant makes a final
                           payment on one of two  outstanding  loans, a new loan
                           can be obtained  after a 30-day delay  following that
                           final payment.

                   (e) Each loan may not be less than $1,000.

                   (f)     The  Plan  Administrator   shall  provide  each  loan
                           applicant with a clear  statement of the charges with
                           respect  to each  loan  transaction.  Such  statement
                           shall include the dollar  amount and annual  interest
                           rate or the finance charge.

                   (g)     The  term  of a  loan  shall  be  determined  by  the
                           Participant  but  shall not be less than 12 months or
                           exceed five years.

                   (h)     A loan  made  pursuant  to this  Article  XI shall be
                           repaid in accordance  with a schedule  established by
                           the Committee  which schedule shall call for payments
                           of interest and amortized  payments of principal over
                           the term of the loan.

                   (i)     Each loan  shall be  evidenced  by the  Participant's
                           promissory note for the amount of the loan, including
                           interest, payable to the order of the Trust, and each
                           loan shall be secured by  collateral.  The collateral
                           shall consist of the assignment of the  Participant's
                           right, title and interest in the Participant's Vested
                           Interest in the Trust.

                   (j)     During paid  employment  each loan shall be repaid by
                           withholding   from  the   Participant's   pay.   Upon
                           termination of  employment,  the  Participant  has 90
                           days to pay  the  loan in  full.  If the  Participant
                           terminates employment and receives an immediate  lump
                                      XI-3
<PAGE>
                           sum  distribution,  any  promissory  note held by the
                           Plan for his account shall be distributed to him.

                   (k)     Leave of Absence.  Notwithstanding anything contained
                           herein to the contrary, the Committee is permitted to
                           provide  that  loan  repayments  are  suspended  if a
                           Participant  is on an excused leave of absence either
                           without  pay  from the  Employer  or at a rate of pay
                           from the Employer  (after income and  employment  tax
                           withholding)  that is less  than  the  amount  of the
                           repayments  required  under  the  terms of the  loan;
                           provided,  however, that the following conditions are
                           met:

                           (i)      The  permitted  suspension  period shall end
                                    upon  the  Participant's  return  to  active
                                    employment  with the  Employer at the end of
                                    the leave of absence. In no event,  however,
                                    may the suspension period last longer than
                                    one year.

                           (ii)     Upon  the  Participant's  return  to  active
                                    employment, the loan repayments shall resume
                                    and,  as soon as  administratively  feasible
                                    thereafter,  the  remaining  loan  repayment
                                    installments     shall    be    recalculated
                                    (increased)   in  order  to   amortize   the
                                    repayment of the  suspended  payment  amount
                                    over the remaining term of the loan.

                           (iii)    In any event,  the loan repayment term shall
                                    not be lengthened or otherwise  altered as a
                                    result of the  suspension  period.  The loan
                                    will be  required  to be paid in full by the
                                    date its  final  installment  payment  would
                                    otherwise  be due  under  the  terms  of the
                                    original  note,   even  if  the  Participant
                                    remains on leave of absence as of such date.

                   (l)     Repayments  shall be  credited  to the  Participant's
                           accounts  out  of  which  the  loan  was  made,   and
                           allocated among the Investment  Funds pursuant to the
                           Participant's most recent allocation election.

                   (m)     Default.    Unless    stated    otherwise    in   IRS
                           promulgations,  in the event of default,  foreclosure
                           on the note and attachment of security shall not take
                           place until the occurrence of a  distributable  event
                           under the Plan. No distribution  shall be made to any
                           Participant  or to a Beneficiary  of any amount until
                           all outstanding loans to such Participant,  including
                           interest accrued thereon, have been liquidated.
                                      XI-4
<PAGE>
                                   ARTICLE XII
                                 ADMINISTRATION

         12.1  Board  of  Directors.  The  Board  of  Directors  shall  have the
following duties and  responsibilities  in connection with the administration of
the Plan:

                   (a)     making decisions with respect to contributions to the
                           Plan;

                   (b)     making  decisions   with  respect  to   amending   or
                           terminating the Plan;

                   (c)     making  decisions  with  respect  to  the  selection,
                           retention  and removal of the Trustee and the members
                           of the Committee;

                   (d)     periodically reviewing the performance of the Trustee
                           and the members of the Committee; and

                   (e)     performing such  additional duties  as are imposed by
                           law.

         The Board of Directors will have all powers and authority  necessary or
appropriate  to carry out its duties and  responsibilities  with  respect to the
administration  of the Plan.  The Board of Directors  may by written  resolution
allocate  its  duties  and  responsibilities  to one or more of its  members  or
delegate  such  duties  and  responsibilities  to any other  persons,  provided,
however,  that any such  allocation or delegation  shall be terminable upon such
notice  as the  Board of  Directors  deems  reasonable  and  prudent  under  the
circumstances.

         12.2  401(k)  Administrative   Committee.   The  401(k)  Administrative
Committee (the  "Committee")  shall administer the Plan and is designated as the
"administrator"  within the  meaning of Section  3(16) of ERISA.  The  Committee
shall  have not less  than  three  nor more  than  five  members,  who  shall be
appointed  by the  Board of  Directors  and who may be  removed  by the Board of
Directors at any time with or without  cause.  A Committee  member may resign at
any time by filing his written resignation with the Board of Directors.

         All members of the Committee  are  designated as agents of the Plan for
the service of legal process.

         The  Company  will  notify the  Trustee  in  writing of each  Committee
member's  appointment,  and the Trustee may assume such appointment continues in
effect until written notice to the contrary is given by the Company.

         12.3 Committee's Duties and Responsibilities.  The Committee shall have
the following duties and  responsibilities in connection with the administration
of the Plan:
                                     XII-1
<PAGE>
                   (a)     interpreting  and  construing the provisions  of  the
                           Plan;

                   (b)     determining   all   questions   of   eligibility   to
                           participate, eligibility for benefits, the allocation
                           of  contributions,  and  the  status  and  rights  of
                           Participants, Beneficiaries and alternate payees;

                   (c)     complying   with   the   reporting   and   disclosure
                           requirements established by ERISA;

                   (d)     determining  and deciding any dispute  arising  under
                           the  Plan  and   administering   the  Plan's   claims
                           procedures;

                   (e)     directing the Trustee  concerning  all payments to be
                           made  out  of  the  Trust  in  accordance   with  the
                           provisions of the Plan;

                   (f)     establishing  procedures  for  withholding of federal
                           income tax from distributions;

                   (g)     establishing  procedures  to  prevent  the Plan  from
                           engaging in transactions  described in Section 406 of
                           ERISA and  transactions  described in Section 4975(c)
                           of the Code;

                   (h)     establishing   equitable   accounting   methods   and
                           designating additional Valuation Dates;

                   (i)     communicating  with Participants,  Beneficiaries  and
                           alternate payee;

                   (j)     reviewing the investment performance of the Trustee;

                   (k)     reviewing  the  performance of any advisors appointed
                           by the Committee;

                   (l)     selecting and reviewing selected investment funds;

                   (m)     making recommendations to the Board of Directors with
                           respect to the amendment or  termination of the Plan;
                           and

                   (n)     keeping minutes to record its  proceedings,  acts and
                           decisions  pertaining  to the  administration  of the
                           Plan.

         12.4  Committee's  Powers.  The  Committee  will  have all  powers  and
authority necessary or appropriate to carry out its duties and  responsibilities
with respect to the operation and administration of the Plan. It shall interpret
and  apply  all provisions  of the Plan and may supply any omission or reconcile
                                     XII-2
<PAGE>
any  inconsistency  or  ambiguity  in  such  manner   as  it  deems   advisable,
including  the  adoption  of interpretative memoranda.  All  determinations  and
any actions of the  Committee  will  be conclusive and binding upon all persons,
except as otherwise provided herein or by  law;  provided,   however,  that  the
Committee  may  revoke  or  modify  a determination  or action  previously  made
in error. The Committee shall exercise all powers and authority given to it in a
nondiscriminatory manner, and will apply uniform administrative rules of general
application   in  order  to  assure  similar  treatment  to  persons  in similar
circumstances.

         The  Committee may delegate to any such agent or any  sub-committee  or
member of the  Committee  its  authority  to perform any duty or  responsibility
specified in Section 12.3,  including  those  matters  involving the exercise of
discretion,  provided that such delegation shall be subject to revocation at any
time at the  discretion  of the  Committee.  Any  member of the  Committee,  any
sub-committee  or agent to whom the Committee  delegates any authority,  and any
other person or group of persons,  may serve in more than one fiduciary capacity
(including  service as both  Committee  member and Trustee)  with respect to the
Plan.

         Any action or  decision  concurred  in by a majority  of the  Committee
members, either at a meeting or in writing without a meeting, will constitute an
action or  decision of the  Committee.  The  Committee  may adopt and amend such
rules for the conduct of its business and administration of the Plan as it deems
advisable.

         12.5 Chairman of the Committee. The Committee shall elect any Committee
member to serve as Chairman,  and may remove him at any time. The Chairman, or a
majority of the  Committee  members then in office,  will have the  authority to
execute all  instruments or memoranda  necessary or appropriate to carry out the
actions  and  decisions  of the  Committee;  and any  person  may rely  upon any
instrument  or  memoranda so executed as evidence of the  Committee's  action or
decision indicated thereby.

         12.6  Claims  Review  Procedure.  If  a  Participant   (Beneficiary  or
alternate  payee)  believes a benefit or  distribution is due under the Plan, he
may request the distribution of such benefit, in writing, on forms acceptable to
the Committee.  At such time, the Participant (or Beneficiary) will be given the
information and materials necessary to complete any request for the distribution
of a benefit.

         If the request for  distribution  is disputed or denied,  the following
action shall be taken:

                   (a)     First,  the  Participant  (or  Beneficiary)  will  be
                           notified,  in  writing,  of the  dispute or denial as
                           soon as  possible  (but no later than 90 days)  after
                           receipt of the request for a distribution. The notice
                           will set forth the  specific  reasons for the denial,
                           including any relevant provisions of the  Plan.   The
                                     XII-3
<PAGE>
                           notice will also explain the claims review  procedure
                           of the Plan.

                   (b)     Second,  the  Participant  (or  Beneficiary) shall be
                           entitled  to  a  full  review  of  his request  for a
                           distribution.    A  Participant    (or   Beneficiary)
                           desiring a review  of  the  dispute  or  denial  must
                           request such a review, in writing,  no later than  60
                           days  after  notification of the dispute or denial is
                           received.  During  the  review,  the  Participant (or
                           Beneficiary)  may  be  represented  and will have the
                           right  to  inspect  all  documents  pertaining to the
                           dispute  or  denial.   Any  such review may include a
                           hearing  for  the   Participant  or  his   designated
                           representative.

                   (c)     The  Committee  shall  render  its decision within 60
                           days after receipt of the request for the review.  In
                           the event special circumstances require an  extension
                           of  time,  the Committee shall notify the Participant
                           (or Beneficiary),  and the decision will  be rendered
                           no  later  than  120  days  after  the receipt of the
                           request.  The  decision  of the Committee shall be in
                           writing.  The decision shall include specific reasons
                           for the action taken and specific references  to  the
                           Plan provisions on which the decision is based.

         12.7 Information from Participants, Beneficiaries and Alternate Payees.
Each  Participant,  Beneficiary and alternate payee shall be required to furnish
to the Committee,  in the form prescribed by it, such personal data, affidavits,
authorization to obtain information,  and other information as the Committee may
deem appropriate for the proper administration of the Plan.

         12.8 Actions.  Any action taken by the Plan  Administrator or Committee
on matters within its  discretion  shall be final and binding on the parties and
on all  Participants,  Beneficiaries  or other  persons  claiming  any  right or
benefit under the Plan, in the Trust, or in the administration of the Plan.

         All decisions of the Plan  Administrator  or Committee shall be uniform
and made in a nondiscriminatory manner.

         12.9 Bond. The Company shall purchase a bond for the Plan Administrator
or  Committee  and any  other  fiduciaries  of the Plan in  accordance  with the
requirements of the Code and ERISA.

         12.10  Indemnification.  The Company  shall defend and indemnify to the
full extent  permitted by law (including  ERISA),  which  indemnification  shall
include,  but not be limited to, attorney's fees and any tax imposed as a result
of a claim asserted by any person, persons or entity (including  a  governmental
                                     XII-4
<PAGE>
entity), any individual serving as a member of the Committee made or  threatened
to be made a part to any action,  suit or proceeding,  whether criminal,  civil,
administrative or investigative,  by reason of the fact that such individual  is
or was a member of the Committee.
                                     XII-5
<PAGE>
                                  ARTICLE XIII
                              AMENDMENT OF THE PLAN

         13.1 Right to Amend or Suspend Contributions. Subject to the provisions
of Section 13.3, the Board of Directors  reserves the right to amend the Plan or
Trust or suspend contributions to the Plan, in whole or in part, at any time and
for any reason without the consent of any Participating  Employer,  Participant,
Beneficiary, or alternate payee. Each amendment of the Plan shall be in writing,
executed by order of the Board of  Directors  and shall be effective on the date
specified  therein.  Notice of any  amendment,  modification  or  suspension  of
contributions  to the  Plan  shall be given  by the  Board of  Directors  to the
Committee, the Trustee, and to all Participating Employers.

         13.2 Amendment by Committee. Notwithstanding Section 13.1 the Committee
may adopt any amendment  which may be necessary or appropriate to facilitate the
administration, management and interpretation of the Plan or to conform the Plan
thereto,  or to  qualify  or  maintain  the Plan and  Trust as a plan and  trust
meeting the  requirements of Sections 401(a),  501(a),  401(k) and 401(m) of the
Code  or  any  other  applicable  Section  of law  and  the  Regulations  issued
thereunder,  provided said  amendment  does not have any material  effect on the
currently  estimated cost to the Employer  maintaining  the Plan. Such amendment
shall be in writing,  executed by a majority of the Committee  members and shall
be  effective  on the date  specified  therein.  Notice of any  amendment by the
Committee  shall be given to the  Board of  Directors,  the  Trustee  and to all
Participating Employers within a reasonable time.

         13.3      Restriction on Amendment.   No  amendment under Sections 13.1
                   or 13.2 shall:

                   (a)     authorize  or  permit  any  part of the  Plan  assets
                           (other than such part as is required to pay taxes, if
                           any,  and  administrative  expenses  as  provided  in
                           Section 16.15) to be used for or diverted to purposes
                           other   than  for  the   exclusive   benefit  of  the
                           Participants  and that  Beneficiaries  and  alternate
                           payees  under the Plan prior to the  satisfaction  of
                           all liabilities of the Plan; and

                   (b)     deprive a Participant of his nonforfeitable right  to
                           benefits accrued as of the  date of  such  amendment.
                           If  the  vesting  schedule  of the Plan is amended in
                           such  a  way  that an Employee might in any Plan Year
                           have less vesting  credit under the new schedule than
                           under  the  schedule  prior  to the  amendment,  each
                           Employee with at  least three Years  of  Service  may
                           elect to have his nonforfeitable percentage  computed
                           without regard to such amendment.  The  period during
                           which such election may be made shall  commence  with
                                     XIII-1
<PAGE>
                           the date the amendment  is adopted and shall  end  on
                           the   later   of   (i)    sixty   days   after    the
                           amendment  is  adopted,  (ii)  sixty  days  after the
                           amendment  becomes  effective,  or (iii)  sixty  days
                           after the Employee or  Participant  is provided  with
                           written notice of the amendment.

         13.4 Retroactivity.  Any amendment or modification of any provisions of
the Plan may be made  retroactively  if necessary or  appropriate  to qualify or
maintain the Plan or the Trust as a plan and trust meeting the  requirements  of
Section 401(a),  501(a),  401(k),  or 401(m) of the Code or any other applicable
Section of law (including ERISA) and the Regulations issued thereunder.

         13.5 Merger. The Plan may be merged or consolidated with, or its assets
and  liabilities may be transferred to any other plan only if the benefits which
would be received by a  Participant  in the event of a  termination  of the Plan
immediately  after such transfer,  merger or consolidation are at least equal to
the benefit  such  Participant  would have  received if the Plan had  terminated
immediately prior to the transfer, merger or consolidation.
                                     XIII-2
<PAGE>
                                   ARTICLE XIV
                             TERMINATION OF THE PLAN

         14.1 Events  Constituting  Termination.  It is expressly declared to be
the desire and intention of each Participating  Employer to continue the Plan in
existence  for an  indefinite  period of time.  However,  circumstances  not now
anticipated  or  foreseeable  may  arise in the  future,  as a result of which a
Participating  Employer may deem it  impractical  or unwise to continue the Plan
established  hereunder,  and each Participating  Employer therefore reserves the
right to terminate the Plan at any time insofar as it affects its Employees. Any
Participating  Employer may terminate its participation in the Plan by action of
its board of directors.  Such termination shall be evidenced by an instrument of
termination  executed by an officer of the  Participating  Employer  pursuant to
authorization  by its board of directors  and shall be delivered to the Board of
Directors,  the  Committee  and to each  other  Participating  Employer.  To the
maximum  extent  permitted  by  ERISA,  the  termination  of the  Plan as to any
Participating  Employer  shall not in any way  affect  any  other  Participating
Employer's participation in the Plan.

         With respect to any Participating  Employer which has adopted the Plan,
its  adjudication  of  bankruptcy  or  insolvency  by  any  court  of  competent
jurisdiction,  its making of a general  assignment for the benefit of creditors,
its dissolution,  merger, consolidation,  other reorganization or discontinuance
of business,  unless coverage for its Employees under the Plan is continued by a
successor  company,  or its  complete  discontinuance  of  contributions,  shall
operate to terminate the Plan with respect to such Participating Employer.

         The Committee may require any  Participating  Employer to withdraw from
the Plan for failure of the Participating  Employer to make proper contributions
or to comply with any other provision of the Plan.

         14.2  Partial   Termination.   Upon  the  withdrawal  of  one  or  more
Participating  Employers or upon the  termination of active  participation  of a
group of Employees, the Committee shall determine, upon the advice of counsel to
the Plan and under  applicable law,  whether a partial  termination has occurred
with respect to a group of Participants.

         14.3  Disposition of Accounts After a Termination.  Upon termination or
partial   termination   of  the  Plan  or  upon   complete   discontinuance   of
contributions,  the  Accounts of all  affected  Participants  shall become fully
vested and  nonforfeitable.  Upon the termination or partial termination or upon
complete  discontinuance  of  contributions,  the  Committee  shall  continue to
administer  the Plan,  the Trustee shall  continue to administer the Trust Fund,
and  all  payments  to  Participants  shall  continue  in  accordance  with  the
provisions  of  Article  X;  provided,  however,  that in the event of a partial
termination  the  Committee  may direct  the  Trustee  to  segregate  the assets
attributable  to the  Accounts  of the  affected  Participants  and  apply  such
segregated assets for the benefit of such Participants.
                                     XIV-1
<PAGE>
         After a Plan  termination,  the assets of the Plan shall be distributed
to the Participants (and others for whose benefits accounts are then maintained)
at such  time as the  Committee  determines.  No  distribution  shall be made of
Employee-Deferral  Account  balances  as a result of a  termination  of the Plan
unless the Plan is  terminated  without  the  establishment  or  maintenance  of
another   defined    contribution   plan,   as   provided   in   Code   Sections
401(k)(2)(B)(i)(II) and 401(k)(10)(A)(i).

         Notwithstanding the foregoing paragraph,  upon or after the termination
of the Plan, the Board of Directors shall have the power to terminate the Trust.

         14.4 Internal Revenue Service Approval for  Distribution.  In the event
that the Committee  applies to the Internal  Revenue Service for a determination
that the  termination  of the Plan does not  disqualify it, no person shall have
any right or claim to any assets of the Trust Fund before the  Internal  Revenue
Service  shall  determine  that  the  Plan is  qualified  through  the  proposed
distribution of assets under this Article XIV.
                                     XIV-2
<PAGE>
                                   ARTICLE XV
                          STAND-BY TOP-HEAVY PROVISIONS

         15.1 Top Heavy Plan.  The Plan will be  considered a Top Heavy Plan for
any Plan Year if it is  determined  to be a Top Heavy Plan as of the last day of
the preceding Plan Year.  Notwithstanding  any other provisions in the Plan, the
provisions of this Article XV shall apply and supersede all other  provisions in
the Plan with respect to a Plan Year for which the Plan is a Top Heavy Plan.

         15.2 Definitions. For purposes of this Article XV and as otherwise used
in this Plan, the following terms shall have the meanings set forth below:

                   (a)     "Aggregation Group" shall mean the group composed  of
                           each qualified  retirement  plan of  a  Participating
                           Employer  or  an  Affiliated Company in which  a  Key
                           Employee  is  a  Participant and each other qualified
                           retirement  plan  of  a  Participating Employer or an
                           Affiliated   Company   which  enables  a  plan  of  a
                           Participating  Employer  or an Affiliated Company  in
                           which  a  Key  Employee  is  a Participant to satisfy
                           Sections 401(a)(4) or 410 of the Code.   In addition,
                           the Company may choose to treat  any  other qualified
                           retirement plan as a member of the Aggregation  Group
                           if  such  Aggregation  Group will continue to satisfy
                           Sections 401(a)(4) and 410 of the Code with such plan
                           being taken into account.

                   (b)     "Key Employee" shall mean a "Key Employee" as defined
                           in  Section   416(i)(1)   and  (5)  of  the  Code  or
                           Regulations.   For  purposes  of  determining   which
                           employee is a Key Employee,  compensation  shall mean
                           "compensation"  as defined in Section  1.415-2(d)  of
                           the Regulations but including employer  contributions
                           made pursuant to a salary reduction arrangement.

                   (c)     This Plan  shall be a "Top  Heavy  Plan" for any Plan
                           Year if, as of the Determination  Date (as defined in
                           paragraph  (d) below),  the aggregate of the Accounts
                           under the Plan for Participants who are Key Employees
                           (as defined in paragraph  (b),  above) exceeds 60% of
                           the aggregate of the Accounts of all  Participants or
                           if this  Plan  is  required  to be in an  Aggregation
                           Group (as defined in paragraph (a),  above) which for

                           such Plan Year is a top-heavy group.

                   (d)     "Determination Date" means for any Plan Year the last
                           day of the immediately preceding Plan Year.
                                      XV-1
<PAGE>
         15.3 Vesting.  If the Plan is a Top Heavy Plan with respect to any Plan
Year,  the Vested  Interest of each  Participant  who has  performed one Hour of
Service on or after the date the Plan becomes a Top Heavy Plan shall not be less
than  the  percentage  determined  in  accordance  with  the  following  vesting
schedule:

                                Years of Service

Less  than 2 years 2 years  but less  than 3 3 years but less than 4 4 years but
less than 5 5 years but less than 6 6 years or more
                                 Vested Interest

                                       0%
                                       20%
                                       40%
                                       60%
                                       80%
                                      100%

                   The following additional rules shall apply:

                   (a)     The  Top-Heavy  vesting  schedule  set  forth in this
                           Section  shall  apply to the  entire  balance of such
                           accounts, including benefits which accrued before the
                           Plan became Top-Heavy.

                   (b)     In the event the Plan  ceases  to be  Top-Heavy,  the
                           vested   and   nonforfeitable   percentage   of  each
                           Participant's Employer Contribution Account shall not
                           be reduced by a change in the Plan's vesting
                           schedule.

                   (c)     The Top-Heavy  vesting schedule set forth above shall
                           not apply to the Employer Contribution Account of any
                           Participant  who  does  not  have an Hour of  Service
                           after  the  Plan  initially  becomes  Top-Heavy.  The
                           vested  interest  of such  Participant  in his or her
                           Employer  Contribution  Account  shall be  determined
                           without regard to this Section.

                   (d)     If the  Plan  ceases  to be  Top-Heavy,  the  vesting
                           schedule set forth in this Section shall apply to all
                           Employer  Contributions  attributable  to Plan  Years
                           after the Plan ceases to be Top-Heavy. Such change in
                           the vesting schedule shall be treated as an amendment
                           and the provisions of Section 13.3 shall apply.

         15.4  Minimum  Contribution.  For each Plan Year that the Plan is a Top
Heavy Plan,  the Employer  Contribution  (including  forfeitures  but  excluding
rollovers pursuant to Section 3.8) allocable to the Accounts of each Participant
who has  performed an Hour of Service at the end of the Plan Year and who is not
a Key  Employee,  shall  not  be  less  than  the  lesser  of  (i)  3%  of  such
Participant's compensation,  within the meaning of Section 415 of the  Code,  or
                                      XV-2
<PAGE>
(ii) the percentage  at  which  contributions  and  forfeitures  for  such  Plan
Year  are  made  and   allocated  on behalf  of the Key  Employee  for whom such
percentage is the highest.  Such allocation  shall be made for each  Participant
who is not a Key Employee  and who is employed by the Employer  through the last
payroll period ending within the Plan Year.  For the purpose of determining  the
appropriate percentage under clause (i), all defined contribution plans required
to be included in an Aggregation Group shall be treated as one plan. Clause (ii)
shall not be applicable if the Plan is required to be included in an Aggregation
Group which enables a defined  benefit plan also required to be included in said
Aggregation   Group  to  satisfy   Sections   401(a)(4)  or  410  of  the  Code.
Compensation, for purposes of determining a minimum contribution, is Section 415
Compensation.

         15.5 Limitations on Contributions.  For each Plan Year that the Plan is
a Top Heavy Plan, 1.0 shall be substituted  for 1.25 as the  multiplicand of the
dollar  limitation in determining  the  denominator of the defined  benefit plan
fraction and of the defined  contribution  plan fraction for purposes of Section
415(e) of the Code. If, after  substituting  90 percent for 60 percent  wherever
the latter  appears in Section 416(g) of the Code, the Plan is not determined to
be a Top Heavy Plan, the provisions of this Section 15.5 shall not be applicable
if the minimum Employer Contribution  (including  forfeitures)  allocable to the
Accounts  of  any  Participant  who  is  not a Key  Employee  is  determined  by
substituting  "4" for "3". If the Participant is a participant in both a defined
contribution  plan and a defined  benefit  plan,  the  benefit  from the defined
contribution  plan  minimum  shall be  comparable  to a 3% defined  benefit plan
benefit.

         15.6 Other Plans.  The Committee  shall, to the extent permitted by the
Code and in  accordance  with the  Regulations,  apply  the  provisions  of this
Article XV by taking into  account the  benefits  payable and the  contributions
made under any other plans maintained by a Participating  Employer or Affiliated
Company  which  are  qualified  under  Section  401(a)  of the  Code to  prevent
inappropriate   omissions  or  required   duplication  of  minimum  benefits  or
contributions  by making a  comparability  analysis  to prove  that the  defined
contribution  plan is providing a benefit at least equal to the minimum  benefit
under the defined benefit plan.
                                      XV-3
<PAGE>
                                   ARTICLE XVI
                               GENERAL PROVISIONS

         16.1 Plan  Voluntary.  Although it is  intended  that the Plan shall be
continued  indefinitely,  this  Plan is  entirely  voluntary  on the part of the
Participating  Employers  and the  continuance  of this Plan and the  payment of
contributions hereunder are not to be regarded as contractual obligations of the
Participating  Employers.  The Plan shall not be deemed to constitute a contract
between a Participating  Employer and any Employee or to be a consideration for,
or an  inducement  for, the  employment  of an Employee by an Employer.  Nothing
contained  in the Plan  shall be  deemed  to give any  Employee  the right to be
retained  in the service of an  Employer  or to  interfere  with the right of an
Employer to discharge  or to  terminate  the service of any Employee at any time
without  regard to the effects  such  discharge or  termination  may have on any
rights under the Plan.

         16.2 Payments to Minors and Incompetents. If a Participant, Beneficiary
or alternate  payee entitled to receive any benefits  hereunder is a minor or is
deemed by the Committee, or is adjudged, to be legally incapable of giving valid
receipt and  discharge  for such  benefits,  such  benefits will be paid to such
person or  institution  as the Committee may designate or to the duly  appointed
guardian. Such payment shall, to the extent made, be deemed a complete discharge
of any liability for such payment under the Plan.

         16.3  Missing  Payee.  The  Committee  shall retain the address of each
Participant, Beneficiary or alternate payee. Any notice sent to the last address
filed  with  the Plan  Administrator  or for the last  address  indicated  on an
Employer's records will be binding upon a Participant or Beneficiary.

         16.4  Required  Information.  Each  Participant  shall  file  with  the
Committee  such pertinent  information  concerning  himself,  his spouse and his
Beneficiary as the Committee may specify, and no Participant, or Beneficiary, or
other person shall have any rights or be entitled to any benefits under the Plan
unless and until such information is filed by or with respect to him.

         16.5  Subject  to  Trust  Agreement.  Any and all  rights  or  benefits
accruing  to any  persons  under the Plan  shall be  subject to the terms of the
Trust Agreement.

         16.6   Communications  to  Committee.   All  elections,   designations,
requests,  notices,  instructions,  and other communications from an Employee, a
Participant,  Beneficiary,  or  alternate  payee to the  Committee  required  or
permitted under the Plan (i) shall be in such form as is prescribed from time to
time by the Committee,  (ii) shall be mailed by first-class mail or delivered to
such location as shall be specified by the Committee,  and (iii) shall be deemed
to have been  given  and  delivered  only upon  actual  receipt  thereof  by the
Committee at such location.
                                     XVI-1
<PAGE>
         16.7   Communications   from  Employer  or   Committee.   All  notices,
statements,  reports and other  communications from an Employer or the Committee
to any Employee, Participant,  Beneficiary or alternate payee shall be deemed to
have been duly given when  delivered  to, or when  mailed by  first-class  mail,
postage  prepaid and addressed to, such  Employee,  Participant,  Beneficiary or
alternate payee at his address last appearing on the records of the Committee or
Company, or when posted by the Company or the Committee as permitted by law.

         16.8 Action.  Except as may be specifically provided herein, any action
required or  permitted  to be taken by an Employer may be taken on behalf of the
Employer by any authorized officer of the Employer.

         16.9 Liability for Benefits.  Neither the Trustee,  the Employers,  the
Committee  nor  the  Plan  Administrator   guarantee  the  Trust  from  loss  or
depreciation,  nor do they guarantee any payment to any person. The liability of
the Trustee, the Employers, the Committee and the Plan Administrator to make any
payment is limited to the available assets of the Trust.

         16.10 Named Fiduciary.  The "named  fiduciaries" of the Plan within the
meaning  of  ERISA  Section  403  shall  be  (a)  the  Employer,  (b)  the  Plan
Administrator, (c) the Trustee, and (d) the Committee.

         16.11 Gender.  Whenever used in the Plan the masculine  gender includes
the feminine.

         16.12  Captions.  The captions  preceding the Sections of the Plan have
been inserted  solely as a matter of  convenience  and in no way define or limit
the scope or intent of any provisions of the Plan.

         16.13  Applicable  Law.  The Plan and all  rights  thereunder  shall be
governed by and construed in accordance  with ERISA and the laws of the State of
Louisiana.

         16.14 Reversion of Employer Contributions. In no event shall the assets
of the Plan revert to the benefit of the Employer. Notwithstanding any provision
of the  Plan to the  contrary,  however,  all  contributions  by  Employers  are
conditioned upon the deductibility of such contribution  under Code Section 404.
To the extent that a deduction is disallowed for an Employer's contribution, the
Trustee shall return the principal amount of such  contribution  upon the demand
of the  Employee.  Any such demand shall be made within one year  following  the
final determination of the disallowance.

         Further, notwithstanding any provision of the Plan to the contrary, any
contribution which is made by the Employer on account of a good faith mistake of
fact may be returned to the Employer.  The Employer shall notify the Trustee, in
writing, of such mistake within one year of the contribution.  The Trustee shall
                                     XVI-2
<PAGE>
return the principal amount  of  the Employer  Contribution as soon as possible,
but in any event within 60 days after written notification by the Employer.

         The maximum amount that may be returned to an Employer in the case of a
mistake  of fact or the  disallowance  of a  deduction  is the excess of (a) the
amount  contributed,  over, as relevant,  (b)(i) the amount that would have been
contributed had no mistake of fact occurred,  or (ii) the amount that would have
been  contributed  had the  contribution  been  limited  to the  amount  that is
deductible  after any  disallowance by the Internal  Revenue  Service.  Earnings
attributable to the excess contribution may not be returned to the Employer, but
losses  attributable   thereto  must  reduce  the  amount  to  be  so  returned.
Furthermore,  if the  withdrawal of the amount  attributable  to the mistaken or
nondeductible  contribution would cause the balance of the individual account of
any  Participant to be reduced to less than the balance which would have been in
the account had the mistaken or nondeductible amount not been contributed,  then
the amount to be  returned to the  Employer  must be limited so as to avoid such
reduction.

         16.15 Expenses.  All expenses of administration  shall be paid from the
Trust unless paid directly by the Employer. The Employer may reimburse the Trust
for any administrative  expense paid by the Trust; such reimbursement  shall not
be treated as an Employer Contribution under the terms of the Plan.
                                     XVI-3
<PAGE>
         EXECUTED in multiple originals in New Orleans, Louisiana,  effective as
of the 30th day of December, 1998.

WITNESSES:                                 AVONDALE INDUSTRIES, INC.

/S/ GEORGE E. WHITE, JR.                   BY:  /S/ THOMAS M. KITCHEN
- ------------------------                        ------------------------

/S/ RONALD E. BAILEY
- ------------------------
                                     XVI-4
<PAGE>

                                 ACKNOWLEDGMENT

STATE OF LOUISIANA

PARISH OF ORLEANS

         BEFORE ME, the undersigned Notary Public,  personally came and appeared
Thomas M. Kitchen,  who being by me sworn did  depose  and state that he  signed
the foregoing Avondale Industries, Inc. 401(k) Savings Plan as a free  act  and
deed on behalf of Avondale Industries, Inc. for the  purposes therein set forth.


                                           BY:   /S/ THOMAS M. KITCHEN
                                                 ------------------------
                                           Print Name:  THOMAS M. KITCHEN
                                                        -----------------
                                           Title: VP & CFO
                                                 ------------------------

SWORN TO AND SUBSCRIBED
BEFORE ME THIS 30TH DAY
OF DECEMBER, 1998.

/S/ A. BLOMKALNS
- -----------------------
    NOTARY PUBLIC
<PAGE>
                                  Appendix "A"
                             Participating Employers


         The following  Participating  Employers have entered under this Plan as
of the following dates:


     Participating Employer                     Date of Participation
     ----------------------                     ---------------------
Avondale Gulfport Marine Inc.                      January 1, 1996
Avondale Industries of New York, Inc.              January 1, 1996
Avondale Services Corp.                            January 1, 1996
Avondale Shipyards of Texas, Inc.                  January 1, 1996
Avondale Transportation Company, Inc.              January 1, 1996
Avondale Enterprises, Inc.                         January 1, 1996
Avondale Construction Management, Inc.             January 1, 1996











                            AVONDALE INDUSTRIES, INC.
                             FLEXIBLE BENEFITS PLAN


                            Effective January 1, 1998




<PAGE>



                            AVONDALE INDUSTRIES, INC.
                             FLEXIBLE BENEFITS PLAN

                                Table of Contents


                                                                            Page

INTRODUCTION                                                                   1

ARTICLE I     Definitions                                                      2

ARTICLE II     Eligibility Provisions                                          5
         Effective Date of Participation for Eligible Employees                5
         Termination of Participation for Eligible Employees                   5
         Participation During FMLA                                             5

ARTICLE III     Contributions                                                  6
         Elective Contributions                                                6
         Nonelective Company Contributions                                     6
         New Employees                                                         6
         Pay Reduction and Payroll Withholding                                 6
         Maximum Amount of Elective Contributions                              7
         Participant Contributions by Participants on FMLA Leave               7

ARTICLE IV     Participant Elections/Benefit Options                           8
         Enrollment Procedures                                                 8
         Duration of Elections                                                 8
         Benefit Enrollment                                                    8
         Value of Benefits                                                     8
         New Employees                                                         8
         Absence of Completed Election Form                                    9
         Changes in Employee Elections                                         9
         Special Enrollment Rights                                            10

ARTICLE V     COBRA Rights                                                    11
         In General                                                           11
         Definition of Employee and Participant                               11
         Continuation of Benefits                                             11
         Benefit Plan                                                         11
         Enrollment Options                                                   11
         Other COBRA Provisions                                               11



<PAGE>
ARTICLE VI     Amendment or Termination                                       12

ARTICLE VII     Administration                                                13
         Company as Administrator                                             13
         Powers and Duties                                                    13
         Reliance on Tables, etc.                                             14
         Nondiscriminatory Exercise of Authority                              14
         Status as Fiduciary                                                  14
         Fiduciary Liability                                                  14
         Examination of Records                                               15
         Indemnification                                                      15

ARTICLE VIII     Miscellaneous Provisions                                     16
         Information to be Furnished                                          16
         Limitation of Rights                                                 16
         Governing Law                                                        16
         No Guarantee of Tax Consequences                                     16

<PAGE>

                                  INTRODUCTION



Avondale  Industries,  Inc. (the "Company")  established a cafeteria plan within
the meaning of Section 125 of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, effective as of
July 1, 1987,  known as the Avondale  Industries,  Inc.  Flexible  Benefits Plan
(hereinafter  referred to as "Plan").  This Plan is amended effective January 1,
1998 to comply with the Family and  Medical  Leave Act of 1993 and to make other
clarifications  and revisions.  The purpose of this Plan is to provide  eligible
employees a choice between certain taxable and nontaxable benefits.

This Plan is intended to qualify as a  cafeteria  plan under  section 125 of the
Internal  Revenue Code of 1986 and is to be interpreted  in a manner  consistent
with the requirements of that section (as it may be amended).
                                       1
<PAGE>



                                    ARTICLE I

                                   Definitions

Definitions.  As used herein,  the following  words and phrases,  whether or not
capitalized,  shall have the following  meanings  unless a different  meaning is
plainly required by the context. Words implying the masculine gender include the
feminine,  and words in the singular shall include the plural and the plural the
singular.  Any headings herein are included for reference only and are not to be
construed so as to alter any of the terms of the Plan.

   1.01  "Benefit Plan" means any of the health (disability,  medical or dental)
         plans,  group term life insurance  plan,  and any accidental  death and
         dismemberment  plan  offered by the  Company to its  Employees.  All of
         these plans are maintained in accordance with, and described in, one or
         more other documents that are not  specifically  contained  within this
         plan document, but are by this reference incorporated herein.

   1.02  "Change in Family Status" includes:

         a.       Marriage, divorce, death of spouse or child, birth or adoption
                  of child;

         b.       Change  in  employment  status  of a spouse  or a  significant
                  change  in the  health  coverage  of the  employee  or  spouse
                  attributable to the spouse's employment; or

         c.       Such other  events  related to family  status  that are either
                  specifically  permitted  under  regulations  of  the  Internal
                  Revenue  Service or are  substantially  similar and consistent
                  with the intent of such  regulations.  Change in Family Status
                  does not include  termination  of  employment  or reduction in
                  hours, with respect to the Participant himself.

   1.03  "Code" means the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended from time to
         time.  Reference  to any  section or  subsection  of the Code  includes
         references to any comparable or successor provisions of any legislation
         that amends, supplements or replaces such section or subsection.

   1.04  "Company" means Avondale Industries, Inc.

   1.05  "Compensation"  means a  Participant's  salary,  as  determined  by the
         Company.

   1.06  "Company  Contributions"  means those contributions made by the Company
         to provide certain taxable and nontaxable benefits to the Employees.

                                       2
<PAGE>
   1.07  "Dependent  means an  unmarried  child of a  Participant  (including  a
         legally  adopted  child,  or a  stepchild)  who is  dependent  upon the
         Participant for his or her support and:

         a.       is under the age of nineteen; or

         b.       is under the age of twenty-five and is a full-time student.


   1.08  "Effective Date" means January 1, 1998. The original effective date was
         July 1, 1987.

   1.09  "Election  Form" means the Flexible  Benefits Plan 1998 Enrollment Form
         and any future  Enrollment  Forms  provided  by the  Company by which a
         Participant  makes his benefits  selection and by which the Participant
         may authorize the Company to reduce his Compensation in order to obtain
         certain benefits.

   1.10  "Election   Period"   means  the  period   designated  by  the  Company
         immediately  preceding the beginning of each Plan Year during which the
         Employee must complete his Election Form.

   1.11  "Elective  Contributions"  means those  contributions  as  described in
         Article III, Section 3.01.

   1.12  "Employee" means a full-time  employee of the Company who is performing
         active work for at least 30 hours per week.

   1.13  "ERISA" means the Employee  Retirement  Income Security Act of 1974, as
         amended from time to time.  Reference to any section or  subsection  of
         ERISA includes references to any comparable or successor  provisions of
         any  legislation  that amends,  supplements or replaces such section or
         subsection.

   1.14  "FMLA"  means the Family and Medical Leave Act of 1993  (29 USCSss.2601
         et seq.). 

   1.15  "FMLA  Leave"  means a leave of absence that the Company is required to
         extend to an Employee under the provisions of the FMLA.

   1.16  "Nonelection  Company   Contributions"  means  those  contributions  as
         described in Article III, Section 3.02.

   1.17  "Participant"  means any eligible  Employee  covered under this Plan in
         accordance with Article II.
                                       3
<PAGE>

   1.18  "Plan" means the  Avondale  Industries,  Inc.  Flexible  Benefits  Plan
         maintained pursuant to this plan document.

   1.19  "Plan Year" means the period beginning on the effective date and ending
         on December  31, 1998 and each  succeeding  12-month  period  beginning
         January 1 thereafter;  except that the first Plan Year was from July 1,
         1987 to December 31, 1987.

   1.20  "Qualified Beneficiary" means, with respect to a Participant, any other
         individual  who,  on the day  before  the  qualifying  event  for  that
         Employee,  is a  beneficiary  under  the plan (a) as the  spouse of the
         covered Employee, or (b) as the dependent child of the Employee.
                                       4
<PAGE>

                                   ARTICLE II

                             Eligibility Provisions

   2.01  Effective Date of Participation for Eligible Employees

         An Employee will become a Participant  in this Plan on the first day of
         the first month following 30 days of employment with the Company.

   2.02  Termination of Participation for Eligible Employees

         With  respect  to any  Participant,  coverage  ends on the  date of the
         earlier of the following events:

         a. The date this Plan terminates;

         b. The date the person ceases to be an Employee.

   2.03  Participation  During FMLA. Any Participant who is absent from work due
         to a FMLA Leave shall have the right to continue to  participate in the
         Plan  conditioned  on the  Participant's  (a)  continuing  to  have  an
         employment  relationship with the Company,  and (b) making the payments
         pursuant to Section 3.06. If the Participant fails to make the required
         Elective Contributions, upon return from FMLA Leave the Participant can
         elect to be reinstated  as a Participant  of the Plan on the same terms
         as  prior  to  taking  FMLA  Leave  (including   family  and  dependent
         coverage).
                                       5
<PAGE>
                                   ARTICLE III

                                  Contributions

   3.01  Elective Contributions

         A   Participant   may  elect  under  this  Plan  to  receive  his  full
         Compensation  for any Plan Year in cash or elect to have a  portion  of
         his Compensation withheld from receipt to be applied to the cost of his
         participation  in the Company Health Plan,  that provides a combination
         of life  insurance  and medical  benefits,  and any other  Benefit Plan
         offered by the Company.

         The monetary amount associated with this election  constitutes Elective
         Contributions.  Such  salary  redirection  shall be  authorized  by the
         Participant   on  the  Election   Form.  The  Company  may  reduce  any
         Participant's  allocation  of Elective  Contributions  to the extent it
         deems  it   necessary   to  enable   the  Plan  to   comply   with  any
         nondiscrimination  requirements  imposed  by the  Code,  and any  other
         applicable law or regulation.

   3.02  Nonelective Company Contributions

         If a Participant  elects one or more of the benefit  options under this
         Plan, the Company shall make Nonelective  Company  Contributions  which
         vary  based  on the  benefit  option(s)  chosen.  The  amount  of  such
         Nonelective  Company  Contribution  shall  be the  amount  equal to the
         premium required for the benefit option(s) selected,  less the Elective
         Contribution for such benefit option.

   3.03  New Employees

         In the case of a new Employee who first  becomes a  Participant  during
         the middle of a Plan Year, the maximum amount of Elective Contributions
         made  available to such  Participant  for the balance of that Plan Year
         shall be prorated  on the basis of the number of pay periods  remaining
         in such Plan Year.

   3.04  Pay Reduction and Payroll Withholding

         A  Participant's  Compensation  for a Plan Year shall be reduced by the
         amount of the Elective  Contributions  that the Participant  elects for
         the Plan Year under this Article III. Such contributions  shall be made
         only by payroll reduction on a pre-tax basis.

                                       6
<PAGE>

   3.05  Maximum Amount of Elective Contributions

         The Elective  Contributions under each Benefit Plan for any Participant
         are listed in the Election Form provided each year by the Company.

   3.06  Participant   Contributions   by  Participants   on  FMLA  Leave.   Any
         Participant  who elect to maintain  coverage while on unpaid FMLA Leave
         must continue to make any Elective  Contributions  specified in Section
         3.01 by remitting  payment on an  after-tax  basis to the Company on or
         before  each pay  period  for which the  contributions  would have been
         deducted  from the  Participant's  paycheck  if FMLA Leave had not been
         taken,  provided  that any  delinquent  payments must be made within 30
         days of their due date.


                                       7
<PAGE>

                                   ARTICLE IV

                      Participant Elections/Benefit Options

   4.01  Initial Enrollment Period

         An Employee who is eligible to become a Participant  must complete sign
         and file an Election  Form at any time during the period  beginning  on
         the first day of employment through the end of that month.  Coverage is
         effective as of the first of the following month.

         The Election Form shall permit an Employee to elect to  participate  in
         the Plan by:

         a.       an affirmative election to participate; and

         b.       authorizing a pay reduction in exchange for benefits under the
                  Company  Health Plan or any other  Benefit Plan offered by the
                  Company.

         If an Employee fails to complete, sign and file an Election Form during
         such period the  Employee may become a  Participant  on a later date in
         accordance with Section 4.02, 4.07, or 4.08.

   4.02  Annual Enrollment Period

         Each  Employee  who is a  Participant  or who is  eligible  to become a
         Participant  shall complete,  sign and file an Election Form during the
         thirty (30) day period  immediately prior to the beginning of each Plan
         Year. The elections made by the Participant on this Election Form shall
         be  effective,  subject to Section  4.07,  for the entire Plan Year. An
         Employee who is a Participant and who fails to complete,  sign and file
         an Election  Form as required by this  Section  4.02 shall be deemed to
         have  elected to  continue  the same  benefits  then in effect for such
         Participant.

   4.03  Duration of Elections

         Except as  provided  in  Changes  in  Employee  Elections  below,  each
         Participant's  election is irrevocable and shall remain in effect until
         the beginning of the following Plan Year.

   4.04  Benefit Enrollment

         Election to enroll in a Benefit Plan  offered  under this Plan shall be
         governed by the terms,  conditions  and  provisions  of the  respective
         Benefit Plan's plan document.
                                       8
<PAGE>

   4.05  Value of Benefits

         Each Plan Year the Company has the duty and right to determine  and set
         the values and  Elective  Contributions  associated  with each  benefit
         offered under this Plan.

   4.06  Absence of Completed Election Form

         Failure to return a completed Election Form to the Company on or before
         the specified due date for the Plan Year in which a new Employee  first
         becomes a Participant  shall be considered a choice by the  Participant
         to  select  cash  only  and to  select  no  Benefit  Plan  coverage.  A
         Participant  who fails to return an  Election  Form for any  subsequent
         Election  Period shall be deemed to have  elected to continue  whatever
         benefit  options  he had  selected  on the most  recent  Election  Form
         previously provided by the Participant to the Company.

   4.07  Changes in Employee Elections

         A Participant  may revoke his  elections  and make new  elections  with
         respect  to the  remainder  of  the  Plan  Year  only  if  the  Company
         determines that both the revocation and the new election are on account
         of and consistent with a Change in Family Status;  and provided further
         that such change is permitted under the terms of the respective Benefit
         Plan  document.  The  Company  shall make the  necessary  determination
         within a reasonable  time after receiving the new Election Form and any
         proof of such family  status change the Company may require in order to
         make  such   determination.   Changes  in  contributions  and  benefits
         attributable  to a  change  in  the  Participant's  election  shall  be
         effective with respect to the pay period which begins  coincident  with
         or  immediately  following  the date on which the new Election  Form is
         approved by the Company.

         Further, any Participant who takes an FMLA Leave may revoke any and all
         existing  elections  at the  beginning  of (or during) the leave.  Such
         Employee  shall have the right to  reinstate  any  revoked  election of
         Elective  Contributions  at the end of the FMLA Leave. The new election
         must be consistent with the reason that such change was permitted.

         In the event that a benefit option is materially  changed or terminated
         during a Plan year,  due in no fault to either the  Participant  or the
         Company,  any Participant who had elected such option may prospectively
         change, at the time the option is so changed or terminated,  to another
         similar  option;  provided  further that such change is permitted under
         the terms of the respective Benefit Plan document. In the event that no
         similar option remains, cash will be deemed to be elected.

                                       9
<PAGE>
   4.08  Special Enrollment Right

         Notwithstanding any provision of the Plan to the contrary,  an election
         of coverage under the Benefit Plan options made by a Participant on his
         or her  Election  Form may be revoked and a new election may be made if
         the  Participant  has  exercised a Special  Enrollment  Right under the
         Plan, provided such revocation and new election must be made within (a)
         30 days of marriage, birth, adoption, or placement of adoption of a new
         Dependent  or (b) within 30 days  following  the  termination  of other
         health  insurance  coverage for one of the following  reasons:  (i) the
         Participant  or  Participant's  Dependent's  coverage was under a COBRA
         continuation policy at open enrollment and such coverage was exhausted,
         or (ii) the Participant or Participant's  Dependent's  coverage was not
         under  a  COBRA  continuation   policy  and  either  the  coverage  was
         terminated  as a  result  of  loss  of  eligibility  for  the  coverage
         (including as a result of legal separation, divorce, death, termination
         of  employment,  or  reduction  of hours  of  employment)  or  employer
         contributions toward such coverage was terminated.

         Any such  revocation  and new election shall be made by executing a new
         Election Form.  The new Election Form shall become  effective as of the
         first payroll period of the month following  receipt of such form by an
         authorized  representative of the Company;  however,  if the revocation
         and new  election is made by reason of birth or adoption of a Dependent
         the election  shall be  retroactive  to the date of birth,  adoption or
         placement for adoption of the Dependent.

         For purposes of this Section  4.08, a Special  Enrollment  Right may be
         exercised by an Employee or  Dependent  who was covered  under  another
         group health plan or health  insurance  coverage at open enrollment and
         who stated in writing the reason for declining enrollment (provided the
         Company  required such  statement on the  enrollment  form).  A Special
         Enrollment  Right is also available to a Participant,  if not otherwise
         enrolled,  and to the Participant's spouse if the Participant has a new
         Dependent through birth, marriage, adoption, or placement for adoption.
                                       10
<PAGE>

                                    ARTICLE V

                                  COBRA Rights

   5.01  In General

         The  benefits   provided   under  this  Plan  may  be  subject  to  the
         Consolidated Omnibus Budget Reconciliation Act ("COBRA").  In the event
         any  provision  of  this  document  is  inconsistent  with  COBRA,  the
         provisions of COBRA are applicable.

   5.02  Definition of Employee and Participant

         For purposes of COBRA,  the terms Employee and  Participant may include
         former  Employees who have  terminated  employment with the Company and
         persons  who are  current  or former  dependent  spouses  or  dependent
         children of Employees.  Accordingly,  to the extent  required by COBRA,
         any Qualified  Beneficiary  who has elected  certain rights under COBRA
         shall be afforded  privileges  otherwise  restricted to Participants as
         defined in Section 1.16.

   5.03  Continuation of Benefits

         To the extent  required by COBRA,  rights  under the Benefit  Plan will
         continue  for any  Qualified  Beneficiary  beyond  the  date of  normal
         termination of coverage.

   5.04  Benefit Plan

         A statement  of COBRA rights under the Benefit Plan is contained in its
         plan document.

   5.05  Enrollment Options

         During open enrollment periods described in Section 4.02, a Participant
         who has  election  rights  on  account  of his  status  as a  Qualified
         Beneficiary  shall be limited to  electing  prospective  coverage in an
         option within the Benefit Plans.

   5.06  Other COBRA Provisions

         Provisions concerning length of COBRA benefits, COBRA election periods,
         and COBRA notification requirements, which apply to this Plan, shall be
         consistent with those specified in the Benefit Plan's plan document.
                                       11
<PAGE>

                                   ARTICLE VI

                            Amendment or Termination

         Avondale Industries, Inc. shall  have the right to terminate,  suspend,
         withdraw, amend or modify the Plan in whole or in part at any time on a
         prospective   basis  without  prior  consultation  with,  notice to, or
         approval by, the Participants.

                                       12
<PAGE>
                                   ARTICLE VII

                                 Administration

   7.01  Company as Administrator

         The  administration  of  the  Plan  shall  be under  the supervision of
         Avondale Industries, Inc. The day to day responsibilities are delegated
         by Avondale Industries, Inc. to the Avondale Industries, Inc.  Benefits
         Committee. It shall be a principal duty of Avondale Industries, Inc. to
         see that the Plan is carried out, in accordance with its terms, for the
         exclusive  benefit  of  persons  entitled  to  participate  in the Plan
         without discrimination among them.

   7.02  Powers and Duties

         The Company will have full power to  administer  the Plan in all of its
         details,  subject to applicable  requirement  of law. For this purpose,
         the  Company's  powers  will  include,  but will not be limited to, the
         following  authority,  in addition to all other powers provided by this
         Plan:

         a.       To establish a funding policy and method  consistent  with the
                  objectives of the Plan.

         b.       To make and  enforce  such rules and  regulations  as it deems
                  necessary or proper for the  efficient  administration  of the
                  Plan,  including the  establishment  of any claims  procedures
                  that may be required by applicable provisions of law.

         c.       To interpret the Plan, its  interpretation in good faith to be
                  final and  conclusive on all persons  claiming  benefits under
                  the Plan.

         d.       To  decide  all   questions   concerning   the  Plan  and  the
                  eligibility of any person to participate in the Plan.

         e.       To appoint such agents, counsel, accountants,  consultants and
                  other  persons as may be required  to assist in  administering
                  the Plan.

         f.       To allocate and delegate its  responsibilities  under the Plan
                  and  to  designate  other  persons  to  carry  out  any of its
                  responsibilities  under the Plan,  provided such allocation or
                  delegation  is  evidenced  in some  form  satisfactory  to the
                  Company.
  
                                       13
<PAGE>
         g.       To notify  the  Participants  in  writing  of any  substantive
                  amendment  or  termination  of  the  Plan  or of a  change  in
                  benefits available under the Plan.

         Notwithstanding  the provisions of this Section,  the powers and duties
         allocated to Avondale  Industries,  Inc. and  described in this section
         shall only be  applicable  with  respect to a claim  arising  under the
         Benefit  Plans or to the  administration  of the  Benefit  Plans to the
         extent that such power or duty is not allocated (either expressly or by
         implication)  to the  individual(s)  or  entity  appointed  to serve as
         administrator or insurer of the Benefit Plans.

   7.03  Reliance on Tables, etc.

         In administering the Plan, Avondale  Industries,  Inc. will be entitled
         to the extent  permitted  by law to rely  conclusively  on all  tables,
         valuations,  certificates, opinions and reports which are furnished by,
         or in accordance with the instructions of, the administrators of any of
         the plans offered within the Plan, or by accountants,  counsel or other
         experts employed or engaged by Avondale Industries, Inc..

   7.04  Nondiscriminatory Exercise of Authority

         Whenever,  in the administration of the Plan,  any discretionary action
         by  Avondale  Industries,  Inc. is required,  Avondale Industries, Inc.
         shall exercise its authority in a nondiscriminatory manner  so that all
         persons   similarly  situated  will  receive  substantially  the   same
         treatment.

   7.05  Status as Fiduciary

         Avondale  Industries,  Inc.  shall be the named  fiduciary of the Plan,
         pursuant  to  ERISA.  Any person  or group of persons may serve in more
         than one fiduciary capacity with respect to the Plan.

   7.06  Fiduciary Liability

         No named  fiduciary  shall  be  liable  with  respect  to a  breach  of
         fiduciary  duty, if such breach was committed  before he became a named
         fiduciary  or after he ceases  to be a named  fiduciary.  No  fiduciary
         shall be liable for an act or  omission  of another  person in carrying
         out any fiduciary responsibility where such fiduciary responsibility is
         allocated to such other person by the Plan,  or where such other person
         was designated to carry out such fiduciary responsibility in the manner
         prescribed by the Plan,  except to the extent that such fiduciary is in
         violation  of his duty under  Section  405(a) or Section  405(c)(2)  of
         ERISA.

                                       14
<PAGE>
   7.07  Examination of Records

         The Company will make available to each Participant such of his records
         under the Plan as pertain to him, for  examination  at reasonable  time
         during normal business hours.

   7.08  Indemnification

         The Company  agrees to  indemnify  and to defend to the fullest  extent
         permitted by law any Employee or other Plan fiduciary acting within the
         scope  of their  respective  duties  (including  any  former  Employee)
         against  all  liabilities,   damages,  costs  and  expenses  (including
         attorneys'  fees and amounts paid in settlement of any claims  approved
         by the Company)  occasioned by any act or omission to act in connection
         with the Plan, if such act or omission is in good faith.

                                       15
<PAGE>
                                  ARTICLE VIII

                            Miscellaneous Provisions

   8.01  Information to be Furnished

         Participants  shall  provide  the  Company  with such  information  and
         evidence and shall sign such documents,  as may reasonably be requested
         from time to time, for the purpose of administration of the Plan.

   8.02  Limitation of Rights

         Neither the  establishment of the Plan nor any amendment  thereof,  nor
         the  payment  of any  benefits,  will be  construed  as  giving  to any
         Participant  or other person any legal or equitable  right  against the
         Company except as provided herein.

   8.03  Governing Law

         This Plan shall be construed,  administered  and enforced  according to
         the laws of Louisiana.

   8.04  No Guarantee of Tax Consequences

         Notwithstanding  anything herein to the contrary,  the Company does not
         insure or make any  commitment or guarantee  that any amounts paid to a
         Participant   pursuant   to  the  Plan  or  any   amounts  by  which  a
         Participant's  wages  are  reduced  pursuant  to  Article  III  will be
         excludable from the  Participant's  gross income for federal,  state or
         local  income  tax  purposes.  It  shall  be  the  obligation  of  each
         Participant  to notify  the  Company if the  Participant  has reason to
         believe that any payment made or to be made to the Participant pursuant
         to the Plan is not excludable from the  Participant's  gross income for
         federal, state or local income tax purposes.

IN WITNESS WHEREOF,  the Company has caused this Plan to be executed in its name
and behalf  this 30th  day of  December,  1998,  by its officer  thereunto  duly
authorized.


WITNESSES:                                   AVONDALE INDUSTRIES, INC.

/S/ RONALD E. BAILEY                         By:    /S/ THOMAS M. KITCHEN
- ------------------------                            ---------------------
/S/ GEORGE E. WHITE, JR.                     Title: VP & CFO
- ------------------------                            ---------------------

                                       16


                            Avondale Properties, Inc.

                          Avondale Services Corporation

                      Avondale Transportation Company, Inc.

                        Avondale Shipyard of Texas, Inc.

                     Avondale Construction Management, Inc.

                         Avondale Gulfport Marine, Inc.

                      Avondale Industries of New York, Inc.

                           Avondale Enterprises, Inc.

                        Avondale Technical Services, Inc.

                        Crawford Technical Services, Inc.

                             Genco Industries, Inc.

                          M & D Steel Fabrication, Inc.

                         AAA Quality Construction, Inc.

                        Genco Industries of Lufkin, Inc.



INDEPENDENT AUDITORS' CONSENT

We  consent  to  the  incorporation  by reference  in Registration Statement No.
333-32165 of Avondale Industries, Inc.  on Form S-8 of our report dated February
22, 1999, appearing in this Annual Report on Form 10-K of  Avondale  Industries,
Inc. for the year ended December 31, 1998.

\s\ DELOITTE & TOUCHE LLP
- -------------------------
DELOITTE & TOUCHE LLP

New Orleans, Louisiana
February 22, 1999


<TABLE> <S> <C>

<ARTICLE> 5
<LEGEND>
THIS SCHEDULE CONTAINS SUMMARY FINANCIAL INFORMATION EXTRACTED FROM AVONDALE
INDUSTRIES, INC.'S ANNUAL REPORT FILED ON FORM 10-K FOR THE YEAR ENDED DECEMBER
31, 1998, AND IS QUALIFIED IN ITS ENTIRETY BY REFERENCE TO SUCH FINANCIAL
STATEMENTS.
</LEGEND>
<MULTIPLIER> 1,000
       
<S>                             <C>
<PERIOD-TYPE>                   YEAR
<FISCAL-YEAR-END>                          DEC-31-1998
<PERIOD-END>                               DEC-31-1998
<CASH>                                          52,562
<SECURITIES>                                         0
<RECEIVABLES>                                  125,917
<ALLOWANCES>                                         0
<INVENTORY>                                     33,603
<CURRENT-ASSETS>                               232,121
<PP&E>                                         290,175
<DEPRECIATION>                               (141,249)
<TOTAL-ASSETS>                                 397,202
<CURRENT-LIABILITIES>                          109,852
<BONDS>                                         48,682
                                0
                                          0
<COMMON>                                        15,967
<OTHER-SE>                                     194,448
<TOTAL-LIABILITY-AND-EQUITY>                   397,202
<SALES>                                        748,936
<TOTAL-REVENUES>                               748,936
<CGS>                                          664,575
<TOTAL-COSTS>                                  664,575
<OTHER-EXPENSES>                                     0
<LOSS-PROVISION>                                     0
<INTEREST-EXPENSE>                               3,667
<INCOME-PRETAX>                                 47,406
<INCOME-TAX>                                     8,415
<INCOME-CONTINUING>                             38,991
<DISCONTINUED>                                       0
<EXTRAORDINARY>                                      0
<CHANGES>                                      (2,046)
<NET-INCOME>                                    36,945
<EPS-PRIMARY>                                     2.68
<EPS-DILUTED>                                     2.67
        

</TABLE>

<TABLE> <S> <C>

<ARTICLE> 5
<LEGEND>
THIS SCHEDULE CONTAINS RESTATED SUMMARY FINANCIAL INFORMATION EXTRACTED FROM
AVONDALE INDUSTRIES, INC.'S CONSOLIDATED BALANCE SHEETS AND CONSOLIDATED
STATEMENTS OF OPERATIONS AT THE DATES AND FOR THE PERIODS THEN ENDED AND IS
QUALIFIED IN ITS ENTIRETY BY REFERENCE TO SUCH FINANCIAL STATEMENTS.
</LEGEND>
<RESTATED>
<MULTIPLIER> 1,000
       
<S>                             <C>                        <C>                      <C>
<PERIOD-TYPE>                   3-MOS                      6-MOS                    9-MOS
<FISCAL-YEAR-END>                          DEC-31-1998               DEC-31-1998              DEC-31-1998
<PERIOD-START>                             JAN-01-1998               JAN-01-1998              JAN-01-1998
<PERIOD-END>                               MAR-31-1998               JUN-30-1998              SEP-30-1998
<CASH>                                         101,060                    67,439                   58,211
<SECURITIES>                                         0                         0                        0
<RECEIVABLES>                                   94,320                   103,993                  108,236
<ALLOWANCES>                                         0                         0                        0
<INVENTORY>                                     19,364                    21,986                   28,971
<CURRENT-ASSETS>                               239,177                   215,629                  213,860
<PP&E>                                         268,849                   274,311                  282,833
<DEPRECIATION>                               (136,565)                 (137,001)                (139,155)
<TOTAL-ASSETS>                                 383,989                   365,303                  370,981
<CURRENT-LIABILITIES>                           89,204                   100,046                   99,254
<BONDS>                                         50,838                    49,663                   48,682
                                0                         0                        0
                                          0                         0                        0
<COMMON>                                        15,956                    15,962                   15,963
<OTHER-SE>                                     198,352                   169,828                  177,703
<TOTAL-LIABILITY-AND-EQUITY>                   383,989                   365,303                  370,981
<SALES>                                        184,625                   363,088                  561,049
<TOTAL-REVENUES>                               184,625                   363,088                  561,049
<CGS>                                          164,497                   321,615                  496,167
<TOTAL-COSTS>                                  164,497                   321,615                  496,167
<OTHER-EXPENSES>                                     0                         0                        0
<LOSS-PROVISION>                                     0                         0                        0
<INTEREST-EXPENSE>                               1,137                     2,120                    2,927
<INCOME-PRETAX>                                 11,902                    24,231                   36,687
<INCOME-TAX>                                     4,525                     9,200                   13,800
<INCOME-CONTINUING>                              7,377                    15,031                   22,887
<DISCONTINUED>                                       0                         0                        0
<EXTRAORDINARY>                                      0                         0                        0
<CHANGES>                                      (2,046)                   (2,046)                  (2,046)
<NET-INCOME>                                     5,331                    12,985                   20,841
<EPS-PRIMARY>                                     0.37                      0.91                     1.49
<EPS-DILUTED>                                     0.37                      0.90                     1.48
        

</TABLE>


© 2022 IncJournal is not affiliated with or endorsed by the U.S. Securities and Exchange Commission